B.Tech.

– Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

(Established by Govt. of A.P., ACT No.30 of 2008)
ANANTHAPURAMU – 515 002 (A.P) INDIA
======================================================

B. Tech (Regular-Full Time)

(Effective for the students admitted into I year from the Academic Year 2023-24
onwards)

ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

III & IV YEAR COURSE STRUCTURE

&
SYLLABUS
 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

III B.Tech I Semester (E.C.E)

S.No. Course code Title L T P Credits

1 23A04501T Analog and Digital IC Applications 3 0 0 3
2 23A04502 Antennas & Wave Propagation 3 0 0 3
3 23A04503T Microprocessors and Microcontrollers 3 0 0 3
Professional Elective-I 3 0 0 3
23A04504a
1. Computer Architecture & Organization
4 23A04504b
2. Information theory and coding
23A04504c
3. Detection and Estimation Theory
5 Open Elective-I 3 0 0 3
6 23A04501P Analog & Digital IC Applications Lab 0 0 3 1.5
7 23A04503P Microprocessors and Microcontrollers Lab 0 0 3 1.5
Skill oriented course -III
8 23A04505 0 1 2 2
PCB Design and Prototype development.
9 Tinkering Lab 0 0 2 1
10 Evaluation of Community Service Internship - - - 2
Total 15 1 10 23
Open Elective – I
S.No. Course Code Course Name Offered by the Dept.
1 Green Buildings
CIVIL
2 Construction Technology and Management
3 Electrical Safety Practices and Standards EEE
4 Sustainable Energy Technologies ME
5 Java Programming
CSE& Allied/IT
6 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence
7 Mathematics for Machine Learning and AI Mathematics
8 Materials Characterization Techniques Physics
9 Chemistry of Energy Systems Chemistry
10 English for Competitive Examinations
Humanities
11 Entrepreneurship and New Venture Creation
Note:
1. A student is permitted to register for Honours or a Minor in IV semester after the results of III
Semester are declared and students may be allowed to take maximum two subjects per semester
pertaining to their Minor from V Semester onwards.
2. A student shall not be permitted to take courses as Open Electives/Minor/Honours with
content substantially equivalent to the courses pursued in the student's primary major.
3. A student is permitted to select a Minor program only if the institution is already offering a
Major degree program in that discipline
 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

III B.Tech II Semester (E.C.E)

S.No. Course code Title L T P Credits

1 23A04601 Digital Signal Processing 3 0 0 3
Microwave and Optical
2 23A04602T 3 0 0 3
Communications
3 23A04603T VLSI Design 3 0 0 3
Professional Elective-II 3 0 0 3
23A04604a 1. Electronic Measurements and
Instrumentation
4
23A04604b 2. Embedded systems & IOT
23A04604c 3. Speech Processing
Professional Elective-III 3 0 0 3
23A04605a 1. Digital Image Processing
5 23A04605b 2. Artificial Intelligence & Machine learning
23A04605c 3. Satellite Communications
6 Open Elective-II 3 0 0 3
Microwave and Optical
7 23A04602P 0 0 3 1.5
Communications Lab
8 23A04603P VLSI Design Lab 0 0 3 1.5
Skill oriented course -IV
9 23A04606 0 1 2 2
Machine Learning and DSP
10 Technical Paper Writing & IPR 2 0 0 -
Total 20 1 08 23
Mandatory Industry Internship of 08 weeks duration during summer vacation

Open Elective – II
S.No. Course Code Course Name Offered by the Dept.
1 Disaster Management CIVIL
2 Sustainability In Engineering Practices
3 Renewable Energy Sources EEE
4 Automation and Robotics ME
5 Operating Systems
6 Machine Learning CSE& Allied/IT
7 Optimization Techniques Mathematics
8 Physics Of Electronic Materials And Devices Physics
9 Chemistry Of Polymers And Applications Chemistry
10 Academic Writing and Public Speaking Humanities
 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

IV B.Tech I Semester (E.C.E)

S.No. Category Title L T P Credits
1 23A04701 Data Communications and Networking 3 0 0 3
Management Course-II 2 0 0 2
23A04702a
1. Entrepreneur ship and Incubation
2 23A04702b
2. Management Science
23A04702c
3. Human Resource Management
Professional Elective-IV 3 0 0 3
23A04703a
1. Radar Engineering
23A04703b
3 2. DSP Processors & Architectures
23A04703c
3. Cellular & Mobile Communications
Professional Elective-V 3 0 0 3
23A04704a
1. Low Power VLSI Design
4 23A04704b
2. Wireless Sensor Networks
23A04704c
3. 5G Communications
5 Open Elective-III 3 0 0 3
6 Open Elective-IV 3 0 0 3
Skill oriented course - V 0 1 2 2
7 23A04705 1.RF System Design tools
2.Industrial IOT & Automation
Audit Course
8 2 0 0 -
Gender Sensitization
9 Evaluation of Industry Internship - - - 2
Total 19 1 02 21

Open Elective – III

S.No Course Code Course Name Offered by the Dept.
1 Building Materials and Services
CIVIL
2 Environmental Impact Assessment
3 Smart Grid Technologies EEE
4 3D Printing Technologies ME
5 Data Base Management Systems
6 Cyber Security CSE & Allied/IT
7 Wavelet transforms and its Applications Mathematics
8 Smart Materials And Devices Physics
Green Chemistry And Catalysis For Sustainable
9 Chemistry
Environment
10 Employability Skills Humanities
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Open Elective – IV
S.No Course Code Course Name Offered by the Dept.
1 Geo-Spatial Technologies
CIVIL
2 Solid Waste Management
3 Electric Vehicles ME
4 Total Quality Management EEE
5 Computer Networks CSE & Allied/IT
6 Internet of Things
7 Financial Mathematics Mathematics

Sensors And Actuators For Engineering

8 Physics
Applications

9 Chemistry Of Nanomaterials And Applications Chemistry

10 Literary Vibes Humanities

IV B.Tech. II Semester (E.C.E)

S.No. Course code Title Category L T P Credits
Internship and Project - - 24 4+8=12
1 23A01801
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

III B.Tech I Sem (E.C.E) L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3

ANALOG AND DIGITAL IC APPLICATIONS

Course Objectives:
1. To introduce the classification of Integrated Circuits, internal blocks and characteristics
of Op-Amp.
2. To analyse linear and non-linear applications of Op-Amp .
3. To gain knowledge on active filters, timers and phased locked loops.
4. To understand the working of Voltage Regulators and Converters.
5. To study about different types of Digital ICs and their applications.

Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Understand the classification of Integrated Circuits, internal blocks and characteristics of
Op-Amp.
2. Analyse linear and non-linear applications of Op-Amp .
3. Gain knowledge on active filters, timers and phased locked loops.
4. Understand the working of Voltage Regulators and Converters.
5. Know about different types of Digital ICs and their applications.

UNIT I ICs and OP- AMPS

Integrated Circuits and Operational Amplifier: Introduction, Classification of IC‘s, IC chip

size and circuit complexity, basic information of Op-Amp IC741 and its features, the ideal
Operational amplifier, Op-Amp internal circuit, Op-Amp characteristics - DC and AC,
Features of 741 Op-Amp.

UNIT II Applications of OP- AMP

Linear Applications of Op-Amp: Inverting, non-inverting, Differential amplifiers, adder,

subtractor, Instrumentation amplifier, AC amplifier, V to I and I to V converters, Integrator and
differentiator.
Non-Linear Applications of Op-Amp: Sample and Hold circuit, Log and Antilog amplifier,
multiplier and divider, Comparators, Schmitt trigger, Multi vibrators, Triangular and Square
waveform generators, Oscillators.

UNIT III Active Filters and other ICs

Active Filters: Introduction, Butterworth filters – 1st order, 2nd order low pass and high pass
filters, band pass, band reject and all pass filters.
Timer and Phase Locked Loops: Introduction to IC 555 timer, description of functional
diagram, monostable and a stable operations and applications, Schmitt trigger, PLL -
introduction, basic principle, phase detector/comparator, voltage controlled oscillator (IC
566), low pass filter, monolithic PLL and applications of PLL.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

UNIT IV Voltage Regulators and Converters

Voltage Regulator: Introduction, Series Op-Amp regulator, IC Voltage Regulators, IC 723

general purpose regulators, Switching Regulator.
D to A and A to D Converters: Introduction, basic DAC techniques - weighted resistor DAC,
R-2R ladder DAC, inverted R-2R DAC, A to D converters - parallel comparator type ADC,
counter type ADC, successive approximation ADC and dual slope ADC, DAC and ADC
Specifications.

UNIT V Digital ICs

CMOS Logic: CMOS logic levels, MOS transistors, Basic CMOS Inverter, NAND and NOR
gates, CMOS AND-OR-INVERT and OR-AND-INVERT gates, implementation of any
function using CMOS logic.
Combinational Logic IC’s: Specifications and Applications of TTL-74XX & CMOS 40XX
Series ICs - Code Converters, Decoders, Encoders, Priority Encoders, Multiplexers,
Demultiplexers, Parallel Binary Adder/ Subtractor, Magnitude Comparators.
Sequential Logic IC’s: Familiarity with commonly available 74XX & CMOS40XX Series
ICs - All Types of Flip-flops, Synchronous Counters, Decade Counters, Shift Registers.

Textbooks:

1. D. Roy Choudhury, Shail B. Jain, ―Linear Integrated Circuit‖, 4th edition (2012), New Age
International Pvt.Ltd., New Delhi, India
2. Floyd, Jain, ―Digital Fundamentals‖, 8th edition (2009), Pearson Education, New Delhi.

References:

1. Ramakant A. Gayakwad, ―OP-AMP and Linear Integrated Circuits‖, 4th edition (2012),
Prentice Hall / Pearson Education, New Delhi.
2. Sergio Franco (1997), Design with operational amplifiers and analog integrated circuits,
McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
3. Gray, Meyer (1995), Analysis and Design of Analog Integrated Circuits, Wiley
International, New Delhi.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

III B.Tech I Sem (E.C.E) L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3
ANTENNAS & WAVE PROPAGATION
Course Objectives:
1. To learn the antennas basic terminology, radiation mechanism of antennas and dipole
antennas.
2. To gain knowledge on HF, VHF & UHF antennas, their operation and applications.
3. Analyze the working and applications of Microwave antennas.
4. Understand different techniques involved in the design of antenna arrays and antenna
parameter measurements.
5. To study the various types of radio wave propagation methods.

Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to
1. Understand the antennas basic terminology and radiation mechanism of antennas.
2. Gain knowledge on VHF and UHF antennas, their operation and applications.
3. Design and analyze the working and applications of Microwave antennas.
4. Analyze different techniques involved in the design of antenna arrays and antenna
parameter measurements.
5. Gain a comprehensive knowledge about the types of radio wave propagation methods.

UNIT - I
Antenna Basics & Dipole antennas: Definition of antenna, Radiation Mechanism – single wire,
two wire, dipoles, Antenna Parameters - Radiation Patterns, Main Lobe and Side Lobes, Beam
widths, Beam Area, Radiation Intensity, Beam Efficiency, Directivity, Gain and Resolution,
Aperture Efficiency, Effective Height and length, Antenna Theorems. Radiation – Basic
Maxwell‘s equations, Retarded potential-Helmholtz Theorem, Radiation from Small Electric
Dipole, Quarter wave Monopole and Half wave Dipole – Current Distributions, Field
Components, Radiated power, Radiation Resistance, Beam width, Natural current distributions,
far fields and patterns of Thin Linear Center-fed Antennas of different lengths, Illustrative
problems.

UNIT- II
HF, VHF and UHF Antennas: Loop Antennas - Introduction, Small Loop, Comparison of far
fields of small loop and short dipole, Radiation Resistances and Directives of small and large
loops (Qualitative Treatment), Arrays with Parasitic Elements - Yagi - Uda Arrays, Folded
Dipoles & their characteristics. Log periodic Antenna, Helical Antennas-Helical Geometry,
Helix modes, Practical Design considerations for Monofilar Helical Antenna in Axial and
Normal Modes. Horn Antennas- Types, Fermat‘s Principle, Optimum Horns, Design
considerations of Pyramidal Horns, Illustrative Problems.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

UNIT - III
Microwave Antennas : Microstrip Antennas- Introduction, features, advantages and limitations,
Rectangular patch antennas- Geometry and parameters, characteristics of Micro strip antennas,
Impact of different parameters on characteristics, reflector antennas - Introduction, Flat sheet and
corner reflectors, parabola reflectors- geometry, pattern characteristics, Feed Methods, Reflector
Types - Related Features, Lens Antennas - Geometry of Non-metallic Dielectric Lenses, Zoning ,
Tolerances, Applications, Illustrative Problems.

UNIT- IV
Antenna Arrays: Point sources - Definition, Patterns, arrays of 2 Isotropic sources- Different
cases, Principle of Pattern Multiplication, Uniform Linear Arrays – Broadside Arrays, Endfire
Arrays, EFA with Increased Directivity, Derivation of their characteristics and comparison,
BSAa with Non-uniform Amplitude Distributions - General considerations and Bionomial
Arrays, Illustrative problems.
Antenna Measurements: Introduction, Sources of errors, Patterns to be Measured, Pattern
Measurement Arrangement, Directivity Measurement, Gain Measurements (by comparison,
Absolute and 3-Antenna Methods).

UNIT - V
Wave Propagation: Introduction, Definitions, Characterizations and general classifications,
different modes of wave propagation, Ray/Mode concepts, Ground wave propagation
(Qualitative treatment) - Introduction, Plane earth reflections, Space and surface waves, wave
tilt, curved earth reflections, Space wave propagation - Introduction, field strength variation with
distance and height, effect of earth‘s curvature, absorption, Super refraction, M-curves and duct
propagation, scattering phenomena, tropospheric propagation, fading and path loss calculations,
Sky wave propagation - Introduction, structure of Ionosphere, refraction and reflection of sky
waves by Ionosphere, Ray path, Critical frequency, MUF, LUF, OF, Virtual height and Skip
distance, Relation between MUF and Skip distance, Multi-HOP propagation, Energy loss in
Ionosphere, Summary of Wave Characteristics in different frequency ranges, Illustrative
problems.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. John D. Kraus, Ronald J. Marhefka and Ahmad S.Khan, ―Antennas and wave
propagation‖, TMH, New Delhi, 4th Ed., 2010.
2. C.A. Balanis, ―Antenna Theory- Analysis and Design‖, John Wiley & Sons, 2nd Edn.,
2001.
3. K.D. Prasad and SatyaPrakashan, ―Antennas and Wave Propagation‖, New Delhi, Tech.
India Publications, 2001.

REFERENCES:
1. E.C. Jordan and K.G. Balmain, ―Electromagnetic Waves and Radiating Systems‖, 2nd
Edition, PHI, 2000.
2. G.S.N Raju, ―Antenna and Wave Propagation‖, Pearson Education India, 3rd Edition
2009.
3. R K Shevgaonkar,‖ Electromagnetic Waves‖. Tata McGraw-Hill, 2006
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

III B.Tech I Sem (E.C.E) L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3

MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS

Course Objectives:
1. To learn the fundamental architectural concepts of microprocessors.
2. To gain knowledge about assembly language programming concepts.
3. To get familiar about 8086 interfacing.
4. To understand the fundamentals of the 8051 Microcontroller.
5. To learn interfacing with the 8051 Microcontroller.

Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to
1. Learn the fundamental architectural concepts of microprocessors.
2. Gain knowledge about assembly language programming concepts.
3. Understand the concepts of 8086 interfacing.
4. Learn the fundamentals of the 8051 Microcontroller.
5. Know the interfacing with the 8051 Microcontroller.

UNIT I
8086 Architecture: Main features, pin diagram/description, 8086 microprocessor family,
internal architecture, bus interfacing unit, execution unit, interrupts and interrupt response, 8086
system timing, minimum mode and maximum mode configuration.

UNIT II
8086 Programming: Program development steps, instructions, addressing modes, assembler
directives, writing simple programs with an assembler, assembly language program development
tools.

UNIT III
8086 Interfacing: Semiconductor memories interfacing (RAM, ROM), Intel 8255
programmable peripheral interface, Interfacing switches and LEDS, Interfacing seven segment
displays, software and hardware interrupt applications, Intel 8251 USART architecture and
interfacing, Intel 8237a DMA controller, stepper motor, A/D and D/A converters, Need for 8259
programmable interrupt controllers.

UNIT IV
Microcontroller : Architecture of 8051 – Special Function Registers(SFRs) - I/O Pins Ports and
Circuits - Instruction set - Addressing modes - Assembly language programming.
 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

UNIT V
Interfacing Microcontroller :- Programming 8051 Timers - Serial Port Programming -
Interrupts Programming – LCD & Keyboard Interfacing - ADC, DAC & Sensor Interfacing -
External Memory Interface- Stepper Motor and Waveform generation - Comparison of
Microprocessor, Microcontroller, PIC and ARM processors

Textbooks:
1. Microprocessors and Interfacing – Programming and Hardware by Douglas V Hall, SSSP
Rao, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited, 3rdEdition,1994.
2. K M Bhurchandi, A K Ray, Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals, 3rd edition, McGraw
Hill Education, 2017.
3. Raj Kamal, Microcontrollers: Architecture, Programming, Interfacing and System Design,
2nd edition, Pearson, 2012.

References:
1. Ramesh S Gaonkar, Microprocessor Architecture Programming and Applications with the
8085, 6th edition, Penram International Publishing, 2013.
2. Kenneth J. Ayala, The 8051 Microcontroller, 3rd edition, Cengage Learning, 2004.
 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

1.
JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
III B.Tech I Sem (E.C.E) L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3

COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE & ORGANIZATION

Course Objectives:
1. To learn the design of various functional units of digital computers and performance
issues of computer systems.
2. To understand the basic processing unit and their connections.
3. To get familiar with different types of Data representation and Computer Arithmetic
operations.
4. To know about different types of memory and their interconnections.
5. To learn the basics of parallel computing and pipelining.

Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to
1. Learn the design of various functional units of digital computers and performance issues
of computer systems.
2. Understand the basic processing unit and their connections.
3. Know about different types of Data representation and Computer Arithmetic operations.
4. Learn about different types of memory and their interconnections.
5. Understand the basics of parallel computing and pipelining.

UNIT I
Digital Computers: Introduction, Block diagram of Digital Computer, Definition of Computer
Organization, Computer Design and Computer Architecture.
Register Transfer Language and Micro operations: Register Transfer language, Register
Transfer, Bus and memory transfers, Arithmetic Micro operations, logic micro operations, shift
micro operations, Arithmetic logic shift unit.
Basic Computer Organization and Design: Instruction codes, Computer Registers Computer
instructions, Timing and Control, Instruction cycle, Memory Reference Instructions, Input –
Output and Interrupt.
UNIT II
Micro programmed Control: Control memory, Address sequencing, micro program example,
design of control unit.
Central Processing Unit: General Register Organization, Instruction Formats, Addressing
modes, Data Transfer and Manipulation, Program Control.
UNIT III
Data Representation: Data types, Complements, Fixed Point Representation, Floating Point
Representation.
 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Computer Arithmetic: Addition and subtraction, multiplication Algorithms, Division

Algorithms, Floating – point Arithmetic operations. Decimal Arithmetic unit, Decimal
Arithmetic operations.

UNIT IV
Input-Output Organization: Input-Output Interface, Asynchronous data transfer, Modes of
Transfer, Priority Interrupt Direct memory Access.
Memory Organization: Memory Hierarchy, Main Memory, Auxiliary memory, Associate
Memory, Cache Memory.

UNIT V
Reduced Instruction Set Computer: CISC Characteristics, RISC Characteristics. Pipeline and
Vector Processing: Parallel Processing, Pipelining, Arithmetic Pipeline, Instruction Pipeline,
RISC Pipeline, Vector Processing, Array Processor. Multi Processors: Characteristics of
Multiprocessors, Interconnection Structures, Inter-processor arbitration, Inter-processor
communication and synchronization, Cache Coherence.

Textbook:
1. Computer System Architecture – M. Moris Mano, Third Edition, Pearson/PHI.
References:
1. Computer Organization – Car Hamacher, ZvonksVranesic, SafeaZaky, Vth Edition, McGraw
Hill.
2. Computer Organization and Architecture – William Stallings Sixth Edition, Pearson/PHI.
3. Structured Computer Organization – Andrew S. Tanenbaum, 4th Edition, PHI/Pearson.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

III B.Tech I Sem (E.C.E) L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3
INFORMATION THEORY AND CODING

Course Objectives:
1. To provide an insight into the concept of information in the context of communication
theory and communication receivers.
2. To implement various source coding algorithms and analyze their performance.
3. To gain knowledge about techniques for error detection and error correction.
4. To design linear block codes and cyclic codes.
5. To get familiar with various convolutional codes.

Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to
1. Learn the concepts of information in the context of communication theory and
communication receivers.
2. Implement various source coding algorithms and analyze their performance.
3. Gain knowledge about techniques for error detection and error correction.
4. Design linear block codes and cyclic codes.
5. Understand various convolutional codes.

UNIT I
Information Theory: Introduction, Definition of Entropy, Conditional Entropy, Relative
Entropy, Basic Properties of Entropy, Mutual Information, Information Inequalities, Problem
solving.
Block to Variable length Coding: Prefix-free Code, Coding a single Random Variable, Prefix,
Free Code, Kraft Inequality, Bounds on optimal Code length, Coding a Single Random Variable,
Rooted Tree with Probabilities, Shanon-Fano Coding, Free fix code, Coding an information
Source, Huffman Coding, Example.
Variable to Block Length Coding: Proper message set, Assigning probabilities to K-ary rooted
tree corresponding to a proper message set, Prefix free Coding of a proper message set, Tunstall
message set, Tunstall coding.

UNIT II
Asymptotic Equi-partition Property, Chebyshev inequality, Weak law of large numbers, Typical
Sequences, Block to Block Coding of DMS: Consequences of Asymptotic Equipartition
Property, Problem solving.
Universal Source Coding: Lempel-Ziv Algorithm, LZ -77 Encoding and Decoding, Lempel-
Ziv Welch (LZW) Algorithm, LZW Encoding, and Decoding.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Coding of Sources with memory, Channel Capacity, Noisy Channel Coding Theorem,
Differential Entropy, Gaussian Channel, Rate Distortion Theory, Blahut-Arimoto Algorithm,
problem solving.

UNIT III
Error Control Coding: Introduction to Error Control Codes, Error Probability with Repetition
in the Binary Symmetric Channel, Parity Check Bit Coding for Error Detection, Block Coding
for Error Detection and Correction, The Hamming Distance, The upper bound of the Probability
of Error with Coding, Soft Decision Decoding, Hard Decision Decoding.

UNIT IV
Linear Block Codes: Introduction to Linear Block Codes, Syndrome and Error Detection,
Encoding Block Codes, Decoding of Block Codes, Single Parity Check bit Code, Repeated
Codes, Hadamard Code, Hamming Code, Cyclic Codes, Generator and Parity-Check Matrices of
Cyclic Codes, Encoding and Decoding of Cyclic Codes, BCH codes, Reed-Solomon Code.

UNIT V
Convolutional Coding, Code Generation, Decoding Convolutional Code, the Code Tree,
Decoding in the presence of Noise, State and Trellis Diagrams, The Viterbi Algorithm,
Comparison of Error Rates in Coded and Uncoded Transmission, Turbo Codes, LDPC codes,
Hard and Soft Decision Decoding.

Textbooks:
1. Thomas M.Cover, Joy A. Thomas, Elements of Information Theory, John Wiley & Sons,2nd
Edition, 2006.
2. Herbert Taub, Donald L Shilling, Goutam Saha, Principles of Communication Systems, 4th
Edition, McGraw Hill, 2017.

References:
1. Shu Lin, Daniel J. Costello Jr., Error Control Coding, Pearson, Second Edition, 2013.
2. Simon Haykin, Communication Systems, John Wiley, 4th Edition, 2010.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

III B.Tech I Sem (E.C.E) L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3

DETECTION AND ESTIMATION THEORY

Course Objectives:
1. To understand the impact of white Gaussian noise on the detection of signals.
2. To analyze the detection of deterministic signals and random signals.
3. To learn about the nonparametric detections.
4. To analyze estimation signal parameter and apply suitable estimation techniques.
5. To understand the signal estimation in Discrete-Time techniques.

Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to
1. Understand the impact of white Gaussian noise on the detection of signals.
2. Analyze the detection of deterministic signals and random signals.
3. Learn about the nonparametric detections.
4. Analyze estimation signal parameter and apply suitable estim.ation techniques.
5. Understand the signal estimation in Discrete-Time techniques

UNIT 1
Statistical Decision Theory:Review of Gaussian variables and processes; problem formulation
and objective of signal detection and signal parameter estimation in discrete-time domain.
Bayesian, minimax, and Neyman-Pearson decision rules, likelihood ratio, receiver operating
characteristics, composite hypothesis testing, locally optimum tests, detector comparison
techniques, asymptotic relative efficiency.

UNIT 2
Detection of Deterministic Signals: Matched filter detector and its performance; generalized
matched filter; detection of sinusoid with unknown amplitude, phase, frequency and arrival time,
linear model.
Detection of Random Signals: Estimator-correlator, linear model, general Gaussian detection,
detection of Gaussian random signal with unknown parameters, weak signal detection

UNIT 3
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Nonparametric Detection: Detection in the absence of complete statistical description of

observations, sign detector, Wilcoxon detector, detectors based on quantized observations,
robustness of detectors.

UNIT 4
Estimation of Signal Parameters: Minimum variance unbiased estimation, Fisher information
matrix, Cramer-Rao bound, sufficient statistics, minimum statistics, complete statistics; linear
models; best linear unbiased estimation; maximum likelihood estimation, invariance principle;
estimation efficiency; Bayesian estimation: philosophy, nuisance parameters, risk functions,
minimum mean square error estimation, maximum a posteriori estimation.

UNIT 5
Signal Estimation in Discrete-Time: Linear Bayesian estimation, Weiner filtering, dynamical
signal model, discrete Kalman filtering.
Text books:
1. H. L. Van Trees, "Detection, Estimation and Modulation Theory: Part I, II, and III", John
Wiley, NY, 1968.
2. H. V. Poor, "An Introduction to Signal Detection and Estimation", Springer, 2/e, 1998.

Reference books:
1. S. M. Kay, "Fundamentals of Statistical Signal Processing: Estimation Theory", Prentice
Hall PTR, 1993.
2. S. M. Kay, "Fundamentals of Statistical Signal Processing: Detection Theory", Prentice
Hall PTR, 1998.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3
ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS
(Open Elective –I)
Course Objectives:
1. To understand semiconductor diodes, their characteristics and applications.
2. To explore the operation, configurations, and biasing of BJTs.
3. To study the operation, analysis, and coupling techniques of BJT amplifiers.
4. To learn the operation, applications and uses of feedback amplifiers and oscillators.
5. To analyze the characteristics, configurations, and applications of operational amplifiers.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to
1. Understand semiconductor diodes, their characteristics and applications.
2. Explore the operation, configurations, and biasing of BJTs.
3. Gain knowledge about the operation, analysis, and coupling techniques of BJT
amplifiers.
4. Learn the operation, applications and uses of feedback amplifiers and oscillators.
5. Analyze the characteristics, configurations, and applications of operational amplifiers.

UNIT-I
Semiconductor Diode and Applications: Introduction, PN junction diode – structure, operation
and VI characteristics, Half-wave, Full-wave and Bridge Rectifiers with and without Filters,
Positive and Negative Clipping and Clamping circuits (Qualitative treatment only).
Special Diodes: Zener and Avalanche Breakdowns, VI Characteristics of Zener diode, Zener
diode as voltage regulator, Construction, operation and VI characteristics of Tunnel Diode, LED,
Varactor Diode, Photo Diode .
UNIT-II
Bipolar Junction Transistor (BJT): Principle of Operation, Common Emitter, Common Base
and Common Collector Configurations, Transistor as a switch and Amplifier, Transistor Biasing
and Stabilization - Operating point, DC & AC load lines, Biasing - Fixed Bias, Self Bias, Bias
Stability, Bias Compensation using Diodes.
UNIT-III
Single stage amplifiers: Classification of Amplifiers - Distortion in amplifiers, Analysis of CE,
CC and CB configurations with simplified hybrid model.
Multistage amplifiers: Different Coupling Schemes used in Amplifiers - RC coupled amplifiers,
Transformer Coupled Amplifier, Direct Coupled Amplifier; Multistage RC coupled BJT
amplifier (Qualitative treatment only).
UNIT-IV
Feedback amplifiers: Concepts of feedback, Classification of feedback amplifiers, Effect of
feedback on amplifier characteristics, Voltage Series, Voltage Shunt, Current Series and Current
Shunt Feedback Configurations (Qualitative treatment only).
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Oscillators: Classification of oscillators, Condition for oscillations, RC Phase shift Oscillators,

Generalized analysis of LC Oscillators-Hartley and Colpitts Oscillators, Wien Bridge Oscillator.
UNIT-V
Op-amp: Classification of IC‘S, basic information of Op-amp, ideal and practical Op-amp, 741
op-amp and its features, modes of operation-inverting, non-inverting, differential.
Applications of op-amp : Summing, scaling and averaging amplifiers, Integrator, Differentiator,
phase shift oscillator and comparator.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Electronics Devices and Circuits, J.Millman and Christos. C. Halkias, 3rd edition, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2006.
2. Electronics Devices and Circuits Theory, David A. Bell, 5th Edition, Oxford University
press. 2008.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Electronics Devices and Circuits Theory, R.L.Boylestad, LousisNashelsky and K.Lal
Kishore, 12th edition, 2006, Pearson, 2006.
2. Electronic Devices and Circuits, N.Salivahanan, and N.Suresh Kumar, 3rd Edition, TMH,
2012
3. Microelectronic Circuits, S.Sedra and K.C.Smith, 5th Edition, Oxford University Press.
 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

III B.Tech I Sem (E.C.E) L–T–P–C 0 – 0 – 3 – 1.5
ANALOG & DIGITAL IC APPLICATIONS LAB
Course Objectives:
1. To design an Inverting and Non-inverting Amplifier using an Op Amp.
2. To demonstrate the Linear and Non-Linear Applications using IC 741.
3. To design Astable and Monostable Multivibrator using timer ICs.
4. To analyse the DAC and ADC converter.
5. To design Counters and Registers using digital ICs.

Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to
1. Design an Inverting and Non-inverting Amplifier using an Op Amp.
2. Demonstrate the Linear and Non-Linear Applications using IC 741.
3. Design Astable and Monostable Multivibrator using timer ICs.
4. Analyse the DAC and ADC converter.
5. Design Counters and Registers using digital ICs.

List of Experiments: (At least 8 Linear and 4 Digital IC experiments shall be performed).
1. Design an Inverting and Non-inverting Amplifier using Op Amp and calculate gain.
2. Design Adder and Subtractor using Op Amp and verify addition and subtraction process.
3. Design a Comparator using Op Amp and draw the comparison results of A=B, A>B, A<B
4. Design a Integrator and Differentiator Circuits using IC741 and derive the required condition
practically.
5. Design a Active LPF, HPF cutoff frequency of 2 KHZ and find the roll off of it.
6. Design a Circuit using IC741 to generate sine/square/triangular wave with period of 1KHZ
and draw the output waveform.
7. Construct Mono-stable Multivibrator using IC555 and draw its output waveform.
8. Construct AstableMultivibrator using IC555 and draw its output waveform and also find its
duty cycle.
9. Design a Schmitt Trigger Circuit and find its LTP and UTP.
10. Design Voltage Regulator usingIC723, IC 7805/7809/7912 and find its load regulation
factor.
11. Design R-2R ladder DAC and find its resolution and write a truth table with respective
voltages.
12. Design Parallel comparator type/ counter type/ successive approximation ADC and find its
efficiency.
13. Design a 8x1 multiplexer using digital ICs.
14. Design a 4-bit Adder/Subtractor using digital ICs
15. Design a Decade counter and verify its truth table and draw respective waveforms.
16. Design a Up/down counter usingIC74163 and draw read/write waveforms.
17. Design a Universal shift register using IC 74194/195 and verify its shifting operation.
18. Design a 8x3 encoder/3x8 decoder and verify its truth table.
 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

III B.Tech I Sem (E.C.E) L–T–P–C 0 – 0 – 3 – 1.5
MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS LAB
Course Objectives:
1. To become skilled in 8086 Assembly Language programming.
2. To understand the detailed software and hardware structure of the microprocessor.
3. Train their practical knowledge through laboratory experiments.
4. To understand and learn 8051 Microcontroller.
5. To acquire knowledge on microprocessors and microcontrollers, interfacing various
peripherals, and configuring.

Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to
1. Formulate a program and implement algorithms using Assembly language.
2. Describe an Assembly language program for the 8086 Microprocessor.
3. Develop programs for different applications in the 8086 Microprocessor.
4. Interface peripheral devices with 8086 and 8051.
5. Use an Assembly/Embedded C programming approach for solving real-world problems.

List of Experiments: (Any TEN of the experiments are to be conducted)

1. Programs for 16 Bit Arithmetic Operations (Using various addressing modes)
a) Write an ALP to Perform Addition and Subtraction of Multi precision numbers.
b) Write an ALP to Perform Multiplication and division of signed and unsigned Hexadecimal
numbers.
c) Write an ALP to find square, cube and factorial of a given number.

2. Programs Involving Bit Manipulation Instructions

a) Write an ALP to find the given data is positive or negative.
b) Write an ALP to find the given data is odd or even.
c) Write an ALP to find Logical ones and zeros in a given data.

3. Programs on Arrays for 8086

a) Write an ALP to find Addition/subtraction of N no‗s.
b) Write an ALP for finding largest/smallest no.
c) Write an ALP to sort given array in Ascending/descending order.

4. Programs on String Manipulations for 8086

a) Write an ALP to find String length.
b) Write an ALP for Displaying the given String.
c) Write an ALP for Comparing two Strings.
d) Write an ALP to reverse String and Checking for palindrome.

5. Programs for Digital Clock Design Using 8086

 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

a) Write an ALP for Designing clock using INT 21H Interrupt.

b) Write an ALP for Designing clock using DOS Interrupt Functions.
c) Write an ALP for Designing clock by reading system time.
6. Interfacing Stepper Motor with 8086
a) Write an ALP to 8086 processor to Interface a stepper motor and operate it in clockwise by
choosing variable step-size.
b) Write an ALP to 8086 processor to Interface a stepper motor and operate it in Anti-clockwise
by choosing variable step-size.
7. Interfacing ADC/DAC with 8086
a) Write an ALP to 8086 processor to Interface ADC.
b) Write an ALP to 8086 processor to Interface DAC and generate Square Wave/Triangular
Wave/Stepsignal.
8. Communication between Two Microprocessors
a) Write an ALP to have Parallel communication between two microprocessors using 8255
b) Write an ALP to have Serial communication between two microprocessor kits using 8251.
9. Programs using Arithmetic and Logical Instructions for 8051
a) Write an ALP to 8051 Microcontroller to perform Arithmetic operations like addition,
subtraction,
b) Multiplication and Division.
c) Write an ALP to 8051 Microcontroller to perform Logical operations like AND, OR and
XOR.
d) Programs related to Register Banks.
10. Programs to Verify Timers/Counters of 8051
a) Write a program to create a delay of 25msec using Timer0 in mode 1 and blink all the Pins of
P0.
b) Write a program to create a delay of 50 µsec using Timer1 in mode 0 and blink all the Pins of
P2.
c) Write a program to create a delay of 75msec using counter0 in mode 2 and blink all the Pins
of P1.
d) Write a program to create a delay of 80 µsec using counter1 in mode 1 and blink all the Pins
of P3.
11. UART Operation in 8051
a) Write a program to transfer a character serially with a baud rate of 9600 using UART.
b) Write a program to transfer a character serially with a baud rate of 4800 using UART.
c) Write a program to transfer a character serially with a baud rate of 2400 using UART.
12. Interfacing LCD with 8051
a) Develop and execute the program to interface16*2 LCD to 8051.
b) Develop and execute the program to interface LCD to 8051 in 4-bit or 8-bit mode.
Reference Books:
2. Kenneth.J.Ayala. The 8051 microcontroller, 3rd edition, Cengage learning,2010.
3. Advanced microprocessors and peripherals-A.K ray and K.M.Bhurchandani, TMH, 2nd
edition2006.
The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems: Using Assembly and C by Muhammad
AliMazidi, Janice GillispieMazidi, Second Edition.
 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

III B.Tech I Sem (E.C.E) L–T–P–C 0 –1 –2 – 2

PCB DESIGN AND PROTOTYPE DEVELOPMENT (SEC – III)

Course Objectives:
1. Identifying Electronic Components Symbols & Footprints.
2. To analyse the capability to produce PCBs of their circuit.
3. To effectively use the design rules & interfacing between schematic & PCB.

Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to
1. Students can design a schematic of their circuit.
2. Students can design PCB layout of their design.
3. Detailed description and practical of PCB designing.

UNIT I
Fundamental of basic electronics: Component identification, Component symbols & their
footprints, understand schematic, Creating new PCB, Browsing footprints libraries, Setting up
the PCB layers, Design rule checking, Track width selection, Component selection, Routing and
completion of the design

UNIT II
Introduction to PCB: Definition and Need/Relevance of PCB, Background and History of PCB,
Types of PCB, Classes of PCB Design, Terminology in PCB Design, Different Electronic design
automation (EDA)tools and comparison.

UNIT III
PCB Design Process: PCB Design Flow, Placement and routing, Steps involved in layout design,
Artwork generation Methods - manual and CAD, General design factors for digital and analogue
circuits, Layout and Artwork making for Single-side, double-side and Multilayer Boards, Design
for manufacturability, Design-specification standards

Practice Exercises: Any twelve experiments are to be done

1. Practice following PCB Design steps
 Schematic Design: Familiarization of the Schematic Editor, Schematiccreation,
Annotation, Netlist generation.
 Layout Design: Familiarization of Footprint Editor, Mapping of components, Creation of
PCB layout Schematic.
 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

 Create new schematic components.

 Create new component footprints.
2. Regulator circuit using 7805
3. Inverting Amplifier or Summing Amplifier using op-amp
4. Full-wave Rectifier
5. Astable multivibrator using IC555
6. Monostable multivibrator using IC555
7. RCPhase-shifter oscillator using transistor.
8. Wein-bridge Oscillator using op- amp
9. Full-Adder using half-adders.
10. 4-bit binary /MOD N counter using D-Flip flops.
11. One open-ended (analog/ digital/mixed circuit) experiments of similar nature and magnitude to
the above are to be assigned by the teacher
(Student is expected to solve and execute/simulate independently).
12. Design an 8051 Development board having Power section consisting of IC7805, capacitor,
resistor, headers, LED.
13. Design an 8051 Development board having Serial communication section consisting of MAX
232, Capacitors, DB9connector,Jumper, LEDs
14. Design an 8051 Development board having Reset & Input/output sections consisting of 89C51
Microcontroller, Electrolytic Capacitor, Resistor, Jumper, Crystal Oscillator, Capacitors
15. Fabricate a single-sided PCB, mount the components and assemble them in a cabinet for any one
of the circuits mentioned in the above exercises.

References:
1. Jon Varteresian, Fabricating Printed Circuit Boards, z, 2002
2. R. Tummala, Fundamentals of Microsystems Packaging, McGraw-Hill 2001
3. C. Robertson. PCB Designer´s Reference. Prentice Hall, 2003
4. Open-source EDA Tool KiCad Tutorial: http://kicad-pcb.org/help/tutorials/ 13. PCB Fabrication
user guide page:
http://www.wikihow.com/Create-Printed-Circuit-Boards
http://www.siongboon.com/projects/2005-09-07_home_pcb_fabrication/
http://reprap.org/wiki/MakePCBInstructions#Making_PCBs_yourself
PCB Fabrication at home(video): https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mv7Y0A9YeUc,
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=imQTCW1yWkg
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

III B.Tech – I semester L T P C

2 0 0 1

TINKERING LAB

The aim of tinkering lab for engineering students is to provide a hands-on learning environment
where students can explore, experiment, and innovate by building and testing prototypes. These
labs are designed to demonstrate practical skills that complement theoretical knowledge.
Course objectives: The objectives of the course are to

1 Encourage Innovation and Creativity

2 Provide Hands-on Learning and Impart Skill Development

3 Foster Collaboration and Teamwork

4 Enable Interdisciplinary Learning, Prepare for Industry and

Entrepreneurship
5 Impart Problem-Solving mind-set

These labs bridge the gap between academia and industry, providing students with the practical
experience. Some students may also develop entrepreneurial skills, potentially leading to start-
ups or innovation-driven careers. Tinkering labs aim to cultivate the next generation of engineers
by giving them the tools, space, and mind-set to experiment, innovate, and solve real-world
challenges.
List of experiments:
1) Make your own parallel and series circuits using breadboard for any application of
your choice.
2) Demonstrate a traffic light circuit using breadboard.
3) Build and demonstrate automatic Street Light using LDR.
4) Simulate the Arduino LED blinking activity in Tinkercad.
5) Build and demonstrate an Arduino LED blinking activity using Arduino IDE.
6) Interfacing IR Sensor and Servo Motor with Arduino.
7) Blink LED using ESP32.
8) LDR Interfacing with ESP32.
9) Control an LED using Mobile App.
10) Design and 3D print a Walking Robot
11) Design and 3D Print a Rocket.
12) Build a live soil moisture monitoring project, and monitor soil moisture levels of a
remote plan in your computer dashboard.
13) Demonstrate all the steps in design thinking to redesign a motor bike.

Students need to refer to the following links:

Course Outcomes: The students will be able to experiment, innovate, and solve real-world
challenges.
1) https://aim.gov.in/pdf/equipment-manual-pdf.pdf
2) https://atl.aim.gov.in/ATL-Equipment-Manual/
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

3) https://aim.gov.in/pdf/Level-1.pdf
4) https://aim.gov.in/pdf/Level-2.pdf
5) https://aim.gov.in/pdf/Level-3.pdf
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

III B.Tech II Semester (E.C.E) L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3

DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING

Course Objectives:
1. To get familiar with the properties of discrete time signals, systems and z-transform.
2. To learn the importance of FFT algorithm for computation of Discrete Fourier Transform
and Fast Fourier Transform with decimations.
3. To understand the implementations of digital filter structures.
4. To analyse the FIR filter design using Fourier series and windowing methods.
5. To gain the knowledge on Programmable DSP Devices.

Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Familiar with the properties of discrete time signals, systems and z-transform.
2. Learn the importance of FFT algorithm for computation of Discrete Fourier Transform and
Fast Fourier Transform with decimations.
3. Understand the implementations of digital filter structures.
4. Analyse the FIR filter design using Fourier series and windowing methods.
5. Gain the knowledge on Programmable DSP Devices.

UNIT I
Introduction to discrete time signals and systems: Introduction to digital signal processing,
Review of discrete-time signals and systems, Analysis of discrete-time linear time invariant
systems, frequency domain representation of discrete time signals and systems
Z–Transform: Definition, ROC, Properties, Poles and Zeros in Z-plane, the inverse Z-
Transform, System analysis, Transfer function, BIBO stability, System Response to standard
signals, Solution of difference equations with initial conditions, Illustrative Problems, analysis of
linear time-invariant systems in the z-domain, pole-zero stability.

UNIT II
Discrete Fourier Transform : Introduction, Discrete Fourier Series, properties of DFS, Discrete
Fourier Transform, Inverse DFT, properties of DFT, Linear and Circular convolution,
convolution using DFT, sampling, Quantization effects.
Fast Fourier Transform: Introduction, Fast Fourier Transform, Radix-2 Decimation in time
and Decimation in frequency FFT, Inverse FFT (Radix-2).
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

UNIT III
IIR Filters: Introduction to digital filters, Analog filter approximations – Butterworth and
Chebyshev, Design of IIR Digital filters from analog filters by Impulse invariant and bilinear
transformation methods, Frequency transformations, Basic structures of IIR Filters - Direct form-
I, Direct form-II, Cascade form and Parallel form realizations.

UNIT IV
FIR Filters: Introduction, Characteristics of FIR filters with linear phase, Frequency response of
linear phase FIR filters, Design of FIR filters using Fourier series and windowing methods
(Rectangular, Triangular, Raised Cosine, Hanging, Hamming, Blackman), Comparison of IIR &
FIR filters, Basic structures of FIR Filters – Direct form, Cascade form, Linear phase
realizations.

UNIT V
Architectures for Programmable DSP Devices: Architecture of TMS320C5X: Introduction,
Bus Structure, Central Arithmetic Logic Unit, Auxiliary Register ALU, Index Register, Block
Move Address Register, Parallel Logic Unit, Memory mapped registers, program controller,
some flags in the status registers, On- chip memory, On-chip peripherals.

Textbooks:
1. John G. Proakis, Dimitris G. Manolakis, Digital Signal Processing, Principles,
Algorithms, and Applications, Pearson Education, 2007.
2. A.V.Oppenheim and R.W. Schaffer, Discrete Time Signal Processing ,PHI.

References:
1. S.K.Mitra, Digital Signal Processing – A practical approach , 2nd Edition, Pearson
Education, New Delhi, 2004.
2. MH Hayes, Digital Signal Processing, Schaum‘s Outline series, TATA Mc-Graw Hill,
2007.
3. Robert J. Schilling, Sandra L. Harris, Fundamentals of Digital Signal Processing using
Matlab, Thomson, 2007.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

III B.Tech II Semester (E.C.E) L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3

MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL COMMUNICATION

Course Objectives:
• To analyse different modes of operation in rectangular wave guides, circular wave guides
and resonators.
• To study and analyse various microwave components and microwave sources.
• To gain knowledge on different microwave semiconductor devices and microwave
measurements procedures.
• To analyse different optical fiber modes and to study different types of distortions and
losses in optical communication.
• To study various optical sources, optical detectors and to analyze various optical links.

Course outcomes.
At the end of this course, the students will be able to
• Analyze different modes of operation in rectangular wave guides, circular wave guides
and resonators.
• Understand andanalyze various microwave components and microwave sources.
• Gain knowledge on different microwave semiconductor devices and microwave
measurements procedures.
• Analyze different optical fiber modes and to study different types of distortions and
losses in optical communication.
• Understand study various optical sources, optical detectors and to analyze various optical
links.

UNIT I
Waveguides: Introduction, Rectangular waveguides, Field expressions for TE and TM modes,
Wave propagation in the guide, Phase and group velocities, Power transmission and attenuation,
Waveguide current and mode excitation, Circular waveguide – TE and TM modes(Qualitative
treatment only), Wave propagation, Cavity resonators (Qualitative treatment only).

UNIT II
Passive Microwave Devices: Introduction to scattering parameters and their properties,
Terminations, Variable short circuit, Attenuators, Phase shifters, Hybrid Tees (H-plane, E-plane,
Magic Tees), Directional Couplers – Bethe hole and Two hole Couplers, Deriving Scattering
matrix for Microwave passive devices. Microwave propagation in Ferrites, Gyrator, Isolator,
Circulator.

Microwave Amplifiers and Oscillators: Microwave Tubes: Linear Beam Tubes – Two cavity
Klystron amplifier -velocity modulation, bunching process, output power, Reflex Klystron
oscillator, power output and efficiency, Travelling Wave Tube (TWT) – Bunching process and
amplification process (Qualitative treatment only). Crossed Field Tubes – Magnetron
oscillator, pi-mode operation, power output and efficiency, Hartree Condition.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

UNIT III
Microwave Semiconductor Devices: Gunn Oscillator – Principle of operation, Characteristics,
Two valley model, IMPATT, TRAPATT diodes.
Microwave Measurements: Description of Microwave bench-different blocks and their
features, errors and precautions, Microwave power measurements, Measurement of attenuation,
frequency, VSWR (low, medium, high), Measurement of ‗Q‘ of a cavity, Impedance
measurements.

UNIT IV
Introduction to Optical Fibers and Transmission Characteristics - The propagation of light
in optical waveguides – Classification of optical fibers – Numerical aperture, Step index and
Graded index fiber – Modes in cylindrical fiber – Linearly polarized modes, Attenuation:
Absorption, Scattering, Bending losses. Modal dispersion and chromatic dispersion – Single
mode fiber - waveguide dispersion– MFD – PMD

UNIT V
Optical Transmitters and Receivers: Optical Sources: - Light source materials – LED homo
and hetero structures – surface and edge emitters – Quantum efficiency – Injection Laser Diode –
Modes and threshold condition – Structures and Radiation Pattern. Optical detectors: – Physical
principles – PIN and APD diodes – Photo detector noise
Optical Link Design: Point- to- point links – System considerations – Link Power budget – Rise
time budget.

Textbooks:

1. David M. Pozar,‖ Microwave Engineering‖ John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 4th edition, 2012
2. Samuel Y. Liao, ―Microwave Devices and Circuits‖, PHI publications, Third Edition,
1997.
3. Gerd Keiser, ―Optical Fiber Communications‖, McGraw Hill, Third Edition, 2000.

References:
1. R. E. Collin, ―Foundations for Microwave Engineering‖, Wiley Student Edition, Second
Edition, 2009.
2. Om. P. Gandhi, ―Microwave: Engineering and Applications‖, Kai Fa Book Company,
1981.
3. Reich H. J., et al, ―Microwave Principles‖, MIT Press, 1972.
4. F E Terman, ―Electronic and Radio Engineering‖, McGraw Hill, 4th Edition, 1984
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

III B.Tech II Semester (E.C.E) L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3

VLSI DESIGN
Course Objectives:
1. To understand the steps involved in fabrication of ICs using MOS transistor technology.
2. To learn about the VLSI design processes, Stick diagrams and Layouts.
3. To gain knowledge on the Gate Level Design concepts.
4. To learn the design of various subsystems with different VLSI Design styles.
5. To get familiar with CMOS testing techniques.

Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Understand the steps involved in fabrication of ICs using MOS transistor technology.
2. Learn about the VLSI design processes, Stick diagrams and Layouts.
3. Gain knowledge on the Gate Level Design concepts.
4. Learn the design of various subsystems with different VLSI Design styles.
5. Familiar with CMOS testing techniques.

UNIT I
Introduction: Brief Introduction to IC technology MOS, PMOS, NMOS, CMOS & BiCMOS
Technologies. Basic Electrical Properties of MOS and BiCMOS Circuits: IDS - VDS relationships,
MOS transistor Threshold Voltage, figure of merit, Transconductance, Pass transistor, NMOS
Inverter, Various pull ups, CMOS Inverter analysis and design, Bi-CMOS Inverters.

UNIT II
VLSI Circuit Design Processes: VLSI Design Flow, MOS Layers, Stick Diagrams, Design Rules
and Layout, Lambda(λ)-based design rules for wires, contacts and Transistors, Layout Diagrams
for NMOS and CMOS Inverters and Gates, Scaling of MOS circuits, Limitations of Scaling.

UNIT III
Gate level Design: Logic gates and other complex gates, Switch logic, Alternate gate circuits.
Basic Circuit Concepts: Sheet Resistance Rs and its concepts to MOS, Area Capacitances
calculations, Inverter Delays, Driving large Capacitive Loads, Wiring Capacitances, Fan-in and
fan-out

UNIT IV
Subsystem Design: Shifters, Adders, ALUs, Multipliers, Parity generators, Comparators,
Counters. VLSI Design styles: Full-custom, Standard Cells, Gate-arrays, FPGAs, CPLDs and
Design Approach for Full-custom and Semi-custom devices, parameters influencing low power
design.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

UNIT V
CMOS Testing: Need for testing, Design for testability - built in self-test (BIST) – testing
combinational logic –testing sequential logic – practical design for test guide lines – scan design
techniques.

Textbooks:
1. Essentials of VLSI Circuits and Systems, Kamran Eshraghian, EshraghianDougles, A.
Pucknell, 2005, PHI.
2. Modern VLSI Design – Wayne Wolf, 3 Ed., 1997, Pearson Education.

References:
1. CMOS VLSI Design-A Circuits and Systems Perspective, Neil H.E Weste, David Harris,
Ayan Banerjee, 3rd Edn, Pearson, 2009.
2. BehzadRazavi , ―Design of Analog CMOS Integrated Circuits‖, McGraw Hill, 2003.
3. Jan M. Rabaey, ―Digital Integrated Circuits‖, AnanthaChandrakasan and Borivoje
Nikolic, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt.Ltd, 2nd edition, 2009.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

IIIB.Tech II Semester (E.C.E) L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3
ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION
Course Objectives:
1. To know about the performance characteristics of instruments and measurement of electrical
quantities.
2. To understand the construction, working and applications of different types of CRO‘s.
3. To analyze the working of different types of bridges.
4. To study the working of signal & function generators and analyzers.
5. To analyze the working of sensors and transducers in measuring physical parameters.

Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to
1. Learn about the performance characteristics of instruments and measurement of electrical
quantities.
2. Understand the construction, working and applications of different types of CRO‘s.
3. Compare the working of different types of bridges.
4. Know the working of signal & function generators and analyzers.
5. Grasp the working of sensors and transducers in measuring physical parameters.

UNIT-I
Performance characteristics of Instruments: Static characteristics, Accuracy, Precision,
Resolution, Sensitivity, static and dynamic calibration, Errors in Measurement, and their
statistical analysis, dynamic characteristics-speed of Response, fidelity, Lag and dynamic error.
DC ammeters, DC voltmeters-multirange, range extension/solid state and differential voltmeters,
AC voltmeters–multirange, range extension. Thermocouple type RF ammeter, ohm meters, series
type, shunt type, multimeter for voltage, current and resistance measurements.

UNIT-II
Oscilloscopes: Introduction, Basic Principle, Standard specifications of CRO,CRT features,
vertical and horizontal amplifiers, horizontal and vertical deflection systems, sweep trigger pulse,
delay line, sync selector circuits, probes for CRO – active, passive, and attenuator type, triggered
sweep CRO, and Delayed sweep, dual trace/beam CRO, Measurement of amplitude, frequency
and phase (Lissajous method). Principles of sampling oscilloscope, storage oscilloscope, and
digital storage oscilloscope, Digital frequency counters, time & Period measurements.

UNIT-III
Bridges: DC Bridges for Measurement of resistance: Wheat stone bridge, Kelvin‘s Bridge, AC
Bridges for Measurement of inductance- Maxwell‘s bridge, Hay‘s Bridge, Anderson bridge.
Measurement of capacitance- Schearing Bridge, Wien Bridge. Errors and precautions in using
bridges.
UNIT-IV
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Signal Generators: Signal generator-fixed and variable, AF oscillators, function generators,

pulse, random noise, sweep, and arbitrary waveform generators, their standards, specifications
and principles of working (Block diagram approach).Wave analyzers, Harmonic distortion
analyzers, Spectrum analyzers, and Logic analyzers.

UNIT-V
Sensors and Transducers - Active and passive transducers: Measurement of displacement
(Resistance, capacitance, inductance; LVDT) Force (strain gauges) Pressure (piezoelectric
transducers) Temperature (resistance thermometers, thermocouples and thermistors), Velocity,
Acceleration, Vibration, pH measurement Signal Conditioning Circuits.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. A.D. Helfrick and W.D. Cooper, ―Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement
Techniques‖, 5th Edition, PHI, 2002.
2. H.S.Kalsi, ―Electronic Instrumentation‖, 2nd edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2004.

REFERENCES:
1. David A. Bell, ―Electronic Instrumentation & Measurements‖, 2nd Edition, PHI, 2003.
2. K. Lal Kishore, ―Electronic Measurements & Instrumentations‖, Pearson Education,
2009.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

III B.Tech II Semester (E.C.E) L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3
EMBEDDED SYSTEMS & IOT

Course Objectives:
1. To understand the Architecture, Development & Design of Embedded Systems and IoT.
2. To learn the architecture and programming of ARM Microcontroller.
3. To be able to work with Raspberry Pi using Python Programming.
4. To know about the loT standards, communication technologies and protocols for IoT
devices.
5. To implement case studies and applications using the tools and techniques of IoT
Platform.

Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Understand the Architecture, Development & Design of Embedded Systems and IoT.
2. Learn the architecture and programming of ARM Microcontroller.
3. Work with Raspberry Pi using Python Programming.
4. Know about the loT standards, communication technologies and protocols for IoT
devices.
5. Implement case studies and applications using the tools and techniques of IoT Platform.

UNIT I
Introduction to Embedded Systems and Internet of Things (IoT): Introduction, Hardware &
Software Architecture of Embedded Systems, Embedded Systems Development process,
Architecture of Internet of Things, Physical Design & Logical Design of IoT, IoT Enabling
Technologies, IoT Levels & Deployment Tools, Applications of Embedded Systems and IoT,
Design Methodology for IOT Products.

UNIT II
ARM Microcontrollers Architecture and Programming: Architecture, Pin Diagram, Register
Set & Modes, Memory Organization, Instruction set, Programming ports, Timer/Counter, Serial
communication, I/O System, Development Tools, interrupts in C, Introduction ARM mBed
platform.

UNIT III
Fundamentals of Python Programming & Raspberry Pi: Introduction to python
programming, Data Types & Data Structures, working with functions, Modules & Packages, File
Handling, classes, REST full Web Services, Client Libraries, Introduction & programming
Raspberry Pi3, Interfaces, Integrating Input Output devices with Raspberry Pi3
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

UNIT IV
IoT Technologies, Standards, Tools & M2M Network: Fundamental characteristics and high-
level requirements of IoT, IoT Reference models; Introduction to Communication Technologies
& Protocols of IoT: BLE, Wi-Fi, LoRA, 3G/4G Technologies and HTTP, MQTT, CoAP
protocols; Relevant Practicals on above technologies, M2M Network, SDN (Software Defined
Networking) & NFV (Network Function Virtualization) for IoT

UNIT V
IoT Platform, Cloud Computing Platforms & Data Analytics for IoT Development: IOT
Platform Architecture (IBM Internet of Things & Watson Platforms); API Endpoints for
Platform Services; Devices Creation and Data Transmission; Introduction to NODE-RED and
Application deployment, Introduction to Data Analytics, Apache Hadoop, Apache Oozie, Spark
& Storm

TEXT BOOKS
1. ArsheepBahga, Vijay Madisetti, ―Internet of Things: A Hands-On Approach‖, 1st Edition,
VPT, 2014.
2. K.V.K.K.Prasad, ―Embedded Real Time Systems: Concepts, Design and Programming‖, 1st
Edition, Dreamtech Publication, 2014.
3. Adrian McEwen, Hakim Cassimally, ―Designing the Internet of Things‖, Wiley Publications,
2013

REFERENCES
1. Jonathan W Valvano, ―Embedded Microcomputer Systems: Real-Time Interfacing‖, 3rd
Edition, Thomson Engineering, 2012.
2. Olivier Hersent, David Boswarthick, Omar Elloumi, ―The Internet of Things: Key
applications and Protocols‖, 2nd Edition, Wiley Publications, 2012.
3. Rene Beuchat , Andrea Guerrieri & Sahand Kashani ―Fundamentals of System-on-Chip
Design on Arm Cortex-M Microcontrollers‖ Paperback, 2 August 2021.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

III B.Tech II Semester (E.C.E) L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3

SPEECH PROCESSING
Course Objectives:
1. To impart knowledge on anatomy and physiology of speech organs and the process of
Speech Production.
2. To understand the methods for extracting of speech using Time domain parameters.
3. To learn the Frequency Domain Methods for Speech Processing.
4. To interpret and analyze LPC Parameters for Speech Processing.
5. To introduce the concepts of homomorphic Speech Processing.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Gain knowledge on anatomy and physiology of speech organs and the process of Speech
Production.
2. Understand the methods for extracting of speech using Time domain parameters.
3. Learn the Frequency Domain Methods for Speech Processing.
4. Interpret and analyze LPC Parametersfor Speech Processing.
5. Grasp the concepts of homomorphic Speech Processing.

UNIT I
Fundamentals of Digital Speech Processing: Anatomy & Physiology of Speech Organs, The
process of Speech Production, The Acoustic Theory of Speech Production – Uniform lossless tube
model, effect of losses in vocal tract and radiation at lips, Digital models for speech signals.

UNIT II
Time Domain Methods for Speech Processing: Time domain parameters of speech, methods for
extracting the parameters: Zero crossings, Auto-correlation function, pitch estimation.

UNIT III
Frequency Domain Methods for Speech Processing: Short time Fourier analysis, Filter bank
analysis, Spectrographic analysis, Formant extraction, Pitch extraction.

UNIT IV
Linear predictive Coding (LPC) for Speech: Formulation of linear prediction problem in time
domain, solution of normal equations, Interpretation of linear prediction in auto correlation and
spectral domains, Method of Solution of the LPC Parameters: Pitch Detection using LPC
Parameters, Formant Analysis using LPC Parameters.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

UNIT V
Homomorphic Speech Processing: Introduction Homomorphic Systems for Convolution:
Properties of the Complex Cepstrum, Computational Considerations, The Complex Cepstrum of
Speech, pitch Detection and Formant Estimation; Applications of speech processing – Speech
Enhancement, Speech recognition, Speech synthesis and Speaker Verification.

Textbooks:
1. L.R. Rabiner and S. W. Schafer, Digital Processing of Speech Signals, Pearson Education.
2. Douglas O‘ Shaughnessy, Speech Communications: Human &Machine, 2nd Ed., Wiley-
IEEE Press.
References:
1. Thomas F. Quatieri, Discrete Time Speech Signal Processing: Principles and Practice, 1st
Ed., Pearson Education.
2. Ben Gold & Nelson Morgan, Speech and Audio Signal Processing: Processing and
Perception of Speech and Music ,1st Ed., Wiley.
 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

III B.Tech II Semester (E.C.E) L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3

DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING
Course Objectives:
1. To learn the fundamentals of Image Processing with different Transforms.
2. To understand functions of Intensity Transformations and working fundamentals of Spatial
Filters
3. To implementvarious models of Restoring and Reconstruction of Images from filtering
projections.
4. To study the concepts of image compression using different coding &Wavelets and
Multiresolution Processes.
5. To design image processing systems using Segmentation techniques for Morphological &
Color Images.
Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, the students will be able to

1. Learn the fundamentals of Image Processing with different Transforms.
2. Uunderstand the functions of Intensity Transformations and working fundamentals of Spatial
Filters
3. Implement various models of Restoring and Reconstruction of Images from filtering
projections.
4. Grasp the concepts of image compression using different coding &Wavelets and
Multiresolution Processes.
5. Design the image processing systems using Segmentation techniques for Morphological &
Color Images.

UNIT I
Introduction: Introduction to Image Processing, Fundamental steps in digital image processing,
components of an image processing system, image sensing and acquisition, image sampling and
quantization, some basic relationships between pixels, an introduction to the mathematical tools
used in digital image processing. Image Transforms: Need for image transforms, Discrete Fourier
transform (DFT) of one variable, Extension to functions of two variables, some properties of the
2-D Discrete Fourier transform, Importance of Phase, Walsh Transform. Hadamard transform,
Haar Transform, Slant transform, Discrete Cosine transform, KL Transform, SVD and Radon
Transform, Comparison of different image transforms.
UNIT II

Intensity Transformations and Spatial Filtering: Background, Some basic intensity

transformation functions, histogram processing, fundamentals of spatial filtering, smoothing
spatial filters , sharpening spatial filters, Combining spatial enhancement methods Filtering in the
Frequency Domain: Preliminary concepts, The Basics of filtering in the frequency domain,
image smoothing using frequency domain filters, Image Sharpening using frequency domain
filters, Selective filtering.
 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

UNIT III
Image Restoration and Reconstruction: A model of the image degradation / Restoration process,
Noise models, restoration in the presence of noise only-Spatial Filtering, Periodic Noise
Reduction by frequency domain filtering, Linear, Position –Invariant Degradations, Estimating
the degradation function, Inverse filtering, Minimum mean square error (Wiener) filtering,
constrained least squares filtering, geometric mean filter ,image reconstruction from projections.

UNIT IV

Image compression: Fundamentals, Basic compression methods: Huffman coding, Golomb

coding, Arithmetic coding, LZW coding, Run-Length coding, Symbol-Based coding, Bit-Plane
coding, Block Transform coding, Predictive coding Wavelets and Multiresolution Processing:
Image pyramids, subband coding, Multiresolution expansions, wavelet transforms in one
dimensions & two dimensions, Wavelet coding.

UNIT V

Image segmentation: Fundamentals, point, line, edge detection, thresholding, region –based
segmentation. Morphological Image Processing: Preliminaries, Erosion and dilation, opening and
closing, basic morphological algorithms for boundary extraction, thinning, gray-scale
morphology, Segmentation using morphological watersheds.
Color image processing: color fundamentals, color models, pseudo color image processing,
basics of full color image processing, color transformations, smoothing and sharpening. Image
segmentation based on color, noise in color images, color image compression.

Textbooks:

1. R. C. Gonzalez and R. E. Woods, Digital Image Processing, 3rd edition, Prentice

Hall, 2008.
2. Jayaraman, S. Esakkirajan, and T. Veerakumar,‖ Digital Image Processing‖, Tata
McGraw-Hill Education, 2011.

Reference Books:

1. Anil K.Jain, ―Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing‖, Prentice Hall of India,

9th Edition, Indian Reprint, 2002.
2. B.Chanda, D.DuttaMajumder, ―Digital Image Processing and Analysis‖, PHI, 2009

Online Learning Resources:

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117105079
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117105135
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

III B.Tech II Semester (E.C.E) L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3

ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE & MACHINE LEARNING

Course Objectives:
1. To learnthe basics and problems of Artificial Intelligence with rationality and structure of
agents.
2. To describe the search for solutions using various search strategies & algorithms for
optimization.
3. To evaluate the representation of Agents with Propositional Logic in Shopping World.
4. To understand the concepts of Machine Learning with different Perspectives.
5. To analyze Decision Tree Representation with different problems& issues.

Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. To learnthe basics and problems of Artificial Intelligence with rationality and structure of
agents.
2. To describe the search for solutions using various search strategies & algorithms for
optimization.
3. To evaluate the representation of Agents with Propositional Logic in Shopping World.
4. To understand the concepts of Machine Learning with different Perspectives.
5. To analyze Decision Tree Representation with different problems& issues.

UNIT I
Introduction: What Is AI, The Foundations of Artificial Intelligence, The History of Artificial
Intelligence, The State of the Art, Agents and Environments, Good Behavior: The Concept of
Rationality, The Nature of Environments, The Structure of Agents.

UNIT II
Problem Solving: Problem-Solving Agents, Example Problems, Searching for Solutions,
Uninformed Search Strategies, informed (Heuristic) Search Strategies, Local Search Algorithms
and Optimization Problems, Searching with Nondeterministic Actions.

UNIT III
Knowledge Representation: Knowledge-Based Agents, Logic, Propositional Logic: A Very
Simple Logic, Ontological Engineering, Categories and Objects, Events, Mental Events and
Mental Objects, Reasoning Systems for Categories, The Internet Shopping World.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

UNIT IV
Introduction to Machine Learning: Well-Posed Learning Problem, Designing a Learning
system, Perspectives and Issues in Machine Learning.
Concept Learning and The General-to-Specific Ordering: Introduction, A Concept Learning
Task, Concept Learning as Search, FIND-S: Finding a Maximally Specific Hypothesis, Version
Spaces and the Candidate Elimination Algorithm, Remarks on Version spaces and Candidate-
Elimination, Inductive Bias

UNIT V
Decision Tree Learning: Introduction, Decision Tree Representation, Appropriate Problems for
Decision Tree Learning, The Basic Decision Tree Learning Algorithm, Hypothesis Space Search
in Decision Tree Learning, Inductive Bias in Decision Tree Learning, Issues in Decision Tree
Learning.
Text Books:
1) Stuart Russell and Peter Norvig, ―Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach‖ , 3rd Edition,
Pearson
2) Tom M. Mitchell, Machine Learning, McGraw Hill Edition, 2013

Reference Books:
1) Saroj Kaushik, ―Artificial Intelligence‖, Cengage Learning India, 2011
2) Elaine Rich and Kevin Knight, ―Artificial Intelligence‖, Tata McGraw Hill
3) David Poole and Alan Mackworth, ―Artificial Intelligence: Foundations for Computational
Agents‖, Cambridge University Press 2010.
4) Trivedi, M.C., ―A Classical Approach to Artifical Intelligence‖, Khanna Publishing House,
Delhi.
5)Christopher Bishop, Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning (PRML) , Springer, 2007.
6)ShaiShalev-Shwartz and Shai Ben-David, Understanding Machine Learning: From Theory to
Algorithms (UML) , Cambridge University Press, 2014.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

III B.Tech II Semester (E.C.E) L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3
SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS
Course Objectives:
1. To learn the principles of orbital mechanics& satellite launch system with performance
parameters.
2. To describe the elements of communication satellite design for matching reliability.
3. To know the working concepts of various multiple access techniques and Onboard
processing.
4. To analyze the satellite links design with communication links.
5. To evaluate the working of earth station design with satellite broadcasting.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Learn the principles of orbital mechanics& satellite launch system with performance
parameters.
2. Describe the elements of communication satellite design for matching reliability.
3. Gain knowledge on various multiple access techniques and Onboard processing.
4. Analyze the satellite links design with communication links.
5. Evaluate the working of earth station design with satellite broadcasting.
UNIT I
Elements of orbital mechanics. Equations of motion. Tracking and orbit determination. Orbital
correction/control. Satellite launch systems. Multistage rocket launchers and their performance
UNIT II
Elements of communication satellite design. Spacecraft subsystems. Reliability considerations.
Spacecraft integration.
UNIT III
Multiple access techniques. FDMA, TDMA,CDMA. Random access techniques. Satellite
onboard processing.
UNIT IV
Satellite link design: Performance requirements and standards. Design of satellite links –
DOMSAT, INSAT, INTELSAT and INMARSAT. Satellite - based personal communication.
links.
UNIT V
Earth station design. Configurations. Antenna and tracking systems. Satellite broadcasting.
Textbooks:
D. Roddy, Satellite Communication (4/e), McGraw- Hill, 2009.
T. Pratt & C.W. Bostain, Satellite Communication, Wiley 2000.
References:
B.N. Agrawal, Design of Geosynchrons Spacecraft, Prentice- Hall,1986.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS
(Open Elective –II)
Course Objectives:
1. To Learn Boolean algebra, logic simplification techniques, and combinational circuit
design.
2. To analyze combinational circuits like adders, subtractors, and code converters.
3. To explore combinational logic circuits and their applications in digital design.
4. To understand sequential logic circuits, including latches, flip-flops, counters, and shift
registers.
5. To gain knowledge about programmable logic devices and digital IC‘s.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to
1. Learn Boolean algebra, logic simplification techniques, and combinational circuit design.
2. Analyze combinational circuits like adders, subtractors, and code converters.
3. Explore combinational logic circuits and their applications in digital design.
4. Understand sequential logic circuits, including latches, flip-flops, counters, and shift
registers.
5. Gain knowledge about programmable logic devices and digital IC‘s.

UNIT-I
Logic Simplification and Combinational Logic Design: Review of Boolean Algebra and De
Morgan‘s Theorem, SOP & POS forms, Canonical forms, Introduction to Logic Gates, Ex-OR,
Ex-NOR operations, Minimization of Switching Functions: Karnaugh map method, Logic
function realization: AND-OR, OR-AND and NAND/NOR realizations.
UNIT-II
Introduction to Combinational Design 1: Binary Adders, Subtractors and BCD adder, Code
converters - Binary to Gray, Gray to Binary, BCD to excess3, BCD to Seven Segment display.
UNIT-III
Combinational Logic Design 2: Decoders, Encoders, Priority Encoder, Multiplexers,
Demultiplexers, Comparators, Implementations of Logic Functions using Decoders and
Multiplexers.
UNIT-IV
Sequential Logic Design: Latches, Flip-flops, S-R, D, T, JK and Master-Slave JK FF, Edge
triggered FF, set up and hold times, Ripple counters, Shift registers.
UNIT-V
Programmable Logic Devices:ROM, Programmable Logic Devices (PLA and PAL).
Digital IC’s:Decoder (74x138), Priority Encoder (74x148), multiplexer (74x151) and de-
multiplexer (74x155), comparator (74x85).
TEXT BOOKS:
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

1. Digital Design, M.Morris Mano & Michel D. Ciletti, 5th Edition, Pearson Education,
1999.
2. Switching theory and Finite Automata Theory, ZviKohavi and NirahK.Jha, 2nd Edition,
Tata McGraw Hill, 2005.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Fundamentals of Logic Design, Charles H Roth,Jr., 5th Edition, Brooks/cole Cengage
Learning, 2004.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

III B.Tech II Semester (E.C.E) L–T–P–C 0 – 0 – 3 – 1.5

MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL COMMUNICATIONS LAB

Course Objectives:
1. To understand the working of microwave bench set up and characteristics of microwave
sources.
2. To verify the characteristics of various microwave components and to draw the radiation
pattern of antennas.
3. To verify the characteristics of optical sources & detectors and to study about losses in
optical fiber.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to
1. Understand the working of microwave bench set up and characteristics of microwave
sources.
2. Verify the characteristics of various microwave components and to draw the radiation pattern
of antennas.
3. Verify the characteristics of optical sources & detectors and to study about losses in optical
fiber.
PART-A: Microwave Lab - Any Seven (7) Experiments
1. Reflex Klystron Characteristics
2. Gunn Diode Characteristics
3. Attenuation Measurement
4. Directional Coupler Characteristics
5. VSWR Measurement
6. Impedance Measurements
7. Frequency and Wavelength measurement
8. Scattering Parameters of Directional coupler
9. Scattering Parameters of Magic TEE
10. Radiation pattern measurement of a Antenna
11. Antenna gain measurement
Part B: Optical Fiber Lab - Any five (5) Experiments
1. Characterization of LED
2. Characterization of Laser Diode
3. Intensity Modulation of Laser output through Optical fiber
4. Measurement of data rate for digital Optical link
5. Measurement of Numerical Aperture.
6. Measurement of Losses for Analog optical link
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

III B.Tech II Semester (E.C.E) L – T – P – C 0 – 0 – 3 – 1.5

VLSI DESIGN LAB
Course Outcomes:
1. To design a logic circuit using CMOS transistorusing 180 nm technology in terms of
schematic, symbol, test bench, DC and AC analysis.
2. To evaluate different schematics &output responses for AOI logic by using different
software tools.
3. To design CMOS circuits using Full & Semi custom IC designsfor analyzation.
4. To design different layouts using different software tools for analog circuits.
Course Objectives:
At the end of the course, the students will be able to

1. Design a logic circuit using CMOS transistorusing 180 nm technology in terms of schematic,
symbol, test bench, DC and AC analysis.
2. Evaluate different schematics &output responses for AOI logic by using different software
tools.
3. Design CMOS circuits using Full & Semi custom IC designsfor analyzation.
4. Design different layouts using different software tools for analog circuits.

List of Experiments: (Any TEN of the experiments are to be conducted)

1. Design and analysis of CMOS Inverter
a) Implement CMOS inverter schematic using 180 nm technology and design its symbol.
b) Implement test bench for CMOS Inverter and check its output response.
c) Perform DC and AC analysis for CMOS inverter.
d) Check the performance of CMOS inverter using parametric sweep.

2. Design and analysis of NAND and NOR Logic gates

a) Implement NAND/NOR schematic using 180 nm technology and design its symbol.
b) Implement test bench for NAND/NOR and check its output response.
c) Perform DC and AC analysis for NAND/NOR.
d) Check the performance of NAND/NOR using parametric sweep.

3. Design and analysis of XOR and XNOR Logic gates

a) Implement XOR/XNOR schematic using 180 nm technology and design its symbol.
b) Implement test bench for XOR/XNOR and check its output response.
c) Perform DC and AC analysis for XOR/XNOR.
d) Check the performance of XOR/XNOR using parametric sweep.

4. Design of AOI logic

a) Design Schematic for AB+C‗D and check its output response.
b) Design Schematic for AB‗+C‗D and check its output response.
c) Design Schematic for (A+B‗)(C+D) and check its output response.
d) Design Schematic for (A+B‗)(C‗+D) and check its output response.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

5. Design and analysis of Full adder

a) Design full adder using Full custom IC design.
b) Design full adder using Semi custom IC design.
6. Analysis of NMOS and PMOS characteristics
a) Implement test bench for NMOS/PMOS transistor.
b) Perform DC and AC analysis for NMOS/PMOS transistor
c) Check the performance of NMOS/PMOS transistor using parametric sweep.
7. Design and analysis of Common source amplifier
a) Implement CS amplifier schematic using 180 nm technology and design its symbol.
b) Implement test bench for CS amplifier and check its output response.
c) Perform DC and AC analysis for CS amplifier.
d) Check the performance of CS amplifier using parametric sweep.
8. Design and analysis of Common drain amplifier
a) Implement CD amplifier schematic using 180 nm technology and design its symbol.
b) Implement test bench for CD amplifier and check its output response.
c) Perform DC and AC analysis for CD amplifier.
d) Check the performance of CD amplifier using parametric sweep.
9. Design of MOS differential amplifier
a) Design differential amplifier schematic using 180 nm technology and its symbol.
b) Implement test bench for differential amplifier and check its output response.
c) Perform DC and AC analysis for differential amplifier.
d) Check the performance of differential amplifier using parametric sweep.
10. Design of differential amplifier using FET/BJT
a) Design differential amplifier using FET/BJT schematic using 180 nm technology and its
symbol.
b) Implement test bench for two stage differential amplifier and check its output response.
c) Perform DC and AC analysis for differential amplifier.
d) Check the performance of differential amplifier using parametric sweep.
11. Design of Inverter Layout
a) Design and implement inverter schematic.
b) Design the layout for inverter using 180 nm tech file.
c) Perform LVS for schematic and layout
d) Check and remove all DRC violations.
e) Extract parasitic R and C in layout.
12. Design of NAND/NOR Layout
a) Design and implement NAND/NOR schematic.
b) Design the layout for inverter using 180 nm tech file.
c) Perform LVS for schematic and layout
d) Check and remove all DRC violations.
e) Extract parasitic R and C in layout
The students are required to design the schematic diagrams using CMOS logic and to draw the
layout diagrams to perform the experiments with the Industry standard EDA Tools.
Software Required: i. Mentor Graphics/ Synopsis/ Cadence / Equivalent Industry Standard
Software. ii. Personal computer system with necessary software to run the programs and to
implement.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

III B.Tech II Semester (E.C.E) L–T–P–C 0–1–2–2

MACHINE LEARNING AND DSP (SEC-IV)

Course Objectives:
1. To understand the modules and dependencies for machine learning corresponding to
different applications.
2. To understand a range of machine learning regression techniques & clustering along with
their datasets.
3. To write the programs and implement k-Nearest Neighbor algorithm to classify the iris data
sets, images & CNN.
4. To simulate the basic signal processing operations like convolution and correlation.
5. To simulate the DSP operations like DFT, FFT & implement IIR and FIR filters using
simulation software and verify their frequency responses.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Understand the modules and dependencies for machine learning corresponding to different
applications.
2. Learn a range of machine learning regression techniques & clustering along with their
datasets.
3. Write the programs and implement k-Nearest Neighbor algorithm to classify the iris data
sets, images & CNN.
4. Simulate the basic signal processing operations like convolution and correlation.
5. Simulate the DSP operations like DFT, FFT & implement IIR and FIR filters using
simulation software and verify their frequency responses.
MACHINE LEARNING (Implement any six concepts)
Implementthefollowingconceptsusingpythonwithsupportingapplications.
1. Familiarizing with Anaconda and Jupyter for importing modules and dependencies for ML
Familiarization with NumPy, Panda and Matplotlib by Loading Dataset in Python
2. Linear regression: Predict the profit of a company/House price from a dataset using the
concept of linear regression. Implement the speech recognition model (NLP) from a
speech/audio dataset using the concept of linear regression
3. Logistic regression:
a) Identify whether the patient has diabetes or not from diabetes dataset using Logistic
regression
b) Implement the speech to text model (NLP- Speech recognitions system) from a speech
dataset using the concept of linear regression
4. Polynomial regression :
a. Determine the quality of wine using wine dataset with the help of polynomial regression
b. Implement the speech recognition model (NLP) from a speech / audio data set using the
concept of polynomial regression.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

5. K-means clustering: Apply the concept of K-means clustering for image segmentation
problem (Brain tumor and Lung images)/Color quantization
6. Write a program to implement k-Nearest Neighbor algorithm to classify the iris data set to
demonstrate the working of the decision tree based ID3 algorithm.
7. Write a program to implement the k-Nearest Neighbor algorithm for image classification and
distance metric learning for large margin with image classification applications using k-
nearest neighbor.
8. PCA/LDA: Reduce the dimensionality of a dataset for Face recognition system
9. Design an Artificial neural network for Digit classification using Back Propagation Algorithm
for MNIST Data set. Train MLP using Gradient descent algorithm by applying Linear,
Sigmoid, tanh, and ReLu activation functions
10. Digit recognition using CNN: Identify the digit s 0-9 from MNIST data and CIFR 10 set
using CNN
11. ImageClassificationusingCNN:ClassifycatsanddogsusingCNNfromthegivendataset
12. LSTM (Long Short-Term Memory Networks)/ARIMA--- Implementation biomedical signals
(like EEG, ECG, EMG) classifications and disease prediction.

DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING (Implement any six concepts)

1. Generate the following standard discrete time signals.
i) Unit Impulse ii) Unit step iii) Ramp iv) Exponential v) Sawtooth
2. Generate sum of two sinusoidal signals and find the frequency response (magnitude and
phase).
3. Implement and verify linear and circular convolution between two given signals.
4. Implement and verify autocorrelation for the given sequence and cross correlation between
two given signals.
5. Compute and implement the N-point DFT of a given sequence and compute the power
density spectrum of the sequence.
6. Implement and verify N-point DIT-FFT of a given sequence and find the frequency response
(magnitude and phase).
7. Implement and verify N-point IFFT of a given sequence.
8. Design IIR Butterworth filter and compare their performances with different orders (Low
Pass Filter /High Pass Filter)
9. Design IIR Chebyshev filter and compare their performances with different orders (Low Pass
Filter /High Pass Filter).
10. Design FIR filter (Low Pass Filter /High Pass Filter) using windowing technique.
i. Using rectangular window, ii. Using hamming window , iii. Using Kaiser window
11. Design and verify Filter (IIR and FIR) frequency response by using Filter design and
Analysis Tool.
12. Compute the Decimation and Interpolation for the given signal.
13. Real time implementation of an audio signal using a digital signal processor.
Reference books:
1. S.N.SivanandamandS.N.Deepa,IntroductiontoneuralnetworksusingMatlab,2006.
rd
2. SimonHaykin,NeuralNetworksandLearningMachines,PHI,2008, 3 Edition
3. Digital Signal Processing: Alon V. Oppenhelm, PHI
4. Digital Signal processing(II-Edition): S.K. Mitra, TMH
 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

TECHNICAL PAPER WRITING AND INTELLECTUAL PROPER RIGHTS

Course Code: Semester V L T P C :2 0 0 0

Course Objectives:·
1. To enable the students to practice the basic skills of research paper writing
2. To make the students understand the importance of IP and to educate them on the basic
concepts of Intellectual Property Rights.
3. To practice the basic skills of performing quality literature review
4. To help them in knowing the significance of real life practice and procedure of Patents.
5. To enable them learn the procedure of obtaining Patents, Copyrights, & Trade Marks

Course Outcomes: On successful completion of this course, the students will be able to:

COURSE OUTCOMES: At the end of the course, students will be able to Blooms Level
CO1 Identify key secondary literature related to their proposed technical paperL1, L2
writing
CO2 Explain various principles and styles in technical writing L1, L2

CO3 Use the acquired knowledge in writing a research/technical paper L3

CO4 Analyse rights and responsibilities of holder of Patent, Copyright, L4

Trademark, International Trademark etc.

CO5 Evaluate different forms of IPR available at national & L5

international level

CO6 Develop skill of making search of various forms of IPR by using L3, L6
modern tools and techniques.

SYLLABUS

UNIT – I:

Principles of Technical Writing: styles in technical writing; clarity, precision, coherence

andlogical sequence in writing-avoiding ambiguity- repetition, and vague language -highlighting
your findings-discussing your limitations -hedging and criticizing -plagiarism and paraphrasing .

UNIT – II:

Technical Research Paper Writing: Abstract- Objectives-Limitations-Review

of Literature- Problemsand Framing Research Questions- Synopsis
 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

UNUNIT – III:

Process of research: publication mechanism: types of journals- indexing-seminars-

conferences- proof reading –plagiarism style; seminar & conference paper writing;
Methodology-discussion-results- citation rules

UNIT – IV:
Introduction to Intellectual property: Introduction, types of intellectual property, International organizations,
agencies and treaties, importance of intellectual property rights
Trade Marks: Purpose and function of trademarks, acquisition of trade mark rights, protectable matter, selecting
and evaluating trade mark, trade mark registration processes.

UNIT – V:

Law of copy rights: Fundamentals of copy right law, originality of material, rights of reproduction,
rights to perform the work publicly, copy right ownership issues, copy right registration, notice of
copy right, international copy right law
Law of patents: Foundation of patent law, patent searching process, ownership rights and
transfer.Patent law, intellectual property audits.

Textbooks:

1. Deborah. E. Bouchoux, Intellectual Property Rights, Cengage Learning India, 2013

2. Meenakshi Raman, Sangeeta Sharma. Technical Communication:Principles and
practices.Oxford.

Reference Books:
1. R.Myneni, Law of Intellectual Property, 9th Ed, Asia law House, 2019.
2. Prabuddha Ganguli,Intellectual Property Rights Tata Mcgraw Hill, 2001
3. P.Naryan,Intellectual Property Law, 3rd Ed ,Eastern Law House, 2007.
4. Adrian Wallwork. English for Writing Research PapersSecond Edition. Springer Cham
Heidelberg New York ,2016
5. Dan Jones, Sam Dragga, Technical Writing Style
Online Resources
1. https://theconceptwriters.com.pk/principles-of-technical-writing/
2. https://www.ewh.ieee.org/soc/emcs/acstrial/newsletters/summer10/TechPaperWriting.h
tml
3. https://www.ewh.ieee.org/soc/emcs/acstrial/newsletters/summer10/TechPaperWriting.h
tml
4. https://www.manuscriptedit.com/scholar-hangout/process-publishing-research-paper-
journal/
5. https://www.icsi.edu/media/website/IntellectualPropertyRightLaws&Practice.pdf
6. https://lawbhoomi.com/intellectual-property-rights-notes/
7. https://www.extension.purdue.edu/extmedia/ec/ec-723.pdf
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

IVB.Tech I Semester (E.C.E) L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3

DATA COMMUNICATIONS AND NETWORKING
Course Objectives:
1. To provide a conceptual understanding of the fundamentals of data communications and
computer networks.
2. To explore different network architectures, models, and transmission media used in data
communication.
3. To analyze error detection and correction methods, data link protocols, and medium
access techniques.
4. To understand the functioning of network and transport layer protocols, including
addressing, routing, and congestion control.
5. To study application layer protocols, network security mechanisms, and techniques to
ensure data integrity.
Course Outcomes:
After completing the course, the student will be able to,
1. Understand of the fundamentals of data communications and computer networks.
2. Learn different network architectures, models, and transmission media used in data
communication.
3. Analyze error detection and correction methods, data link protocols, and medium access
techniques.
4. Grasp the functioning of network and transport layer protocols, including addressing,
routing, and congestion control.
5. Gain knowledge on application layer protocols, network security mechanisms, and
techniques to ensure data integrity.

UNIT I
Overview of Data Communication and Networking: Introduction; Data communications:
components, direction of data flow; network criteria, physical structure, categories of network
(LAN, MAN, WAN); Internet: brief history, Protocols and standards; Reference models: OSI
reference model, TCP/IP reference model, their comparative study.

UNIT II
Physical Layer: Overview of data (analog & digital), signal (analog& digital), transmission
(analog & digital) & transmission media (guided & unguided), queuing theory , its applications
in data communication, Data Encoding Techniques, Circuit switching, time division & space
division switching.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

UNIT III
Data link Layer: Types of errors, framing (character and bit stuffing), error detection &
correction methods; Flow control; Protocols: Stop & wait ARQ, Go-Back- N ARQ, Selective
repeat ARQ, HDLC
Medium Access sub layer: Point to Point Protocol, Token Ring; Reservation, Polling, Multiple
access protocols: Pure ALOHA, Slotted ALOHA, CSMA, CSMA/CD, CSMA/CA Traditional
Ethernet, fast Ethernet.

UNIT IV
Network layer: Internetworking & devices: Repeaters, Hubs, Bridges, Switches, Router,
Gateway; Addressing: IP addressing, subnetting; Routing: techniques, static vs. dynamic routing,
Unicast Routing Protocols: RIP, OSPF, BGP; Other Protocols: ARP, IP, ICMP, IPV6
Transport layer: Process to Process delivery; UDP; TCP; Congestion Control: Open Loop,
Closed Loop choke packets; Quality of service: techniques to improve QoS: Leaky bucket
algorithm, Token bucket algorithm.

UNIT V
Application Layer: Introduction to DNS, SMTP, SNMP, FTP, HTTP & WWW; Security:
Cryptography (Public, Private Key based), Digital Signature, Firewalls.

Textbooks:
1. B. A. Forouzan – ―Data Communications and Networking (3rd Ed.) ― – TMH
2. A.S. Tanenbaum – ―Computer Networks (4th Ed.)‖ – Pearson Education/PHI

Reference Books:
1. W. Stallings – ―Data and Computer Communications (5th Ed.)‖ – PHI/ Pearson
Education
2. Kurose and Rose – ―Computer Networking -A top down approach featuring the internet‖
– Pearson Education
3. Leon, Garica, Widjaja – ―Communication Networks‖ – TMH
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

IV B.Tech I Semester

Management Course- II L T P C
2 0 0 2

BUSINESS ETHICS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

(w.e.f academic year 2023-2024)

Subject Code Title of the Subject L T P C

BUSINESS ETHICS AND 2 0 0 2

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

COURSE OBJECTIVES :The objectives of this course are

1 To make the student understand the principles of business ethics

2 To enable them in knowing about the ethics in management

3 To facilitate the student‘ role in corporate culture

4 To impart knowledge about the fair-trade practices

5 To encourage the student in knowing about the corporate governance

Syllabus
UNIT-I: Ethics

Introduction – Meaning – Nature, Scope, significance, Loyalty, and ethical behavior.. Value
systems - Business Ethics - Types, Characteristics, Factors, Contradictions and Ethical Practices
in Management -Corporate Social Responsibility – Issues of Management – Crisis Management.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

LEARNING OUTCOMES:- After completion of this unit student will

 Understand the meaning of loyalty and ethical Behavior
 Explain various types of Ethics
 Analyze issues & crisis of management
UNIT-II: ETHICS IN MANAGEMENT

Introduction- Ethics in production, finance, Human resource management and Marketing

Management - The Ethical Value System – Universalism, Utilitarianism, Distributive Justice,
Social Contracts, Individual Freedom of Choice, Professional Codes; Culture and Ethics –
Ethical Values in different Cultures - Culture and Individual Ethics – professional ethics and
technical ethics.

LEARNING OUTCOMES:- After completion of this unit student will

 Understand the meaning of Ethics in various areas of management
 Compare and contrast professional ethics and technical ethics
 Develop ethical values in self and organization

UNIT-III : CORPORATE CULTURE

Introduction - Meaning, definition, Nature, and significance – Key elements of corporate culture,
shared values, beliefs and norms, rituals, symbols and language - Types of corporate culture,
hierarchical culture, market driven culture – Organization leadership and corporate culture,
leadership styles and their impact on culture, transformational leadership and culture change.

LEARNING OUTCOMES:- After completion of this unit student will

 Define corporate culture
 Understand the key elements of corporate culture
 Analyze organization leadership and corporate culture

UNIT- IV: LEGAL FRAME WORK

Law and Ethics -Agencies enforcing Ethical Business Behavior - Legal Impact – Environmental Protection,

Fair Trade Practices, legal Compliances, Safeguarding Health and wellbeing of Customers – Corporate law,

Securities and financial regulations, corporate governance codes and principles.

LEARNING OUTCOMES:- After completion of this unit student will

 Understand Law and Ethics
 Analyze Different fair trade practices
 Make use of Environmental Protection and Fair Trade Practices
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

UNIT -V: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Introduction - Meaning – Corporate governance code, transparency & disclosure -Role of

auditors, board of directors and shareholders. Global issues, accounting and regulatory frame
work - Corporate scams - Committees in India and abroad, corporate social
responsibility. BoDs composition, Cadbury Committee - Various committees - Reports -
Benefits and Limitations.

LEARNING OUTCOMES:- After completion of this unit student will

 Understand corporate governance code
 Analyze role of auditors, board of directors and shareholders in corporate governance
 Implementing corporate social responsibility in India.

Text books.

1. Murthy CSV: Business Ethics and Corporate Governance, HPH July 2017

2. Bholananth Dutta, S.K. Podder – Corporation Governance, VBH. June 2010

Reference books

1. Dr. K. Nirmala, KarunakaraReaddy. Business Ethics and Corporate Governance, HPH

2. H.R.Machiraju: Corporate Governance, HPH, 2013

3. K. Venkataramana, Corporate Governance, SHBP.

4. N.M.Khandelwal. Indian Ethos and Values for Managers

COURSE OUTCOMES: At the end of the course, students will be able to BTL

CO1 Understand the Ethics and different types of Ethics. L2

CO2 Understand business ethics and ethical practices in management L2

CO3 Understand the role of ethics in management L2

CO4 Apply the knowledge of professional ethics & technical ethics L3

CO5 Analyze corporate law, ethics, codes & principles L4

CO6 Evaluate corporate governance & corporate scams L5

B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

BTL = Bloom‘s Taxonomy Level

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_mg46/
2. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/110/105/110105138/
3. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_mg54/
4. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_mg54/
5. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/109/106/109106117/
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

E-Business
(Elective-2 VII - SEMESTER)
(w.e.f. Academic Year – 2023-2024)

Subject Code Title of the Subject L T P C

E-Business 2 0 0 2

Course Objectives: The Objectives of this course are

1 To provide knowledge on emerging concept on E-Business related aspect.

2 To understand various electronic markets & business models.

3 To impart the information about electronic payment systems & banking.

4 To create awareness on security risks and challenges in E-commerce.

5 To the students aware on different e-marketing channels & strategies.

Syllabus

Unit-I: Electronic Business

Introduction – Nature, meaning, significance, functions and advantages - Definition of Electronic

Business - Functions of Electronic Commerce (EC)-Advantages & Disadvantages of E-
Commerce –E-Commerce and E-Business, Internet Services, Online Shopping- E-Commerce
Opportunities for Industries.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Learning Outcomes: -After completion of this unit student

 Understand the concept of E-Business

 Contrast and compare E-Commerce & E-Business
 Evaluate opportunities of E-commerce for industry

Unit-II: Electronic Markets and Business Models

Introduction –E-Shops-E-Malls E-Groceries - Portals - Vertical Portals-Horizontal Portals -

Advantages of Portals -Business Models- Business to Business (B2B)-Business to
Customers(B2C) - Business to Government(B2G)-Auctions-B2B Portals in India

Learning Outcomes: -After completion of this unit student will

 Understand the concept of business models

 Contrast and compare Vertical portal and Horizontal portals
 Analyze the B2B,B2C and B2G model

Unit-III: Electronic Payment Systems:

Introduction to electronic payment systems (EPS) -Types of electronic payments - Credit/debit

cards, e-wallets, UPI, and crypto currencies -Smart cards and digital wallets: Features and usage
-Electronic Fund Transfer (EFT): Role in business transactions -Infrastructure requirements and
regulatory aspects of e-payments

Learning Outcomes: -After completion of this unit student will

 Understand the Electronic payment system

 Contrast and compare EFT and smart cards
 Analyze debit card and credit cards

Unit-IV:E-Security

Security risks and challenges in electronic commerce - Cyber threats - Phishing, hacking,
identity theft, and malware - Digital Signatures & Certificates - Security protocols over public
networks (HTTP, SSL, TLS) -Firewalls in securing e-business platforms.

Learning Outcomes: -After completion of this unit student will

 Understand E-Security
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

 Contrast and compare security protocols and public network

 Evaluate on Digital signature

Unit-V:E-Marketing:

Introduction – Online Marketing – Advantages of Online Marketing – Internet Advertisement –

Advertisement Methods – Conducting Online Market Research– – E-marketing planning:
Online branding, social media marketing, and email marketing - E-business strategies: Digital
advertising, content marketing, and analytics – E-Customer Relationship Management (eCRM)
E-supply chain management (e-SCM)

Learning Outcomes: -After completion of this unit student will

 Understand the concept of online marketing

 Apply the knowledge of online marketing
 Compare e-CRM and e-SCM

Text Books:

1. Arati Oturkar&Sunil Khilari. E-Business. Everest Publishing House, 2022

2. P.T.S Joseph. E-Commerce, Fourth Edition, Prentice Hall of India, 2011

References:

1. Debjani, Kamalesh K Bajaj. E-Commerce, Second Edition Tata McGraw-Hill‘s, 2005

2. Dave Chaffey.E-Commerce E-Management, Second Edition, Pearson, 2012.
3. Henry Chan. E-Commerce Fundamentals and Application, RaymondLeathamWiley India
2007
4. S. Jaiswal. E-Commerce GalgotiaPublication Pvt Ltd., 2003.

COURSE OUTCOMES: At the end of the course student will be able to BTL

CO1 Remember E-Business & its nature, scope and functions. L1

CO2 Understand E-market-Models which are practicing by the organizations L2

CO3 Apply the concepts of E-Commerce in the present globalized world. L3

B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

CO4 Analyze the various E-payment systems & importance of net banking. L4

CO5 Evaluate market research strategies & E-advertisements. L5

CO6 Understand importance of E-security & control L2

BTL = Bloom‘s Taxonomy Level

Online Resources:
https://www.slideshare.net/fatimahAlkreem/e-businessppt-67935771
https://www.slideshare.net/VikramNani/e-commerce-business-models
https://www.slideshare.net/RiteshGoyal/electronic-payment-system
https://www.slideshare.net/WelingkarDLP/electronic-security
https://www.slideshare.net/Ankitha2404/emarketing-ppt
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

(w.e.f academic year 2023-2024)

Subject Code Title of the Subject L T P C

Management Science 2 0 0 2

COURSE OBJECTIVES : The objectives of this course are

1 To provide fundamental knowledge on Management, Administration,

Organization & its concepts.

2 To make the students understand the role of management in Production

3 To impart the concept of HRM in order to have an idea on Recruitment,

Selection, Training & Development, job evaluation and Merit rating concepts

4 To create awareness on identify Strategic Management areas & the

PERT/CPM for better Project Management

5 To make the students aware of the contemporary issues in modern

management

UNIT- IINTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT

Management - Concept and meaning - Nature-Functions - Management as a Science and Art and
both. Schools of Management Thought - Taylor‘s Scientific Theory-Henry Fayol‘s principles -
Elton Mayo‘s Human relations - Organizational Designs - Line organization - Line & Staff
Organization - Functional Organization - Matrix Organization - Project Organization -
Committee form of Organization - Social responsibilities of Management.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end of the Unit, the students will be able to
 Understand the concept of management and organization
 Apply the concepts & principles of management in real life industry.
 Analyze the organization chart & structure of an enterprise.

UNIT - II OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT

B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Principles and Types of Plant Layout - Methods of Production (Job, batch and Mass Production),
Work Study - Statistical Quality Control- Material Management - Objectives - Inventory-
Functions - Types, Inventory Techniques - EOQ-ABC Analysis - Marketing Management -
Concept - Meaning - Nature-Functions of Marketing - Marketing Mix - Channels of Distribution
- Advertisement and Sales Promotion - Marketing Strategies based on Product Life Cycle.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end of the Unit, the students will be able to
 Understand the core concepts of Operations Management
 Apply the knowledge of Quality Control, Work-study principles in real life industry.
 Evaluate Materials departments & Determine EOQ
 Analyze Marketing Mix Strategies for an enterprise.
 Create and design advertising and sales promotion

UNIT - III HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT (HRM)

HRM - Definition and Meaning – Nature - Managerial and Operative functions - Job Analysis -
Human Resource Planning(HRP) - Employee Recruitment-Sources of Recruitment - Employee
Selection - Process - Employee Training and Development - methods - Performance Appraisal
Concept - Methods of Performance Appraisal – Placement - Employee Induction - Wage and
Salary Administration

LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end if the Unit, the students will be able to
 Understand the concepts of HRM, Recruitment, Selection, Training & Development
 Analyze the need of training
 Evaluate performance appraisal
 Design the basic structure of salaries and wages

UNIT - IV STRATEGIC & PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Definition& Meaning - Setting of Vision - Mission - Goals - Corporate Planning Process -

Environmental Scanning - Steps in Strategy Formulation and Implementation - SWOT Analysis -
Project Management - Network Analysis - Programme Evaluation and Review Technique
(PERT) - Critical Path Method (CPM) Identifying Critical Path - Probability of Completing the
project within given time - Project Cost- Analysis - Project Crashing (Simple problems).

LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end of the Unit, the students will be able to
 Understand Mission, Objectives, Goals & strategies for an enterprise
 Apply SWOT Analysis to strengthen the project
 Analyze Strategy formulation and implementation
 Evaluate PERT and CPM Techniques
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

UNIT - V CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN MANAGEMENT

Customer Relations Management(CRM) - Total Quality Management (TQM) - Six Sigma

Concept - Supply Chain Management(SCM) - Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) -
Performance Management – employee engagement and retention - Business Process Re-
engineering and Bench Marking - Knowledge Management – change management –
sustainability and corporate social responsibility.

LEARNING OUTCOMES At the end if the Unit, the students will be able to
 Understand modern management techniques
 Apply Knowledge in Understanding in TQM, SCM
 Analyze CRM, BPR
 Evaluate change management & sustainability

Text Books:
1. Frederick S. Hillier, Mark S. Hillier. Introduction to Management Science, October 26, 2023
2. A.R Aryasri, Management Science, TMH, 2019

References:

1. Stoner, Freeman, Gilbert.Management, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2019.

2. Koontz & Weihrich, Essentials of Management, 6/e, TMH, 2005.
3. Thomas N.Duening & John M.Ivancevich, Management Principles and Guidelines, Biztantra.
4. Kanishka Bedi, Production and Operations Management, Oxford University Press, 2004.
5. Samuel C.Certo, Modern Management, 9/e, PHI, 2005

COURSE OUTCOMES: At the end of the course, students will be able to BTL

CO1 Remember the concepts & principles of management and designs of L1

organization in a practical world

CO2 Understand the knowledge of Work-study principles & Quality Control L2

B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

techniques in industry

CO3 Apply the process of Recruitment & Selection in organization. L3

CO4 Analyze the concepts of HRM & different training methods. L4

CO5 Evaluate PERT/CPM Techniques for projects of an enterprise and estimate L5

time & cost of project & to analyze the business through SWOT.

CO6 Create awareness on contemporary issues in modern management & L3

technology.

BTL = Blooms Taxonomy Level

ONLINE RESOUECES:

1. https://www.slideshare.net/slideshow/introduction-to-management-and-organization-
231308043/231308043
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107238
3. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/110/104/110104068/
4. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/110/105/110105069/
5. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc24_mg112/
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

IVB.Tech I Semester (E.C.E) L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3

RADAR ENGINEERING
Course Objectives:
1. To understand the basic working principle of Radar and target detection procedure.
2. To learn about the working and applications of CW and Frequency modulated Radar.
3. To comprehend the working and applications of MTI and Pulse Doppler Radar
4. To understand different methods of tracking a target and their limitations.
5. To analyze the effect of noise at the receiver and uses of phased array antennas and
navigational aids.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to
1. Learn the basic working principle of Radar and target detection procedure.
2. Know the working and applications of CW and Frequency modulated Radar.
3. Gain the knowledge of about MTI and Pulse Doppler Radar.
4. Understand different methods of tracking a target and their limitations.
5. Analyze the effect of noise at the receiver and uses of phased array antennas and
navigational aids.

UNIT I
Basics of Radar: Introduction, Maximum Unambiguous Range, Simple form of Radar Equation,
Radar Block Diagram and Operation, Radar Frequencies and Applications, Prediction of Range
Performance, Minimum Detectable Signal, Receiver Noise, Modified Radar Range Equation,
Illustrative Problems. Radar Equation: SNR, Envelope Detector, False Alarm Time and
Probability, Integration of Radar Pulses, Radar Cross Section of Targets (simple targets - sphere,
cone-sphere), Transmitter Power, PRF and Range Ambiguities, System Losses (qualitative
treatment), Display types, Illustrative Problems.

UNIT II
CW and Frequency Modulated Radar: Doppler Effect, CW Radar – Block Diagram, Isolation
between Transmitter and Receiver, Non-zero IF Receiver, Receiver Bandwidth Requirements,
Applications of CW radar, Illustrative Problems.FM-CW Radar, Range and Doppler
Measurement, Block Diagram and Characteristics (Approaching/ Receding Targets), FM-CW
altimeter, Multiple Frequency CW Radar.

UNIT III
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

MTI and Pulse Doppler Radar: Introduction, Principle, MTI Radar with - Power Amplifier
Transmitter and Power Oscillator Transmitter, Delay Line Cancellers – Filter Characteristics,
Blind Speeds, Double Cancellation, And Staggered PRFs. Range Gated Doppler Filters, MTI
Radar Parameters, Limitations to MTI Performance,MTI versus Pulse Doppler radar.

UNIT IV
Tracking Radar: Tracking with Radar, Sequential Lobing, Conical Scan, Monopulse Tracking
Radar – Amplitude Comparison Monopulse (one- and two-coordinates), Phase Comparison
Monopulse, Tracking in Range, Acquisition and Scanning Patterns, Comparison of Trackers.

UNIT V
Detection of Radar Signals in Noise:Introduction, Noise Figure and Noise Temperature,
Matched Filter Receiver – Response Characteristics and Derivation, Correlation detection,
Detection criteria, Detector Characteristics, Automatic Detection, Constant False Alarm Rate
Receiver. Introduction to Software Defined Radio,Introduction to Stealth technology.
Radar Receivers: Introduction to Phased Array Antennas- Basic Concepts, Electronically
Steered Phased Array Antennas, Phase Shifters, Frequency – scan Arrays, Radiation for Phased
Array, Architecture for Phased Arrays. Radiation Pattern. Beam Steering and Beam Width
changes. Navigational Aids : Direction Finder, VOR,ILS and Loran.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Merrill I. Skolnik, ―Introduction to Radar Systems‖, 2nd Edition, TMH Special Indian
Edition, 2007.
2. Byron Edde, ―Radar Principals, Technology, Applications‖, Pearson Education, 1992.
REFERENCES:
1. Peebles, ―Radar Principles‖, Wiley, New York, 1998.
2. G.S.N.Raju, ―Radar Engineering and Fundamentals of Navigational Aids‖, I. K.
International Pvt. Ltd.
3. G. SasiBhushan Rao, ― Microwave and Radar Engineering‖, Pearson Education, 2014
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

IVB.Tech I Semester (E.C.E) L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3

DSP PROCESSORS & ARCHITECTURES
Course Objectives:
1. To describe the unique features and significance of Digital Signal Processing (DSP).
2. To demonstrate various computational parameters and accuracy considerations in DSP
systems.
3. To introduce architectural improvements in programmable DSP devices and their
execution models.
4. To expose students to basic DSP algorithms, including filtering, FFT, and adaptive
processing.
5. To outline DSP processor applications and their interfacing with memory and I/O
peripherals.
Course Outcomes:
After completing the course, the student will be able to,
1. Summarize the fundamental features and role of Digital Signal Processing in real-world
applications.
2. Evaluate dynamic range, precision, and error sources in DSP implementations.
3. Explain the architectural features of DSP processors and their computational efficiency.
4. Analyze the performance of DSP algorithms on programmable DSP platforms for
specific applications.
5. Select and implement DSP processors for real-time applications, including memory and
peripheral interfacing.

UNIT-I
Introduction to Digital Signal Processing: Introduction, a Digital signal-processing system, the
sampling process, Discrete time sequences. Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) and Fast Fourier
Transform (FFT), linear time-invariant systems, Digital filters, Decimation and interpolation,
Analysis and Design tool for DSP Systems MATLAB, DSP using MATLAB.
Computational Accuracy in DSP Implementations: Number formats for signals and
coefficients in DSP systems, Dynamic Range and Precision, Sources of error in DSP
implementations, A/D Conversion errors, DSP Computational errors, D/A Conversion Errors,
Compensating filter.

UNIT-II
Architectures for Programmable DSP Devices: Basic Architectural features, DSP
Computational Building Blocks, Bus Architecture and Memory, Data Addressing Capabilities,
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Address Generation Unit, Programmability and Program Execution, Speed Issues, Features for
External interfacing.
Execution Control and Pipelining: Hardware looping, Interrupts, Stacks, Relative Branch
support, Pipelining and Performance, Pipeline Depth, Interlocking, Branching effects, Interrupt
effects, Pipeline Programming models.

UNIT-III
Programmable Digital Signal Processors: Commercial Digital signal-processing Devices, Data
Addressing modes of TMS320C54XX DSPs, Data Addressing modes of TMS320C54XX
Processors, Memory space of TMS320C54XX Processors, Program Control, TMS320C54XX
instructions and Programming, On- Chip Peripherals, Interrupts of TMS320C54XX processors,
Pipeline Operation of TMS320C54XX Processors.

UNIT-IV
Implementations of Basic DSP Algorithms: The Q-notation, FIR Filters, IIR Filters,
Interpolation Filters, Decimation Filters, PID Controller, Adaptive Filters, 2-D Signal
Processing.
Implementation of FFT Algorithms: An FFT Algorithm for DFT Computation, A Butterfly
Computation, Overflow and scaling, Bit-Reversed index generation, An 8-Point FFT
implementation on the TMS320C54XX, Computation of the signal spectrum.

UNIT-V
Interfacing Memory and I/O Peripherals to Programmable DSP Devices: Memory space
organization, External bus interfacing signals, Memory interface, Parallel I/O interface,
Programmed I/O, Interrupts and I/O, Direct memory access (DMA). A Multichannel buffered
serial port (McBSP), McBSP Programming, a CODEC interface circuit, CODEC programming,
A CODEC-DSP interface example.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Avtar Singh and S. Srinivasan, ―Digital Signal Processing Implementation‖, 1 st Edition,
Cengage Learning, 2004.
2. Lapsley et al. S. Chand and Co, ―DSP Processor Fundamentals, Architectures &
Features‖, 2000.

REFERENCES:
1. B. Venkata Ramani and M. Bhaskar, ―Digital Signal Processors, Architecture,
Programming and Applications‖, TMH, 2004.
2. Jonatham Stein, ―Digital Signal Processing: A Computer Science Perspective‖, John
Wiley, 2000.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

IV B.Tech I Semester (E.C.E) L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3

CELLULAR & MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS
Course Objectives:
1. To explain the basic cellular system and its working.
2. To understand the impact of multipath fading channels and techniques to mitigate fading
effects in cellular communication.
3. To explore frequency management, channel assignment strategies, and different types of
handoffs in cellular networks.
4. To analyze the performance of mobile antennas, interference issues, and cellular system
design principles.
5. To evaluate system performance metrics such as dropped call rates, handoff strategies, and
spectrum efficiency.
Course Outcomes:
After completing the course, the student will be able to,
1. Understand the basic cellular system and its working.
2. Explain the impairments caused by multipath fading and methods to mitigate fading effects
in mobile communication.
3. Apply concepts of cellular communication to solve problems related to mobile antennas and
system design.
4. Analyze co-channel and non-co-channel interferences, different types of handoffs, and
dropped call rates.
5. Evaluate the performance of cellular systems, including signal reception, handoff efficiency,
and spectrum utilization.

UNIT I
Cellular Mobile Radio Systems: Introduction to Cellular Mobile system, basic cellular system,
performance criteria, uniqueness of mobile radio environment, operation of cellular systems,
Hexagonal shaped cells, Analog and Digital Cellular systems.

UNIT II
Elements of Cellular Radio System Design: General description of the problem, concept of
frequency channels, Co-channel Interference Reduction Factor, desired C/I from a normal case in
a Omni directional Antenna system, Cell splitting, consideration of the components of cellular
system.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Interference: Introduction to Co-channel interference, real time co-channel interference, Co-

channel measurement, design of Antenna system, Antenna parameters and their effects, diversity
receiver, non-co-channel interference-different types.

UNIT III
Cell Coverage for Signal and Traffic: Signal reflections in flat and hilly terrain, effect of
human made structures, phase difference between direct and reflected paths, constant standard
deviation, straight line path loss slope, general formula for mobile propagation over water and
flat open area, near and long-distance propagation antenna height gain, form of a point-to-point
model.

UNIT IV
Cell Site and Mobile Antennas:Sum and difference patterns and their synthesis, Omni
directional antennas, directional antennas for interference reduction, space diversity antennas,
umbrella pattern antennas, minimum separation of cell site antennas, high gain antennas.
Frequency Management and Channel Assignment:Numbering and grouping, setup access and
paging channels channel assignments to cell sites and mobile units, channel sharing and
borrowing, sectorization, overlaid cells, non fixed channel assignment.

UNIT V
Handoff: Handoff, dropped calls and cell splitting, types of handoffs, handoff invitation,
delaying handoff, forced handoff, mobile assigned handoff. Intersystem handoff, cell splitting,
micro cells, vehicle locating methods, dropped call rates and their evaluation.
System Evaluations:Performance evaluation, Signal evaluation, Measurement of average
received level and level crossings, Spectrum efficiency evaluation.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. W .C. Y. Lee, ―Mobile cellular telecommunications‖, Tata Mc-Graw Hill, 2nd Edition, 2006.
2. Theodore. S. Rapport, ―Wireless communications‖, Pearson Education, 2ndEdn., 2002.

REFERENCES:
1. Gordon L. Stuber, ―Principles of Mobile communications‖, Springer International 2nd
Edition, 2007.
2. Lee , ―Wireless and Mobile Communications‖, Mc Graw Hills, 3rd Edition, 2006.
3. Jon W.Mark and WeihuaZhqung, ―Wireless communications and Networking‖, PHI, 2005.
4. R.Blake, ―Wireless communication Technology‖, Thompson Asia Pvt.Ltd., 2004.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

IVB.Tech I Semester (E.C.E) L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3

LOW POWER VLSI DESIGN
Course Objectives:
1. To understand the need for low-power circuit design and analyze different power
dissipation mechanisms in VLSI circuits.
2. To explore various low-power design approaches at the system, circuit, and mask levels.
3. To study low-power adder architectures and their role in power-efficient computing.
4. To examine different low-power multiplier architectures and their impact on digital
design.
5. To gain knowledge of low-power memory technologies and their future developments.
Course Outcomes:
After completing the course, the student will be able to,
1. Understand the need for low-power circuit design and analyze different power dissipation
mechanisms in VLSI circuits.
2. Learn various low-power design approaches at the system, circuit, and mask levels.
3. Gain knowledge on low-power adder architectures and their role in power-efficient
computing.
4. Examine different low-power multiplier architectures and their impact on digital design.
5. Grasp knowledge of low-power memory technologies and their future developments.
UNIT I
Fundamentals: Need for Low Power Circuit Design, Sources of Power Dissipation – Static and
Dynamic Power Dissipation, Short Circuit Power Dissipation, Glitching Power Dissipation,
Short Channel Effects –Drain Induced Barrier Lowering and Punch Through, Surface Scattering,
Velocity Saturation, Impact Ionization, Hot Electron Effect.

UNIT II
Low-Power Design Approaches: Low-Power Design through Voltage Scaling – VTCMOS
circuits, MTCMOS circuits, Architectural Level Approach –Pipelining and Parallel Processing
Approaches. Switched Capacitance Minimization Approaches: System Level Measures, Circuit
Level Measures, Mask level Measures.

UNIT III
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Low-Voltage Low-Power Adders: Introduction, Standard Adder Cells, CMOS Adder‘s

Architectures – Ripple Carry Adders, Carry Look Ahead Adders, Carry Select Adders, Carry
Save Adders, Low-Voltage Low-Power Design Techniques – Trends of Technology and Power
Supply Voltage, Low-Voltage Low-Power Logic Styles.

UNIT IV
Low-Voltage Low-Power Multipliers: Introduction, Overview of Multiplication, Types of
Multiplier Architectures, Braun Multiplier, Baugh Wooley Multiplier, Booth Multiplier,
Introduction to Wallace Tree Multiplier.

UNIT V
Low-Voltage Low-Power Memories: Basics of ROM, Low-Power ROM Technology, Future
Trend and Development of ROMs, Basics of SRAM, Memory Cell, Precharge and Equalization
Circuit, Low-Power SRAM Technologies, Basics of DRAM, Self-Refresh Circuit, Future Trend
and Development of DRAM.

Textbooks:
1. CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits – Analysis and Design – Sung-Mo Kang, Yusuf
Leblebici, TMH, 2011.
2. Low-Voltage, Low-Power VLSI Subsystems – Kiat-Seng Yeo, Kaushik Roy, TMH
Professional Engineering.

References:
1. Introduction to VLSI Systems: A Logic, Circuit and System Perspective – Ming-BO Lin,
CRC
Press, 2011.
2. Low Power CMOS Design – AnanthaChandrakasan, IEEE Press/Wiley International,
1998.
3. Low Power CMOS VLSI Circuit Design – Kaushik Roy, Sharat C. Prasad, John Wiley &
Sons,2000.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

IVB.Tech I Semester (E.C.E) L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3

WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS

Course Objectives:
1. To introduce the fundamental concepts and architecture of wireless sensor networks.
2. To explore various network architectures, optimization techniques, and design principles
for wireless sensor networks.
3. To study MAC protocols, routing techniques, and addressing mechanisms for efficient
sensor network communication.
4. To understand the infrastructure establishment of sensor networks, including topology
control and synchronization.
5. To provide knowledge on sensor network platforms, programming challenges, and
simulation tools.

Course Outcomes:
After completing the course, the student will be able to,
1. Learn the fundamental concepts and architecture of wireless sensor networks.
2. Explore various network architectures, optimization techniques, and design principles for
wireless sensor networks.
3. Gain knowledge of MAC protocols, routing techniques, and addressing mechanisms for
efficient sensor network communication.
4. Understand the infrastructure establishment of sensor networks, including topology
control and synchronization.
5. Grasp the knowledge on sensor network platforms, programming challenges, and
simulation tools.

UNIT I
Overview of Wireless Sensor Networks: Single-Node Architecture - Hardware Components-
Network Characteristics- unique constraints and challenges, Enabling Technologies for Wireless
Sensor Networks- Types of wireless sensor networks.
UNIT II
Architectures: Network Architecture- Sensor Networks-Scenarios- Design Principle, Physical
Layer and Transceiver Design Considerations, Optimization Goals and Figures of Merit,
Gateway Concepts.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

UNIT III
Networking Sensors: MAC Protocols for Wireless Sensor Networks, Low Duty Cycle Protocols
and Wakeup Concepts - SMAC, - B-MAC Protocol, IEEE 802.15.4 standard and ZigBee, the
Mediation Device Protocol, Wakeup Radio Concepts, Address and Name Management,
Assignment of MAC Addresses, Routing Protocols Energy-Efficient Routing, Geographic
Routing.
UNIT IV
Infrastructure Establishment: Topology Control, Clustering, Time Synchronization,
Localization and Positioning, Sensor Tasking and Control.

UNIT V
Sensor Network Platforms and Tools :Sensor Node Hardware – Berkeley Motes,Programming
Challenges, Node-level software platforms, Node level Simulators, State-centric programming.

Textbooks:
1. Holger Karl & Andreas Willig, "Protocols and Architectures for Wireless Sensor
Networks‖, John Wiley, 2005.
2. Feng Zhao & Leonidas J.Guibas, ―Wireless Sensor Networks-An Information Processing
Approach", Elsevier, 2007

Reference Books:
1. WaltenegusDargie , Christian Poellabauer, ―Fundamentals Of Wireless Sensor Networks
Theory And Practice‖, By John Wiley & Sons Publications, 2011
2. KazemSohraby, Daniel Minoli, &TaiebZnati, ―Wireless Sensor Networks-Technology,
Protocols, and Applications‖, John Wiley, 2007.
3. Anna Hac, ―Wireless Sensor Network Designs‖, John Wiley, 2003
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

IVB.Tech I Semester (E.C.E) L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3

5G COMMUNICATIONS
Course Objectives:
1. To introduce the fundamental concepts of 5G spectrum, radio access technologies, and
system requirements.
2. To understand the architecture and physical layer aspects of 5G networks, including MIMO
and beamforming.
3. To explore advanced 5G radio-access technologies and their role in multi-user
communication.
4. To study network slicing, SDN, NFV, and their applications in vehicular communications.
5. To analyze mobility management, interference control, and dynamic network reconfiguration
in 5G.
Course Outcomes:
After completing the course, the student will be able to,
1. Understand the 5G radio spectrum and channel models, including spectrum sharing and
propagation challenges.
2. Analyze the 5G network architecture, including the core network, RAN, and physical layer
procedures.
3. Evaluate different 5G radio-access technologies, including new waveforms and non-
orthogonal multiple access schemes.
4. Apply network slicing concepts and vehicular communication techniques for efficient 5G
network deployment.
5. Develop strategies for mobility and handoff management to optimize network performance
and minimize interference.

UNIT I
5G Radio Spectrum: 5G spectrum landscape and requirements, Spectrum access modes and
sharing scenarios, 5G spectrum technologies.
5G Channel Model: The 5G wireless Propagation Channels: Channel modeling requirements,
propagation scenarios and challenges in the 5G modeling.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

5G Use Cases and System Concept: Use cases and requirements, 5G system concept.

UNIT II
Radio Interface Architecture: 5G architecture options, core network architecture, RAN
architecture. 5G PHYSICAL LAYER: Physical channels and signals, 5G frame structure,
physical layer procedures (MIMO, Power control, link adaptation, beam forming).

UNIT III
5G Radio-Access Technologies: Access design principles for multi-user communications,
multi-carrier with filtering: a new waveform, non-orthogonal schemes for efficient multiple
access
UNIT IV
Introduction to 5G Network Slicing: Network Slicing, E2E Slicing, SDN and NFV Slicing
Vehicular Communications: From V2V to AV2X, key standards, VC architectures, V2X Use
cases
UNIT V
Mobility and Handoff Management in 5G: Network deployment types, Interference
management in 5G, Mobility management in 5G, Dynamic network reconfiguration in 5G.

Textbooks:
1. Afif Osseiran, Jose F Monserrat, Patrick Marsch, ―5G Mobile and Wireless
Communications
Technology‖, Cambridge University Press, 2016
2. Saad Z. Asif, ―5G Mobile Communications Concepts and Technologies‖, CRC Press,
Taylor
& Francis Group, First Edition, 2018
3. HarriHolma, Antti Toskala, Takehiro Nakamura, ―5G Technology 3GPP NEW RADIO‖,
John Wiley & Sons First Edition,2020

References:
1. Gordon L. Stuber, ―Principles of Mobile Communication‖, KLUWER ACADEMIC
PUBLISHERS, 2nd Edition, 2002
2. Joseph C. Liberti, Theodore S. Rappaport, ―Smart Antennas for Wireless
Communications‖,
Prentice Hall PTR, 1999
3. Ying Zhang, ―Network Function Virtualization Concepts and Applicability in 5G
Networks‖, John Wiley & Sons, 2018.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3
MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS
(Open Elective –III)
Course Objectives:
1. To comprehend the architecture, operation, and configurations of the 8086
microprocessors.
2. To get familiar with 8086 programming concepts, instruction set, and assembly language
development tools.
3. To study the interfacing of 8086 with memory, peripherals, and controllers for various
applications.
4. To learn the architecture, instruction set, and programming of the 8051 microcontrollers.
5. To understand microcontroller interfacing techniques, peripheral programming, and
processor comparisons.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to
1. Gain knowledge on the architecture, operation, and configurations of the 8086
microprocessors.
2. Get familiar with 8086 programming concepts, instruction set, and assembly language
development tools.
3. Know the interfacing of 8086 with memory, peripherals, and controllers for various
applications.
4. Learn the architecture, instruction set, and programming of the 8051 microcontrollers.
5. Understand microcontroller interfacing techniques, peripheral programming, and
processor comparisons.
UNIT I
8086 Architecture: Main features, pin diagram/description, 8086 microprocessor family,
internal architecture, bus interfacing unit, execution unit, interrupts and interrupt response, 8086
system timing, minimum mode and maximum mode configuration.

UNIT II
8086 Programming: Program development steps, instructions, addressing modes, assembler
directives, writing simple programs with an assembler, assembly language program development
tools.

UNIT III
8086 Interfacing: Semiconductor memories interfacing (RAM, ROM), Intel 8255
programmable peripheral interface, Interfacing switches and LEDS, Interfacing seven segment
displays, software and hardware interrupt applications, Intel 8251 USART architecture and
interfacing, Intel 8237a DMA controller, stepper motor, A/D and D/A converters, Need for 8259
programmable interrupt controllers.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

UNIT IV
Microcontroller - Architecture of 8051 – Special Function Registers(SFRs) - I/O Pins Ports and
Circuits - Instruction set - Addressing modes - Assembly language programming.

UNIT V
Interfacing Microcontroller - Programming 8051 Timers - Serial Port Programming - Interrupts
Programming – LCD & Keyboard Interfacing - ADC, DAC & Sensor Interfacing - External
Memory Interface- Stepper Motor and Waveform generation - Comparison of Microprocessor,
Microcontroller, PIC and ARM processors

Textbooks:
1. Microprocessors and Interfacing – Programming and Hardware by Douglas V Hall, SSSP
Rao, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited, 3rdEdition,1994.
2. K M Bhurchandi, A K Ray, Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals, 3rd edition,
McGraw Hill Education, 2017.
3. Raj Kamal, Microcontrollers: Architecture, Programming, Interfacing and System Design,
2nd edition, Pearson, 2012.
References:
1. Ramesh S Gaonkar, Microprocessor Architecture Programming and Applications with the
8085, 6th edition, Penram International Publishing, 2013.
2. Kenneth J. Ayala, The 8051 Microcontroller, 3rd edition, Cengage Learning, 2004.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3
TRANSDUCERS AND SENSORS
(Open Elective –IV)
Course Objectives:
1. To understand characteristics of Instrumentation System and the operating principle of
motion transducers.
2. To explore working principles, and applications of different temperature transducers and
Piezo-electric sensors.
3. To provide knowledge on flow transducers and their applications.
4. To study the working principles of pressure transducers.
5. To introduce working principle and applications of force and sound transducers.

Course Outcomes:
After completing the course, the student will be able to,
1. Understand characteristics of Instrumentation System and the operating principle of
motion transducers.
2. Explore working principles, and applications of different temperature transducers and
Piezo-electric sensors.
3. Gain knowledge on flow transducers and their applications.
4. Learn the working principles of pressure transducers.
5. Understand the working principle and applications of force and sound transducers.

UNIT I
Introduction: General Configuration and Functional Description of measuring instruments,
Static and Dynamic Characteristics of Instrumentation System, Errors in Instrumentation System,
Active and Passive Transducers and their Classification.
Motion Transducers: Resistive strain gauge, LVDT, RVDT, Capacitive transducers, Piezo-
electric transducers, seismic displacement pick-ups, vibrometers and accelerometers.

UNIT II
Temperature Transducers: Standards and calibration, fluid expansion and metal expansion
type transducers - bimetallic strip, Thermometer, Thermistor, RTD, Thermocouple and their
characteristics.
Hall effect transducers, Digital transducers, Proximity devices, Bio-sensors, Smart sensors,
Piezo-electric sensors.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

UNIT III
Flow Transducers: Bernoulli‘s principle and continuity, Orifice plate, Nozzle plate, Venture
tube, Rotameter, Anemometers, Electromagnetic flow meter, Impeller meter and Turbid flow
meter.

UNIT IV
Pressure Transducers: Standards and calibration, different types of manometers, elastic
transducers, diaphragm bellows, bourdon tube, capacitive and resistive pressure transducers, high
and low pressure measurement.

UNIT V
Force and Sound Transducers: Proving ring, hydraulic and pneumatic load cell, dynamometer
and gyroscopes. Sound level meter, sound characteristics, Microphone.

TEXT BOOKS
1. A.K. Sawhney, ―A course in Electrical and Electronics Measurements and
Instrumentation‖, Dhanpat Rai& Co. 3rd edition Delhi, 2010.
2. Rangan C.S, Sarma G.R and Mani V S V, ―Instrumentation Devices and Systems‖,
TATA McGraw Hill publications, 2007.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Doebelin. E.O, ―Measurement Systems Application and Design‖,McGraw Hill
International, New York, 2004.
2. Nakra B.C andChaudharyK.K , ―Instrumentation Measurement and Analysis‖, Second
Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Publication Ltd.2006.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

IVB.Tech I Semester (E.C.E) L–T–P–C 0–1–2–2

RF SYSTEM DESIGN TOOLS
Course Objectives:
1. To introduce RF design software and tools for designing and simulating RF systems.
2. To understand impedance matching techniques and the role of scattering parameters in RF
circuit design.
3. To explore the design of RF power amplifiers, filters, oscillators, mixers, and voltage-
controlled oscillators (VCOs).
4. To analyze microstrip transmission lines, their discontinuities, and their applications in RF
systems.
5. To study the design, simulation, and measurement of antennas and microwave integrated
circuits.
Course Outcomes:
After completing the course, the student will be able to,
1. Utilize RF design software and tools to simulate and analyze RF circuits and components.
2. Design and implement impedance matching networks such as L-match, Pi-match, and T-
match circuits.
3. Develop and evaluate RF amplifiers, filters, oscillators, and mixers for high-frequency
applications.
4. Analyze microstrip transmission lines and measure their characteristics using S-parameters
and Smith charts.
5. Design and simulate various types of antennas, including microstrip patch antennas, Yagi-
Uda antennas, and horn antennas.

Basic Concepts in RF Design: Introduce any RF design software and orient students with the
tools of the laboratory. Practice the tool to use it for significant design.Introduction to RF Design,
Time Variance and Nonlinearity, Effects of nonlinearity, Passive impedance transformation,
Scattering parameters, impedance matching, L match,Pi match, T match, Passive IC Components-
Resistors, capacitors Inductors, Schottky Diode, RF Switch.

RF Power Amplifiers and Filters: RF Power amplifier design examples, Gain equalizers,
Voltage controlled oscillators, Phase locked loops, Linearized PLL models, PLL design examples,
High frequency oscillators, Loop filters, lumped filter. LPF, HPF and BPF.

LNA, VCO and Mixers: General considerations, Problem of input matching, Low Noise
Amplifiers design in various topologies, Gain Switching, Band Switching, Voltage Controlled
Oscillators, Mixers-General considerations, Passive down conversion mixers, Active down
conversion mixers, Up conversion mixers.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Microstrip transmission lines and discontinuities: S parameters of a Microstrip Transmission

Line, Smith Chart, Analysis of Microstrip Transmission Line standing wave patterns at various
frequencies, Different types of Transmission lines like CPW, Microstrip and Co-axial cable.
Different types of Microstrip discontinuities like Bend, T, Via, Gap etc., Microstrip Ring
Resonator.

Antennas and Microwave Integrated Circuits: Radiation Pattern, Gain, S Parameters, Return
loss and VSWR. Design considerations of Microstrip Patch Antenna and Microstrip Array, Yagi
Uda Antenna and Horn Antenna. Hybrid Microwave Integrated Circuits, Monolithic Microwave
Integrated Circuits, Microwave Integrated Circuits: MMIC Amplifier.
Any twelve experiments are to be done:
1. Design and simulate Impedance matching circuits like L-Matching, Pi Matching and T-
Matching.
2. Design and Simulate a Schottky Diode and RF Switch.
3. Design and simulate a RF BJT Amplifier and LNA.
4. Design and simulate a Power Amplifier and Gain Equalizer.
5. Analyse and measure the gain of a Power Amplifier and equalise its gain using an
Equalizer.
6. Design and simulate a High Frequency Oscillator and Lumped Filter.
7. Measurement of insertion loss, -3dB Cut of frequency of LPF,HPF and BPF.
8. Design and Simulate a VCO and RF Mixer.
9. Measure the S parameters of a Micro strip Transmission Line and plot the normalised
impedance on a smith chart
10. Analysis of Microstrip Transmission Line standing wave pattern at various frequencies.
11. Study of different types of Transmission lines like CPW, Microstrip and Co-axial and
find/measure its Insertion Loss ( S21 and S12 )
12. Study of different types of Microstrip discontinuities like Bend, T, Via , Gap etc and
find/measure its Insertion loss.
13. Determine the Bandwidth and Quality Factor of a Microstrip Ring Resonator.
14. Design and simulate the Radiation Pattern,gain, S11and VSWRof a Microstrip Patch
Antenna and Microstrip Array.
15. Design and simulate the Radiation Pattern, gain, S11and VSWR of a Yagi Uda Antenna and
Horn Antenna.
16. Design and Simulate a MMIC Amplifier.
Equipment Required
1. RF Circuit Design and Simulation Software
2. RF Training System
3.Antenna Measurement System with Antenna Design Software.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

IVB.Tech I Semester (E.C.E) L–T–P–C 0–1–2–2
INDUSTRIAL IOT AND AUTOMATION (SKILL COURSE)
Course Objectives:
1. To introduce the fundamentals of Industrial IoT (IIoT), its architecture, and its
differences from traditional IoT.
2. To understand the components of IIoT, including sensors, actuators, and control systems,
and their integration with embedded platforms.
3. To explore communication technologies such as ZigBee, Bluetooth, NFC, RFID, and
MQTT for IIoT applications.
4. To study data visualization techniques, dashboard creation, and web-based connectivity
for IIoT systems.
5. To learn data retrieval techniques, machine-to-machine (M2M) communication, and
cloud integration for IIoT applications.
6. To implement automation using PLCs, SCADA, and real-time control systems for
industrial applications.
Course Outcomes:
After completing the course, the student will be able to,
1. Explain the fundamental concepts of IIoT, its architecture, and the challenges associated
with industrial automation.
2. Demonstrate the integration of sensors and actuators with Raspberry Pi/NodeMCU for
real-time monitoring and control.
3. Implement communication protocols such as MQTT, ZigBee, and Bluetooth to enable
seamless IIoT connectivity.
4. Develop web-based dashboards for real-time visualization and remote monitoring of IIoT
devices.
5. Retrieve, analyze, and transmit industrial data using web-based interactions and M2M
communication.
6. Implement PLC-based automation, ladder logic programming, and SCADA for
supervisory control in industrial environments.
(All the modules need to be conducted and minimum one project to be done)
MODULE 1: Introduction & Architecture
What is IIoT and connected world? The difference between IoT and IIoT, Architecture of IIoT,
IOT node, Challenges of IIOT. Practice
1. Introduction to Arduino, Introduction to raspberry Pi.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AQdLQV6vhbk
MODULE 2: IIOT Components
Fundamentals of Control System, introductions, components, closed loop & open loop system.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Introduction to Sensors (Description and Working principle): What is sensor? Types of sensors,
working principle of basic Sensors -Ultrasonic Sensor, IR sensor, MQ2, Temperature and
Humidity Sensors (DHT-11).Digital switch, Electro Mechanical switches.
Practice
1. Measurement of temperature & pressure values of the process using raspberry pi/node mcu.
2. Modules and Sensors Interfacing (IR sensor, Ultrasonic sensors, Soil moisture sensor) using
Raspberry pi/node mcu.
3. Modules and Actuators Interfacing (Relay, Motor, Buzzer) using Raspberry pi/node mcu.
MODULE 3: Communication Technologies of IIoT
Communication Protocols: IEEE 802.15.4, ZigBee, Bluetooth, BLE, NFC, RFIDIndustry
standards communication technology (MQTT), wireless network communication.
Practice
1. Demonstration of MQTT communication.
MODULE 4: Visualization and Data Types of IIoT
Connecting an Arduino/Raspberry pi to the Web: Introduction, setting up the Arduino/Raspberry
pi development environment, Options for Internet connectivity with Arduino, Configuring your
Arduino/Raspberry pi board for the IoT.
Practice
1. Visualization of diverse sensor data using dashboard (part of IoT‘s ‗control panel‘)
2. Sending alert message to the user. ways to control and interact with your environment)
MODULE 5: Retrieving Data
Extraction from Web: Grabbing the content from a web page, Sending data on the web,
Troubleshooting basic Arduino issues, Types of IoT interaction, Machine to Machine interaction
(M2M).
Practice
1. Device control using mobile Apps or through Web pages.
2. Machine to Machine communication.
MODULE 6: Control & Supervisory Level of Automation
Programmable logic controller (PLC), Real-time control system, Supervisory Control & Data
Acquisition (SCADA).
Practice
1. Digital logic gates programming using ladder diagram.
2. Implementation of Boolean expression using ladder diagram.
3. Simulation of PLC to understand the process control concept.
Projects:
IIoT based smart energy meter
Smart Agriculture system
Automation using controller via Bluetooth
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Temperature controlled Fan/cooler using controller

Automatic streetlight
Smart Baggage Tracker

Textbooks
1. The Internet of Things in the Industrial Sector, Mahmood, Zaigham (Ed.) (Springer
Publication)
2. Industrial Internet of Things: Cybermanufacturing System, Sabina Jeschke, Christian
Brecher, Houbing Song, Danda B. Rawat (Springer Publication)
3. Industrial IoT Challenges, Design Principles, Applications, and Security by Ismail Butun
(editor)
 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

(w.e.f Academic Year 2023-24)

(Common to All Branches of Engineering)
R-23

Course Code Gender Sensitization L T P C

0 0 2 0

Pre-requisite Semester

Course Objectives:
 To enable students to understand the gender related issues, vulnerability of women and
men
 To familiarize them about constitutional safeguard for gender equality
 To expose the students to debates on the politics and economics of work
 To help students reflect critically on gender violence
 To make them understand that gender identities and gender relations are part of culture
as they shape the way daily life is lived in the family as well as wider community and
the workplace.

Course Outcomes (CO):

COs Statements Blooms

level

CO1 Understand the basic concepts of gender and its related terminology L1, L2,

CO2 Identify the biological, sociological, psychological and legal aspects of L1, L2
gender.
Use the knowledge in understanding how gender discrimination works in our
CO3 L3
society and how to counter it.
CO4 Analyzethe gendered division of labour and its relation to politics and L4
economics.
CO5 Appraise how gender-role beliefs and sharing behaviour are associated with L5
more well-being in all culture and gender groups

CO6 Develop students‘ sensibility with regard to issues of gender in L3

contemporary India
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

SYLLABUS

Unit-1UNDERSTANDING GENDER

Introduction: Definition of Gender-Basic Gender Concepts and Terminology-Exploring Attitudes

towards Gender-Construction of Gender-Socialization: Making Women, Making Men -
Preparing for Womanhood. Growing up Male. First lessons in Caste.

Unit-2GENDER ROLES AND RELATIONS

Two or Many? -Struggles with Discrimination-Gender Roles and Relations-Types of Gender
Roles- Gender Roles and Relationships Matrix-Missing Women-Sex Selection and its
Consequences- Declining Sex Ratio- Demographic Consequences-Gender Spectrum -

Unit-3GENDER AND LABOUR

Division and Valuation of Labour-Housework: The Invisible Labor- ―My Mother doesn‘t Work.‖
―Share the Load.‖-Work: Its Politics and Economics -Fact and Fiction- Unrecognized and
Unaccounted work -Gender Development Issues-Gender, Governance and Sustainable
Development-Gender and Human Rights-Gender and Mainstreaming

Unit-4GENDER-BASED VIOLENCE
The Concept of Violence- Types of Gender-based Violence-Gender-based Violence from a
Human Rights Perspective-Sexual Harassment - Domestic Violence - Different forms of
violence against women - Causes of violence, impact of violence against women - Consequences
of gender-based violence

Unit-5GENDER AND CULTURE

Gender and Film-Gender and Electronic Media-Gender and Advertisement-Gender and Popular
Literature- Gender Development Issues-Gender Issues-Gender Sensitive Language- Just
Relationships

Prescribed Books

1. A.Suneetha, Uma Bhrugubanda, et al. Towards a World of Equals: A Bilingual

Textbook on Gender‖, Telugu Akademi, Telangana, 2015.
2. Butler, Judith. Gender Trouble: Feminism and the Subversion of Identity. UK Paperback
Edn. March 1990

Reference Books
1. Wtatt, Robin and Massood, Nazia, Broken Mirrors: The dowry Problems in
India,London : Sage Publications, 2011
2. Datt, R. and Kornberg, J.(eds), Women in Developing Countries, Assessing Strategies for
Empowerment, London: Lynne Rienner Publishers, 2002
3. Brush, Lisa D., Gender and Governance, New Delhi, Rawat Publication, 2007
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

4. Singh, Direeti, Women and Politics World Wide, New Delhi, Axis Publications, 2010
5. Raj Pal Singh, Anupama Sihag, Gender Sensitization: Issues and Challenges (English,
Hardcover), Raj Publications, 2019

6. A.Revathy& Murali, Nandini, A Life in Trans Activism(Lakshmi Narayan Tripathi). The

University of Chicago Press, 2016

Online Resources:
1. Understanding Gender

chrome-
extension://kdpelmjpfafjppnhbloffcjpeomlnpah/https://www.arvindguptatoys.com/arvindgupta/k
amla-gender1.pdf
https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/nou24_hs53/preview
2. Gender Roles and Relations

https://www.plannedparenthood.org/learn/gender-identity/sex-gender-identity/what-are-gender-
roles-and-stereotypes
https://www.verywellmind.com/understanding-gender-roles-and-their-effect-on-our-
relationships-7499408
https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/cec23_hs29/preview
3. Gender and Labour

https://www.economicsobservatory.com/what-explains-the-gender-division-of-labour-and-how-
can-it-be-redressed
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc23_mg67/preview
4. GENDER-BASED VIOLENCE
https://eige.europa.eu/gender-based-violence/what-is-gender-based-
violence?language_content_entity=en
https://www.worldbank.org/en/topic/socialsustainability/brief/violence-against-women-and-girls
https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/nou25_ge38/preview
5. GENDER AND CULTURE
https://gender.study/psychology-of-gender/culture-impact-gender-roles-identities/
https://sociology.iresearchnet.com/sociology-of-culture/gender-and-culture/
https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/109/106/109106136/

Abdulali Sohaila. ―I Fought For My Life…and Won.‖Available online

(at: http://www.thealternative.in/lifestyle/i-fought-for-my-lifeand-won-sohaila-abdulal/
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

OPEN ELECTIVES
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

III B.Tech I Semester

Course Code GREEN BUILDINGS L T P C

(OPEN ELECTIVE - I)
23A01505a 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives :
The objectives of this course are to make the student:

1. To understand the fundamental concepts of green buildings, their necessity, and

sustainable features.
2. To analyze green building concepts, rating systems, and their benefits in India.
3. To apply green building design principles, energy efficiency measures, and renewable
energy sources.
4. To evaluate air conditioning systems, HVAC designs, and energy modeling for
sustainable buildings.
5. To assess material conservation strategies, waste management, and indoor environmental
quality in green buildings.

Course Outcomes (COs)

Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to:
1. Understand the importance of green buildings, their necessity, and sustainable features.
2. Analyze various green building practices, rating systems, and their impact on
environmental sustainability.
3. Apply principles of green building design to enhance energy efficiency and incorporate
renewable energy sources.
4. Evaluate HVAC systems, energy-efficient air conditioning techniques, and their role in
sustainable building design.
5. Assess material conservation techniques, waste reduction strategies, and indoor air
quality management in green buildings.

CO - PO Articulation Matrix

Course PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO P P P PSO PSO

Outcom 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 O O O 1 2
es 10 11 12

CO -1 3 - - - - 2 3 - - - - - 3 3

CO -2 - 3 - - 2 - 3 - - - - 2 3 3

CO -3 - - 3 3 3 - 3 - - - - - 3 3

CO -4 - - 3 3 3 - 3 - - - - - 3 3
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

CO -5 - - - - - 3 3 3 2 - - - - 3

UNIT – I

Introduction to Green Building– Necessity of Green Buildings, Benefits of Green Buildings,

Green Building Materials and Equipment in India, Key Requisites for Constructing A Green
Building, Important Sustainable Features for Green Buildings.

UNIT – II

Green Building Concepts and Practices– Indian Green Building Council, Green Building
Movement in India, Benefits Experienced in Green Buildings, Launch of Green Building Rating
Systems, Residential Sector, Market Transformation; Green Building Opportunities and
Benefits: Opportunities of Green Buildings, Green Building Features, Material and Resources,
Water Efficiency, Optimum Energy Efficiency, Typical Energy-Saving Approaches in Buildings,
LEED India Rating System, and Energy Efficiency.

UNIT – III

Green Building Design– Introduction, Reduction in Energy Demand, Onsite Sources and Sinks,
Maximizing System Efficiency, Steps to Reduce Energy Demand and Use Onsite Sources and
Sinks, Use of Renewable Energy Sources, Eco-Friendly Captive Power Generation for Factories,
Building Requirements.

UNIT – IV

Air Conditioning– Introduction, CII Godrej Green Business Centre, Design Philosophy, Design
Interventions, Energy Modeling, HVAC System Design, Chiller Selection, Pump Selection,
Selection of Cooling towers, Selection of Air Handling Units, Pre-Cooling of Fresh Air, Interior
Lighting Systems, Key Features of The Building, Eco-Friendly Captive Power Generation for
Factories, Building Requirements.

UNIT – V

Material Conservation– Handling of Non-Process Waste, Waste Reduction During Construction,

Materials With Recycled Content, Local Materials, Material Reuse, Certified Wood, Rapidly
Renewable Building Materials and Furniture. Indoor Environment Quality and Occupational
Health– Air Conditioning, Indoor Air Quality, Sick Building Syndrome, tobacco Smoke.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Handbook on Green Practices published by Indian Society of Heating Refrigerating and Air
conditioning Engineers, 2009.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

2. Green Building Hand Book by tom woolley and Sam kimings, 2009.

REFRENCE BOOKS:
1. Complete Guide to Green Buildings by Trish riley
2. Standard for the design for High Performance Green Buildings by Kent Peterson, 2009
3. Energy Conservation Building Code –ECBC-2020, published by BEE

Online Learning Resources:

https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/105/102/105102195/

III B.Tech – I Semester

Course Code CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY L T P C

AND MANAGEMENT
23A01505b 3 0 0 3
(OPEN ELECTIVE – I)
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Course Objectives:
The objectives of this course are to make the student :

1. To understand project management fundamentals, organizational structures, and

leadership principles in construction.
2. To analyze manpower planning, equipment management, and cost estimation in civil
engineering projects.
3. To apply planning, scheduling, and project management techniques such as CPM and
PERT.
4. To evaluate various contract types, contract formation, and legal aspectsin construction
management.
5. To assess safety management practices, accident prevention strategies, and quality
management systemsin construction.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to:
1. Understand (Cos)project management fundamentals, organizational structures, and
leadership principles in construction.
2. Analyze manpower planning, equipment management, and cost estimationin civil
engineering projects.
3. Apply planning, scheduling, and project management techniques such as CPM and
PERT.
4. Evaluate various contract types, contract formation, and legal aspectsin construction
management.
5. Assess safety management practices, accident prevention strategies, and quality
management systems in construction.
CO – PO Articulation Matrix

Course PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO P P P PSO PSO

Outcom 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 O O O 1 2
es 10 11 12

CO -1 3 - - - - 2 - 2 2 - - - 3 3

CO -2 - 3 - - 2 - - - - - - 2 3 3

CO -3 - - 3 3 3 - - - - 2 - - 3 3

CO -4 - - 3 3 3 - - 2 - - - - 3 3

CO -5 - - - - - 3 3 3 2 - - - - 3

UNIT – I

Introduction: Project forms, Management Objectives and Functions; Organizational Chart of A

Construction Company; Manager's Duties and Responsibilities; Public Relations; Leadership and
Team - Work; Ethics, Morale, Delegation and Accountability.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

UNIT – II

Man and Machine: Man-Power Planning, Training, Recruitment, Motivation, Welfare Measures
and Safety Laws; Machinery for Civil Engineering., Earth Movers and Hauling Costs, Factors
Affecting Purchase, Rent, and Lease of Equipment, and Cost Benefit Estimation.

UNIT – III

Planning, Scheduling andProject Management: Planning Stages, Construction Schedules and

Project Specification, Monitoring and Evaluation; Bar-Chart, CPM, PERT, Network-
formulation and Time Computation.

UNIT – IV

Contracts: Types of Contracts, formation of Contract – Contract Conditions – Contract

forLabour, Material, Design, Construction – Drafting of Contract Documents Based On IBRD/
MORTH Standard Bidding Documents – Construction Contracts – Contract Problems –
Arbitration and Legal Requirements Computer Applications in Construction Management:
Software for Project Planning, Scheduling and Control.

UNIT – V

Safety Management – Implementation and Application of QMS in Safety Programs, ISO 9000
Series, Accident Theories, Cost of Accidents, Problem Areas in Construction Safety, Fall
Protection, Incentives, Zero Accident Concepts, Planning for Safety, Occupational Health and
Ergonomics.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Construction Project Management, SK. Sears, GA. Sears, RH. Clough, John Wiley and
Sons, 6th Edition, 2016.
2. Construction Project Scheduling and Control by Saleh Mubarak, 4th Edition, 2019
3. Pandey, I.M (2021) Financial Management 12th edition. Pearson India Education
Services Pvt. Ltd.

REFRENCE BOOKS:
1. Brien, J.O. andPlotnick, F.L., CPMin Construction Management, Mcgraw Hill, 2010.
2. Punmia, B.C., andKhandelwal, K.K., Project Planning and control with PERT and CPM,
Laxmi Publications, 2002.
3. Construction Methods and Management: Pearson New International Edition 8 th Edition
Stephens Nunnally.
4. Rhoden, M and Cato B, Construction Management andOrganisational Behaviour, Wiley-
Blackwell, 2016.
Online Learning Resources:
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/105/104/105104161/
https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/105/103/105103093/

III B.Tech I Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3

ELECTRICAL SAFETY PRACTICES AND STANDARDS

(Open Elective-I)
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Understanding the Fundamentals of Electrical Safety -L2
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

CO2: Identifying and Applying Safety Components -L3

CO3: Analyzing Grounding Practices and Electrical Bonding
CO4: Applying Safety Practices in Electrical Installations and Environments- L4
CO5: Evaluating Electrical Safety Standards and Regulatory Compliance -L5

UNIT I
Introduction To Electrical Safety:
Fundamentals of Electrical safety-Electric Shock- physiological effects of electric current -
Safety requirements –Hazards of electricity- Arc - Blast- Causes for electrical failure.

UNIT II
Safety Components:
Introduction to conductors and insulators- voltage classification -safety against over
voltages- safety against static electricity-Electrical safety equipment’s - Fire extinguishers
for electrical safety.

UNIT III
Grounding:
General requirements for grounding and bonding- Definitions- System grounding-
Equipment grounding - The Earth - Earthing practices- Determining safe approach
distance-Determining arc hazard category.

UNIT IV
Safety Practices:
General first aid- Safety in handling hand held electrical appliances tools- Electrical
safety in train stations-swimming pools, external lighting installations, medical locations-
Case studies.

UNIT V
Standards For Electrical Safety:
Electricity Acts- Rules & regulations- Electrical standards-NFPA 70 E-OSHA standards-IEEE
standards-National Electrical Code 2005 – National Electric Safety code NESC-Statutory
requirements from electrical inspectorate

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Massimo A.G.Mitolo, ―Electrical Safety of Low-Voltage Systems‖, McGraw Hill, USA,
2009.
2. Mohamed El-Sharkawi, ―Electric Safety - Practice and Standards‖, CRC Press, USA, 2014
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

REFERENCES:
1. Kenneth G.Mastrullo, Ray A. Jones, ―The Electrical Safety Program Book‖, Jones
and Bartlett Publishers, London, 2nd Edition, 2011.
2. Palmer Hickman, ―Electrical Safety-Related Work Practices‖, Jones & Bartlett Publishers,
London, 2009.
3. Fordham Cooper, W., ―Electrical Safety Engineering‖, Butterworth and Company, London,
1986.
4. John Cadick, Mary Capelli-Schellpfeffer, Dennis K. Neitzel, ―Electrical Safety Hand
book, McGraw-Hill, New York, USA, 4th edition, 2012.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

III B.Tech – I Sem L T P C

3 0 0 3
SUSTAINBLE ENERGY TECHNOLOGIES
(Open Elective-I)

Course objectives: The objectives of the course are to

1 To demonstrate the importance the impact of solar radiation, solar PVmodules

2 To understand the principles of storage in PV systems

3 To discuss solar energy storage systems and their applications.

4 To get knowledge in wind energy and bio-mass

5 To gain insights in geothermal energy, ocean energy and fuel cells.

COURSE OUTCOMES On successful completion of this course the student will be able to

CO1 Illustrate the importance of solar radiation and solar PV modules. L1, L2
CO2 Discuss the storage methods in PV systems L2,L3
CO3 Explain the solar energy storage for different applications L2,L3
CO4 Understand the principles of wind energy, and bio-mass energy. L2, L3
L1,
CO5 Attain knowledge in geothermal energy, ocean energy and fuel cells. L2,L3,
L4

UNIT – 1
SOLAR RADIATION: Role and potential of new and renewable sources, the solar energy
option, Environmental impact of solar power, structure of the sun, the solar constant, sun-earth
relationships, coordinate systems and coordinates of the sun, extraterrestrial and terrestrial solar
radiation, solar radiation on titled surface, instruments for measuring solar radiation and sun
shine, solar radiation data, numerical problems.
SOLAR PV MODULES AND PV SYSTEMS:
PV Module Circuit Design, Module Structure, Packing Density, Interconnections, Mismatch and
Temperature Effects, Electrical and Mechanical Insulation, Lifetime of PV Modules,
Degradation and Failure, PV Module Parameters, Efficiency of PV Module, Solar PV Systems-
Design of Off Grid Solar Power Plant. Installation and Maintenance.
UNIT – 2
STORAGE IN PV SYSTEMS:
Battery Operation, Types of Batteries, Battery Parameters, Application and Selection of Batteries
for Solar PV System, Battery Maintenance and Measurements, Battery Installation for PV
System.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

UNIT – 3
SOLAR ENERGY COLLECTION: Flat plate and concentrating collectors, classification of
concentrating collectors, orientation.
SOLAR ENERGY STORAGE AND APPLICATIONS: Different methods, sensible, latent
heat and stratified storage, solar ponds, solar applications- solar heating/cooling technique, solar
distillation and drying, solar cookers, central power tower concept and solar chimney.

UNIT – 4
WIND ENERGY: Sources and potentials, horizontal and vertical axis windmills, performance
characteristics, betz criteria, types of winds, wind data measurement.
BIO-MASS: Principles of bio-conversion, anaerobic/aerobic digestion, types of bio-gas
digesters, gas yield, utilization for cooking, bio fuels, I.C. engine operation and economic
aspects.

UNIT – 5
GEOTHERMAL ENERGY: Origin, Applications, Types of Geothermal Resources, Relative
Merits
OCEAN ENERGY: Ocean Thermal Energy; Open Cycle & Closed Cycle OTEC Plants,
Environmental Impacts, Challenges
FUEL CELLS: Introduction, Applications, Classification, Different Types of Fuel Cells Such as
Phosphoric Acid Fuel Cell, Alkaline Fuel Cell, PEM Fuel Cell, MC Fuel Cell.

Text Books:
1. Solar Energy – Principles of Thermal Collection and Storage/Sukhatme S.P. and
J.K.Nayak/TMH
2. Non-Conventional Energy Resources- Khan B.H/ Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2006

References:
1. Principles of Solar Engineering - D.Yogi Goswami, Frank Krieth& John F Kreider / Taylor
&Francis
2. Non-Conventional Energy - Ashok V Desai /New Age International (P) Ltd
3. Renewable Energy Technologies -Ramesh & Kumar /Narosa
4. Non-conventional Energy Source- G.D Roy/Standard Publishers
Online Learning Resources:

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112106318
https://youtube.com/playlist?list=PLyqSpQzTE6M-ZgdjYukayF6QevPv7WE-r&si=-mwIa2X-
SuSiNy13
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

https://youtube.com/playlist?list=PLyqSpQzTE6M-ZgdjYukayF6QevPv7WE-
r&si=Apfjx6oDfz1Rb_N3
https://youtu.be/zx04Kl8y4dE?si=VmOvp_OgqisILTAF

III B.Tech I Sem

JAVA PROGRAMMING L T P C
(Open Elective-I) 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives: The main objective of the course is to Identify Java language components
and how they work together in applications

 Learn the fundamentals of object-oriented programming in Java, including defining

classes, invoking methods, using class libraries.
 Learn how to extend Java classes with inheritance and dynamic binding and how to use
exception
 handling in Java applications
 Understand how to design applications with threads in Java
 Understand how to use Java apisfor program development

Course Outcomes: After completion of the course, students will be able to

CO1: Analyze problems, design solutions using OOP principles, and implement them efficiently
in Java.
CO2: Design and implement classes to model real-world entities, with a focus on attributes,
behaviors, and relationships between objects
CO3: Demonstrate an understanding of inheritance hierarchies and polymorphic behaviour,
including method overriding and dynamic method dispatch.
CO4: Apply Competence in handling exceptions and errors to write robust and fault-tolerant
code.
CO5: Perform file input/output operations, including reading from and writing to files using Java
I/O classes, graphical user interface (GUI) programming using JavaFX.

Unit – I: Object Oriented Programming: Basic concepts, Principles, Program Structure in

Java: Introduction, Writing Simple Java Programs, Elements or Tokens in Java Programs, Java
Statements, Command Line Arguments, User Input to Programs, Escape Sequences Comments,
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Programming Style. Data Types, Variables, and Operators :Introduction, Data Types in Java,
Declaration of Variables, Data Types, Type Casting, Scope of Variable Identifier, Literal
Constants, Symbolic Constants, Formatted Output with printf() Method, Static Variables and
Methods, Attribute Final, Introduction to Operators, Precedence and Associativity of
Operators, Assignment Operator ( = ), Basic Arithmetic Operators, Increment (++) and
Decrement (- -) Operators, Ternary Operator, Relational Operators, Boolean Logical Operators,
Bitwise Logical Operators.
Control Statements: Introduction, if Expression, Nested if Expressions, if–else Expressions,
Ternary Operator?:, Switch Statement, Iteration Statements, while Expression, do–while Loop,
for Loop, Nested for Loop, For–Each for Loop, Break Statement, Continue Statement.

Unit II:Classes and Objects: Introduction, Class Declaration and Modifiers, Class Members,
Declaration of Class Objects, Assigning One Object to Another, Access Control for Class
Members, Accessing Private Members of Class, Constructor Methods for Class, Overloaded
Constructor Methods, Nested Classes, Final Class and Methods, Passing Arguments by Value
and by Reference, Keyword this.
Methods: Introduction, Defining Methods, Overloaded Methods, Overloaded Constructor
Methods, Class Objects as Parameters in Methods, Access Control, Recursive Methods, Nesting
of Methods, Overriding Methods, Attributes Final and Static.

Unit III: Arrays:Introduction, Declaration and Initialization of Arrays, Storage of Array in

Computer Memory, Accessing Elements of Arrays, Operations on Array Elements, Assigning
Array to Another Array, Dynamic Change of Array Size, Sorting of Arrays, Search for Values in
Arrays, Class Arrays, Two-dimensional Arrays, Arrays of Varying Lengths, Three-dimensional
Arrays, Arrays as Vectors. Inheritance: Introduction, Process of Inheritance, Types of
Inheritances, Universal Super ClassObject Class, Inhibiting Inheritance of Class Using Final,
Access Control and Inheritance, Multilevel Inheritance, Application of Keyword Super,
Constructor Method and Inheritance, Method Overriding, Dynamic Method Dispatch, Abstract
Classes, Interfaces and Inheritance.
Interfaces: Introduction, Declaration of Interface, Implementation of Interface, Multiple
Interfaces, Nested Interfaces, Inheritance of Interfaces, Default Methods in Interfaces, Static
Methods in Interface, Functional Interfaces, Annotations.

Unit IV: Packages and Java Library: Introduction, Defining Package, Importing Packages and
Classes into Programs, Path and Class Path, Access Control, Packages in Java SE, Java.lang
Package and its Classes, Class Object, Enumeration, class Math, Wrapper Classes, Auto-boxing
and Autounboxing, Java util Classes and Interfaces, Formatter Class, Random Class, Time
Package, Class Instant (java.time.Instant), Formatting for Date/Time in Java, Temporal Adjusters
Class, Temporal Adjusters Class.
Exception Handling: Introduction, Hierarchy of Standard Exception Classes, Keywords throws
and throw, try, catch, and finally Blocks, Multiple Catch Clauses, Class Throwable, Unchecked
Exceptions, Checked Exceptions.
Java I/O and File: Java I/O API, standard I/O streams, types, Byte streams, Character streams,
Scanner class, Files in Java(Text Book 2)
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Unit V: String Handling in Java: Introduction, Interface Char Sequence, Class String, Methods
for Extracting Characters from Strings,Comparison, Modifying, Searching; Class String Buffer.
Multithreaded Programming: Introduction, Need for Multiple Threads Multithreaded
Programming for Multi-core Processor, Thread Class, Main Thread Creation of New Threads,
Thread States, Thread Priority-Synchronization, Deadlock and Race Situations, Inter thread
Communication - Suspending, Resuming, and Stopping of Threads. Java Database Connectivity:
Introduction, JDBC Architecture, Installing MySQL and MySQL Connector/J, JDBC
Environment Setup, Establishing JDBC Database Connections, ResultSet Interface
Java FX GUI: Java FX Scene Builder, Java FX App Window Structure, displaying text and
image, event handling, laying out nodes in scene graph, mouse events (Text Book 3)

Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. JAVA one step ahead, Anitha Seth, B.L.Juneja, Oxford.
2. Joy with JAVA, Fundamentals of Object Oriented Programming,
DebasisSamanta, MonalisaSarma, Cambridge, 2023.
3. JAVA 9 for Programmers, Paul Deitel, Harvey Deitel, 4th Edition, Pearson.
Reference Books:
1. The complete Reference Java, 11thedition, Herbert Schildt,TMH
2. Introduction to Java programming, 7th Edition, Y Daniel Liang, Pearson

Online Learning Resources:

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105191/
2. https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/app/toc/lex_auth_012880464547
618816347 _shared/overview

III B.Tech I Sem

INTRODUCTION TO ARTIFICIAL L T P C
INTELLIGENCE
3 0 0 3
(Open Elective-I)

Course Objectives:

● To learn the distinction between optimal reasoning Vs. human like reasoning.
● To understand the concepts of state space representation, exhaustive search, heuristic
● search together with the time and space complexities.

● To learn different knowledge representation techniques.

B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

● To understand the applications of AI, namely game playing, theorem proving, and
machine learning.

Course Outcomes:

● Learn the distinction between optimal reasoning Vs human like reasoning and formulate
an efficient problem space for a problem expressed in natural language. Also select a
search algorithm for a problem and estimate its time and space complexities.
● Apply AI techniques to solve problems of game playing, theorem proving, and machine
learning.
● Learn different knowledge representation techniques.
● Understand the concepts of state space representation, exhaustive search, heuristic search
together with the time and space complexities.
● Comprehend the applications of Probabilistic Reasoning and Bayesian Networks.
● Analyze Supervised Learning Vs. Learning Decision Trees

UNIT - I
Introduction to AI - Intelligent Agents, Problem-Solving Agents,
Searching for Solutions - Breadth-first search, Depth-first search, Hill-climbing search,
Simulated annealing search, Local Search in Continuous Spaces.

UNIT-II
Games - Optimal Decisions in Games, Alpha–Beta Pruning, Defining Constraint Satisfaction
Problems, Constraint Propagation, Backtracking Search for CSPs, Knowledge-Based Agents,
Logic- Propositional Logic, Propositional Theorem Proving: Inference and proofs, Proof by
resolution, Horn clauses and definite clauses.

UNIT-III
First-Order Logic - Syntax and Semantics of First-Order Logic, Using First Order Logic,
Knowledge Engineering in First-Order Logic. Inference in First-Order Logic: Propositional vs.
First-Order Inference, Unification, Forward Chaining, Backward Chaining, Resolution.
Knowledge Representation: Ontological Engineering, Categories and Objects, Events.

UNIT-IV
Planning - Definition of Classical Planning, Algorithms for Planning with State Space Search,
Planning Graphs, other Classical Planning Approaches, Analysis of Planning approaches.
Hierarchical Planning.

UNIT-V
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

ProbabilisticReasoning:
Acting under Uncertainty, Basic Probability Notation Bayes‘ Rule and Its Use, Probabilistic
Reasoning, Representing Knowledge in an Uncertain Domain, The Semantics of Bayesian
Networks, Efficient Representation of Conditional Distributions, Approximate Inference in
Bayesian Networks, Relational and First- Order Probability.

TEXT BOOK:
1. Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach, Third Edition, Stuart Russell and Peter
Norvig, Pearson Education.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Artificial Intelligence, 3rd Edn., E. Rich and K. Knight (TMH)

2. Artificial Intelligence, 3rd Edn., Patrick Henny Winston, Pearson Education.
3. Artificial Intelligence, Shivani Goel, Pearson Education.
4. Artificial Intelligence and Expert systems – Patterson, Pearson Education.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

III B.Tech I Sem

L T P C

3 0 0 3
MATHEMATICS FOR MACHINE LEARNING AND AI
(Open Elective 1)
Course Objectives:

 To provide a strong mathematical foundation for understanding and developing AI/ML

algorithms.
 To enhance the ability to apply linear algebra, probability, and calculus in AI/ML models.
 To equip students with optimization techniques and graph-based methods used in AI
applications.
 To develop critical problem-solving skills for analysing mathematical formulations in
AI/ML.

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students should be able to:

COs Statements Blooms level

CO1 Apply linear algebra concepts to ML techniques like PCA and

L3 (Apply)
regression.

CO2 Analyze probabilistic models and statistical methods for AI

L4 (Analyze)
applications.

CO3 Implement optimization techniques for machine learning

L3 (Apply)
algorithms.

CO4 Utilize vector calculus and transformations in AI-based models. L3 (Apply)

CO5 Develop graph-based AI models using mathematical

L5 (Evaluate)
representations.

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 3 3 2 2 1 - - - - - - 1

CO2 3 3 2 3 2 - - - - - - 2
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

CO3 3 3 3 3 2 1 - - - - - 2

CO4 3 3 2 2 1 - - - - - - 1

CO5 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - 2

• 3 = Strong Mapping, 2 = Moderate Mapping, 1 = Slight Mapping, - = No Mapping

UNIT I: Linear Algebra for Machine Learning(08)

Review of Vector spaces, basis, linear independence, Vector and matrix norms, Matrix factorization
techniques, Eigenvalues, eigenvectors, diagonalization, Singular Value Decomposition (SVD) and Principal
Component Analysis (PCA).

UNIT II: Probability and Statistics for AI(08)

Probability distributions: Gaussian, Binomial, Poisson. Bayes‘ Theorem, Maximum Likelihood
Estimation (MLE), and Maximum a Posteriori (MAP).Entropy and Kullback-Leibler (KL)
Divergence in AI, Cross entropy loss, Markov chains.
UNIT III: Optimization Techniques for ML(08)
Multivariable calculus: Gradients, Hessians, Jacobians. Constrained optimization: Lagrange
multipliers and KKT conditions.Gradient Descent and its variants (Momentum, Adam) Newton‘s
method, BFGS method.
UNIT IV: Vector Calculus & Transformations(08)
Vector calculus: Gradient, divergence, curl. Fourier Transform & Laplace Transform in ML
applications.
UNIT V: Graph Theory for AI(08)
Graph representations: Adjacency matrices, Laplacian matrices. Bayesian Networks &
Probabilistic Graphical Models. Introduction to Graph Neural Networks (GNNs).

Textbooks:
1. Mathematics for Machine Learning by Marc Peter Deisenroth, A. Aldo Faisal, Cheng Soon Ong,
Cambridge University Press, 2020.
2. Pattern Recognition and Machine Learningby Christopher Bishop, Springer.

Reference Books:

1. Gilbert Strang, Linear Algebra and Its Applications, Cengage Learning, 2016.
2. Jonathan Gross, Jay Yellen, Graph Theory and Its Applications, CRC Press, 2018.

Web References:
• MIT– Mathematics for Machine Learning https://ocw.mit.edu
• Stanford CS229 – Machine Learning Course https://cs229.stanford.edu/

DeepAI – Mathematical Foundations for AI https://deepai.org

B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

III B.Tech I Sem

MATERIALS CHARACTERIZATION TECHNIQUES Credits

(Common to all branches) (Open Elective-Interdisciplinary) 3-0-0:3
(Open Elective-I)

COURSE OBJECTIVES
1 To provide exposure to different characterization techniques.
2 To explain the basic principles and analysis of different spectroscopic techniques.
To elucidate the working of Scanning electron microscope - Principle, limitations and
3
applications.
To illustrate the working of the Transmission electron microscope (TEM) - SAED patterns
4
and its applications.
5 To educate the uses of advanced electric and magnetic instruments for characterization.

UNIT I Structure analysis by Powder X-Ray Diffraction 9H

Introduction, Bragg‘s law of diffraction, Intensity of Diffracted beams, Factors affecting

Diffraction, Intensities, Structure of polycrystalline Aggregates, Determination of crystal
structure, Crystallite size by Scherer and Williamson-Hall (W-H) Methods, Small angle X-ray
scattering (SAXS) (in brief).

UNIT II Microscopy technique -1 –Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM) 9H

B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Introduction, Principle, Construction and working principle of Scanning Electron Microscopy,

Specimen preparation, Different types of modes used (Secondary Electron and Backscatter
Electron), Advantages, limitations and applications of SEM.

UNIT III Microscopy Technique -2 - Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM) 9H

Construction and Working principle, Resolving power and Magnification, Bright and dark fields,
Diffraction and image formation, Specimen preparation, Selected Area Diffraction, Applications
of Transmission Electron Microscopy, Difference between SEM and TEM, Advantage and
Limitations of Transmission Electron Microscopy

UNIT IV Spectroscopy techniques 9H

Principle, Experimental arrangement, Analysis and advantages of the spectroscopic techniques –
(i) UV-Visible spectroscopy (ii) Raman Spectroscopy, (iii) Fourier Transform infrared (FTIR)
spectroscopy, (iv) X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS).

UNIT V Electrical & Magnetic Characterization techniques 9H

Electrical Properties analysis techniques (DC conductivity, AC conductivity) Activation Energy,
Effect of Magnetic field on the electrical properties (Hall Effect). Magnetization measurement by
induction method, Vibrating sample Magnetometer (VSM) and SQUID.

Textbooks:
1. Material Characterization: Introduction to Microscopic and Spectroscopic Methods –
Yang Leng – John Wiley & Sons (Asia) Pvt. Ltd. 2013.
2. Microstructural Characterization of Materials - David Brandon, Wayne D Kalpan, John
Wiley & Sons Ltd., 2008
Reference Books:
1. Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy – IV Ed. – Colin Neville BanwellandElaine M.
McCash, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2008.
2. Elements of X-ray diffraction – Bernard Dennis Cullity& Stuart R Stocks, Prentice Hall ,
2001 – Science.
3. Practical Guide to Materials Characterization: Techniques and Applications - Khalid
Sultan – Wiley – 2021.
4. Materials Characterization Techniques -Sam Zhang, Lin Li, Ashok Kumar -CRC
Press - 2008

NPTEL courses link :

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/115/103/115103030/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/content/syllabus_pdf/113106034.pdf
3. https://nptel.ac.in/noc/courses/noc19/SEM1/noc19-mm08/
 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Course Outcomes Blooms Level

CO1 Analyze the crystal structure and crystallite size by various methods L1,L2, L3, L4
CO2 Analyze the morphology of the sample by using a Scanning Electron Microscope L1,L2, L4

Analyze the morphology and crystal structure of the sample by using

CO3 Transmission L1,L2, L3
Electron Microscope
Explain the principle and experimental arrangement of various spectroscopic
CO4 L1,L2
techniques
Identify the construction and working principle of various Electrical & Magnetic
CO5 L1,L2
Characterization technique

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 3 3 2 2 1

CO2 3 3 2 1 1

CO3 3 3 2 1 1

CO4 3 2 1 1 -

CO5 3 3 1 1 -

1-Slightly, 2-Moderately, 3-Substantially.

III B.Tech I Sem

B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Course Code Title of the Subject L T P C

CHEMISTRY OF ENERGY SYSTEMS 3 - 3

COURSE OBJECTIVES
To make the student understand basic electrochemical principles such as standard
1 electrode potentials, emf and applications of electrochemical principles in the
design of batteries.
To understand the basic concepts of processing and limitations of Fuel cells &
2
their applications.
To impart knowledge to the students about fundamental concepts of photo
3
chemical cells, reactions and applications
Necessasity of harnessing alternate energy resources such as solar energy and its
4
basic concepts.
To impart knowledge to the students about fundamental concepts of hydrogen
5
storage in different materials and liquification method.

COURSE OUTCOMES
 Solve the problems based on electrode potential, Describe the Galvanic
Cell
CO1  Differentiate between Lead acid and Lithium ion batteries, Illustrate the
electrical double layer
 Describe the working Principle of Fuel cell, Explain the efficiency of the
CO2 fuel cell
 Discuss about the Basic design of fuel cells, Classify the fuel cell
 Differentiate between Photo and Photo electrochemical Conversions,
Illustrate the photochemical cells, Identify the applications of
CO3 photochemical reactions,
 Interpret advantages of photoelectron catalytic conversion.
 Apply the photo voltaic technology, Demonstrate about solar energy and
CO4 prospects
 Illustrate the Solar cells, Discuss about concentrated solar power
 Differentiate Chemical and Physical methods of hydrogen storage,
Discuss the metal organic frame work, Illustrate the carbon and metal
CO5 oxide porous structures
 Describe the liquification methods.

Mapping between Course Outcomes and Programme Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1
CO2
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

CO3
CO4
CO5

UNIT-1: Electrochemical Systems: Galvanic cell, Nernst equation, standard electrode

potential, application of EMF, electrical double layer, polarization, Batteries- Introduction ,Lead-
acid ,Nickel- cadmium, Lithium ion batteries and their applications.
UNIT-2: Fuel Cells: Fuel cell- Introduction, Basic design of fuel cell, working principle,
Classification of fuel cells, Polymer electrolyte membrane (PEM) fuel cells, Solid-oxide fuel
cells (SOFC), Fuel cell efficiency and applications.
UNIT-3: Photo and Photo electrochemical Conversions: Photochemical cells Introduction and
applications of photochemical reactions, specificity of photo electrochemical cell, advantage of
photoelectron catalytic conversions and their applications.
UNIT-4: Solar Energy: Introduction and prospects, photovoltaic (PV) technology, concentrated
solar power (CSP), Solar cells and applications. .
UNIT-5: Hydrogen Storage: Hydrogen storage and delivery: State-of-the art, Established
technologies, Chemical and Physical methods of hydrogen storage, Compressed gas storage,
Liquid hydrogen storage, Other storage methods, Hydrogen storage in metal hydrides, metal
organic frameworks (MOF), Metal oxide porous structures, hydrogel , and Organic hydrogen
carriers.
Text books
1. Physical chemistry by Ira N. Levine
2. Essentials of Physical Chemistry, Bahl and Bahl and Tuli.
3. Inorganic Chemistry, Silver and Atkins
Reference Books:
1. Fuel Cell Hand Book 7th Edition, by US Department of Energy (EG&G technical services
And corporation)
2. Hand book of solar energy and applications by ArvindTiwari and Shyam.
3. Solar energy fundamental, technology and systems by Klaus Jagar et.al.
4.Hydrogen storage by Levine Klebonoff
 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

III B.Tech I Sem

Course Code ENGLISH FOR COMPETITIVE L T P C

EXAMINATIONS
3 0 0 3
(Open Elective-I)
(Common to All Branches of Engineering)

Course Objectives:
1. To enable the students to learn about the structure of competitive English
2. To understand the grammatical aspects and identify the errors
3. To enhance verbal ability and identify the errors
4. To improve word power to answer competitive challenges
5. To make them ready to crack competitive exams
Course Outcomes (CO): Blooms Level

By the end of the program students will be able to

 Identify the basics of English grammar and its importance L1, L2
 Explain the use of grammatical structures in sentences L1, L2
 Demonstrate the ability to use various concepts in grammar and vocabulary and
their applications in everyday use and in competitive exams
L3
 Analyze an unknown passage and reach conclusions about it. L4
 Choose the appropriate form of verbs in framing sentences L5
 Develop speed reading and comprehending ability thereby perform better in
competitive exams
L3
UNIT - I GRAMMAR-1 Lecture Hrs

Nouns-classification-errors-Pronouns-types-errors-Adjectives-types-errors-Articles-definite-
indefinite-Degrees of Comparison-Adverbs-types- errors-Conjunctions-usage-
Prepositions-usage-Tag Questions, types-identifying errors- Practice

UNIT - II GRAMMAR-2 Lecture Hrs

Verbs-tenses- structure-usages- negatives- positives- time adverbs-Sequence of tenses--If

Clause-Voice-active voice and passive voice- reported Speech-Agreement- subject and verb-
Modals-Spotting Errors-Practices

UNIT - III VERBAL ABILITY Lecture Hrs

 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Sentence completion-Verbal analogies-Word groups-Instructions-Critical reasoning-Verbal

deduction-Select appropriate pair-Reading Comprehension-Paragraph-Jumbles-Selecting the
proper statement by reading a given paragraph.
READING COMPREHENSION AND Lecture Hrs
UNIT - IV
VOCUBULARY
Competitive Vocabulary :Word Building – Memory techniques-Synonyms, Antonyms,
Affixes-Prefix &Suffix-One word substitutes-Compound words-Phrasal Verbs-Idioms and
Phrases-Homophones-Linking Words-Modifiers-Intensifiers - Mastering Competitive
Vocabulary- Cracking the unknowing passage-speed reading techniques- Skimming &
Scanning-types of answering–Elimination methods
WRITING FOR COMPETITIVE Lecture Hrs
UNIT - V
EXAMINATIONS
Punctuation- Spelling rules- Word order-Sub Skills of Writing- Paragraph meaning-salient
features-types - Note-making, Note-taking, summarizing-precise writing- Paraphrasing-
Expansion of proverbs- Essay writing-types
Textbooks:
1. Wren & Martin, English for Competitive Examinations, S.Chand & Co, 2021
2. Objective English for Competitive Examination, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2014.

Reference Books:
1. Hari Mohan Prasad, Objective English for Competitive Examination, Tata McGraw
Hill, New Delhi, 2014.
2. Philip Sunil Solomon, English for Success in Competitive Exams, Oxford 2016
3. Shalini Verma , Word Power Made Handy, S Chand Publications
4. Neira, Anjana Dev & Co. Creative Writing: A Beginner's Manual. Pearson Education
India, 2008.
5. Abhishek Jain,Vocabulary Learning Techniques Vol.I&II,RR Global Publishers 2013.
6. Michel Swan, Practical English Usage,Oxford,2006.

Online Resources

1. https://www.grammar.cl/english/parts-of-speech.htm
2. https://academicguides.waldenu.edu/writingcenter/grammar/partsofspeech
3. https://learnenglish.britishcouncil.org/grammar/english-grammar-reference/active-
passive-voice
4. https://languagetool.org/insights/post/verb-tenses/
5. https://www.britishcouncil.in/blog/best-free-english-learning-resources-british-council
6. https://www.careerride.com/post/social-essays-for-competitive-exams-586.aspx
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Course Code ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND NEW L T P C

VENTURE CREATION
3 0 0 3
(Open Elective-I)

COURSE OBJECTIVES: The objectives of this course are

1 To foster an entrepreneurial mind-set for venture creation and intrapreneurial

leadership.

2 To encourage creativity and innovation

3 To enable them to learn pitching and presentation skills

4 To make the students understand MVP development and validation techniques to

determine Product-Market fit and Initiate Solution design, Prototype for Proof of
Concept.

5 To enhance the ability of analyzing Customer and Market segmentation, estimate

Market size, develop and validate Customer Persona

UNIT-I: Entrepreneurship Fundamentals and context

Meaning and concept, attributes and mindset of entrepreneurial and intrapreneurial leadership,
role models in each and their role in economic development. An understanding of how to build
entrepreneurial mindset, skill sets, attributes and networks while on campus.

Core Teaching Tool: Simulation, Game, Industry Case Studies (Personalized for students –
16industries to choose from), Venture Activity
LEARNING OUTCOMES
At the end of the Unit, the learners will be able to
 Understand theconcept of Entrepreneur and Entrepreneurship in India
 Analyze recent trends in Entrepreneurship role in economic development
 Develop a creative mind set and personality in starting a business.

Unit II: Problem & Customer Identification

Understanding and analysing the macro-Problem and Industry perspective - technological,
socioeconomic and urbanization trends and their implication on new opportunities - Identifying
passion - identifying and defining problem using Design thinking principles - Analysing problem
and validating with the potential customer - Understanding customer segmentation, creating and
validating customer personas.
Core Teaching Tool: Several types of activities including Class, game, Gen AI, ‗Get out of the
Building‘ and Venture Activity.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

LEARNING OUTCOMES
At the end of the Unit, the learners will be able to
 Understand the problem and Customer identification.
 Analyze problem and validating with potential customer
 Evaluate customer segmentation and customer personas

Unit III: Solution design, Prototyping & Opportunity Assessment and Sizing
Understanding Customer Jobs-to-be-done and crafting innovative solution design to map to
customer‘s needs and create a strong value proposition - Understanding prototyping and
Minimum Viable product (MVP) - Developing a feasibility prototype with differentiating value,
features and benefits - Assess relative market position via competition analysis - Sizing the
market and assess scope and potential scale of the opportunity.
Core Teaching Tool: Venture Activity, no-code Innovation tools, Class activity

LEARNING OUTCOMES
At the end if the Unit, the learners will be able to
 Analyze jobs-to-be-done
 Evaluate customer needs to create a strong value proposition
 Design and draw prototyping and MVP

UNIT-IV: Business & Financial Model, Go-to-Market Plan

Introduction to Business model and types, Lean approach, 9 block lean canvas model, riskiest
assumptions to Business models. Importance of Build - Measure – Lean approach.

Business planning: components of Business plan- Sales plan, People plan and financial plan.
Financial Planning: Types of costs, preparing a financial plan for profitability using
financial template, understanding basics of Unit economics and analysing financial
performance.
Introduction to Marketing and Sales, Selecting the Right Channel, creating digital presence,
building customer acquisition strategy.
Choosing a form of business organization specific to your venture, identifying sources of funds:
Debt& Equity, Map the Start-up Life-cycle to Funding Options.
Core Teaching Tool: Founder Case Studies – Sama and Securely Share; Class activity and
discussions; Venture Activities.

LEARNING OUTCOMES
At the end of the Unit, the learners will be able to:
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

 Understand lean approach in business models

 Apply business plan, sales plan and financial plan
 Analyze financial planning, marketing channels of distribution.
 Design their own venture and source of funds.

UNIT-V: Scale Outlook and Venture Pitch readiness

Understand and identify potential and aspiration for scale vis-a-vis your venture idea.
Persuasive Storytelling and its key components. Build an Investor ready pitch deck.

Core Teaching Tool: Expert talks; Cases; Class activity and discussions; Venture Activities.

LEARNING OUTCOMES
At the end of the Unit, the learners will be able to
 Understand aspiration for scale
 Analyze venture idea and its key components
 Evaluate and build investors ready pitch

TEXT BOOKS
1. Robert D. Hisrich, Michael P. Peters, Dean A. Shepherd, Sabyasachi Sinha .
Entrepreneurship, McGrawHill, 11th Edition.(2020)
2. Ries, E. The Lean Startup: How Today's Entrepreneurs Use Continuous
Innovation to Create Radically Successful Businesses. Crown Business,(2011).
3. Osterwalder, A., & Pigneur, Y. Business Model Generation: A Handbook for
Visionaries, Game Changers, and Challengers. John Wiley & Sons. (2010).
REFERENCES
1. Simon Sinek,Start with Why, Penguin Books limited. (2011)
2. Brown Tim,Change by Design Revised & Updated: How Design Thinking
3. Transforms Organizations and Inspires Innovation, Harper Business.(2019)

4. Namita Thapar (2022) The Dolphin and the Shark: Stories on Entrepreneurship, Penguin
Books Limited
5. Saras D. Sarasvathy, (2008) Effectuation: Elements of Entrepreneurial Expertise, Elgar
Publishing Ltd.
E-RESOURCES
Learning resource- Ignite 5.0 Course Wadhwani platform (Includes 200+ components of
custom created modular content + 500+ components of the most relevant curated content)

COURSE OUTCOMES: At the end of the course, students will be able to BTL

CO1 Develop an entrepreneurial mindset and appreciate the concept of L3

entrepreneurship
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

CO2 Comprehend the process of problem-opportunity identification through L3

design thinking, identify market potential and customers while
developing a compelling value proposition solution

CO3 Analyze and refine business models to ensure sustainability and L3

profitability

CO4 Build Prototype for Proof of Concept and validate MVP of their practice L4
venture idea

CO5 Create business plan, conduct financial analysis and feasibility analysis to L5
assess the financial viability of a venture
Prepare and deliver an investible pitch deck of their practice venture to attract L6
CO6 stakeholders
BTL: Bloom‘s Taxonomy Level
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

III B.Tech. II Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3

RENEWABLE ENERGY SOURCES

(Open Elective-II)

Course Outcomes (CO): At the end of the course the student will be able to:
CO 1: Understand principle operation of various renewable energy sources. L1
CO 2: Identify site selection of various renewable energy sources. L2
CO 3: Analyze various factors affecting on solar energy measurements, wind energy conversion
techniques, Geothermal, Biomasss, Tidal Wave and Fuel cell energies L3
CO 4: Design of Solar PV modules and considerations of horizontal and vertical axis Wind
energy systems. L5
CO 5: Apply the concepts of Geo Thermal Energy, Ocean Energy, Bio mass and Fuel Cells for
generation of power. L4

UNIT I Solar Energy:

Solar radiation - beam and diffuse radiation, solar constant, Sun at Zenith, attenuation and
measurement of solar radiation, local solar time, derived solar angles, sunrise, sunset and day
length. flat plate collectors, concentrating collectors, storage of solar energy-thermal storage.

UNIT II PV Energy Systems:

Introduction, The PV effect in crystalline silicon basic principles, the film PV, Other PV
technologies, Solar PV modules from solar cells, mismatch in series and parallel connections
design and structure of PV modules, Electrical characteristics of silicon PV cells and modules,
Stand-alone PV system configuration, Grid connected PV systems.

UNIT III Wind Energy:

Principle of wind energy conversion; Basic components of wind energy conversion systems;
wind mill components, various types and their constructional features; design considerations of
horizontal and vertical axis wind machines: analysis of aerodynamic forces acting on wind mill
blades; wind data and energy estimation and site selection considerations.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

UNIT IV Geothermal Energy:

Estimation and nature of geothermal energy, geothermal sources and resources like
hydrothermal, geo-pressured hot dry rock, magma. Advantages, disadvantages and application of
geothermal energy, prospects of geothermal energy in India.

UNIT – V Miscellaneous Energy Technologies:

Ocean Energy: Tidal Energy-Principle of working, Operation methods, advantages and
limitations. Wave Energy-Principle of working, energy and power from waves, wave energy
conversion devices, advantages and limitations.
Bio mass Energy: Biomass conversion technologies, Biogas generation plants, Classification,
advantages and disadvantages, constructional details, site selection, digester design consideration
Fuel cell: Principle of working of various types of fuel cells and their working, performance and
limitations.

Text books:
1.G. D. Rai, ―Non-Conventional Energy Sources‖, 4th Edition, Khanna Publishers, 2000.
2.Chetan Singh Solanki ―Solar Photovoltaics fundamentals, technologies and applications‖ 2nd
Edition PHI Learning Private Limited. 2012.
Reference Books:
1.Stephen Peake, ―Renewable Energy Power for a Sustainable Future‖, Oxford International
Edition, 2018.
2.S. P. Sukhatme, ―Solar Energy‖,3rd Edition, Tata Mc Graw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd, 2008.
3.B H Khan , ― Non-Conventional Energy Resources‖, 2nd Edition, Tata Mc Graw Hill
Education Pvt Ltd, 2011.
4.S. Hasan Saeed and D.K.Sharma,―Non-Conventional Energy Resources‖,3rd Edition,
S.K.Kataria& Sons, 2012.
5.G. N. Tiwari and M.K.Ghosal, ―Renewable Energy Resource: Basic Principles and
Applications‖, Narosa Publishing House, 2004.

Online Learning Resources:

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/103103206
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108108078
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

B. TECH-ME-III-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
AUTOMATION AND ROBOTICS
(Open Elective – II)

Course objectives: The objectives of the course are to

Fundamentals of industrial automation, production types, automation strategies, and hardware

1
elements used in modern manufacturing processes.

Understanding of automated manufacturing systems, and strategies for improving productivity and
2
flexibility in industrial automation.

Knowledge of industrial automation and robotics, sensors, and end-effector design for modern
3
manufacturing environments.

Explain industrial automation and robotics, and trajectory planning for intelligent and efficient
4
manufacturing applications.

Familiarity of industrial automation and robotics, and practical applications in manufacturing

5
processes.

COURSE OUTCOMES On successful completion of this course the student will be able to
Understand and analyze the structure and functions of automated manufacturing L2,L4,L5
1
systems, and evaluate hardware components for efficient production.
Analyze and design automated flow lines with or without buffer storage, perform
2 L4,L5,L6
quantitative evaluations, apply assembly line balancing techniques.
3 Classify robot configurations, select suitable actuators and sensors, analyze and L2,L3,L4
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

apply automation and robotics principles to optimize production efficiency and

flexibility.
Apply kinematic and dynamic modeling using D-H notation and select
4 appropriate hardware and control strategies for real-world industrial scenario to L3,L4,L5
analyze and design automated and robotic systems.
Design, program, and implement robotic systems, understand and apply robotics L1,L3,L6
5
technology to manufacturing tasks.

UNIT-I
Introduction to Automation:
Introduction to Automation, Need, Types, Basic elements of an automated system,
Manufacturing Industries, Types of production, Functions in manufacturing, Organization and
information processing in manufacturing, Automation strategies and levels of automation,
Hardware components for automation and process control, mechanical feeders, hoppers,
orienters, high speed automatic insertion devices.

UNIT –II
Automated flow lines:
Automated flow lines, Part transfer methods and mechanisms, types of Flow lines, flow line
with/without buffer storage, Quantitative analysis of flow lines. Assembly line balancing:
Assembly process and systems assembly line, line balancing methods, ways of improving line
balance, flexible assembly lines.

UNIT- III
Introduction to Industrial Robotics:
Introduction to Industrial Robotics, Classification of Robot Configurations, functional line
diagram, degrees of freedom. Components common types of arms, joints grippers, factors to be
considered in the design of grippers.
Robot actuators and Feedback components: Actuators, Pneumatic, Hydraulic actuators, Electric
& Stepper motors, comparison. Position sensors - potentiometers, resolvers, encoders - velocity
sensors, Tactile sensors, Proximity sensors.
UNIT- IV
Manipulator Kinematics:
Manipulator Kinematics, Homogenous transformations as applicable to rotation and transition -
D-H notation, Forward inverse kinematics.
Manipulator Dynamics: Differential transformations, Jacobians, Lagrange - Euler and Newton –
Euler formations. Trajectory Planning: Trajectory Planning and avoidance of obstacles path
planning, skew motion, joint integrated motion - straight line motion.
 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

UNIT- V
Robot Programming:
Robot Programming, Methods of programming - requirements and features of programming
languages, software packages. Problems with programming languages.
Robot Application in Manufacturing: Material Transfer - Material handling, loading and
unloading - Process - spot and continuous arc welding & spray painting - Assembly and
Inspection.

Text Books:
1. Automation , Production systems and CIM,M.P. Groover /Pearson Edu.
2. Industrial Robotics - M.P. Groover, TMH.
3.
References:
1. Robotics , Fu K S, McGraw Hill, 4th edition, 2010.
2. An Introduction to Robot Technology, P. Coiffet and M. Chaironze, Kogam
Page Ltd. 1983 London.
3. Robotic Engineering , Richard D. Klafter, Prentice Hall
4. Robotics, Fundamental Concepts and analysis – Ashitave Ghosal ,Oxford Press, 1/e, 2006
5. Robotics and Control , Mittal R K &Nagrath I J , TMH.

Online Learning Resources:

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yxZm9WQJUA0&list=PLRLB5WCqU54UJG45UnazSYmnmh
l-gt76o

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6f3bvIhSWyM&list=PLRLB5WCqU54X5Vy4DwjfSO
DT3ZJgwEjyE
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

B. TECH-ME-III-II Sem L T P C
3 0 0 3
AUTOMATION AND ROBOTICS
(Open Elective – II)

Course objectives: The objectives of the course are to

Fundamentals of industrial automation, production types, automation strategies, and hardware

1
elements used in modern manufacturing processes.

Understanding of automated manufacturing systems, and strategies for improving productivity and
2
flexibility in industrial automation.

Knowledge of industrial automation and robotics, sensors, and end-effector design for modern
3
manufacturing environments.

Explain industrial automation and robotics, and trajectory planning for intelligent and efficient
4
manufacturing applications.

Familiarity of industrial automation and robotics, and practical applications in manufacturing

5
processes.

COURSE OUTCOMES On successful completion of this course the student will be able to
Understand and analyze the structure and functions of automated manufacturing L2,L4,L5
1
systems, and evaluate hardware components for efficient production.
Analyze and design automated flow lines with or without buffer storage, perform
2 L4,L5,L6
quantitative evaluations, apply assembly line balancing techniques.
Classify robot configurations, select suitable actuators and sensors, analyze and
3 apply automation and robotics principles to optimize production efficiency and L2,L3,L4
flexibility.
Apply kinematic and dynamic modeling using D-H notation and select
4 appropriate hardware and control strategies for real-world industrial scenario to L3,L4,L5
analyze and design automated and robotic systems.
Design, program, and implement robotic systems, understand and apply robotics L1,L3,L6
5
technology to manufacturing tasks.

UNIT-I
Introduction to Automation:
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Introduction to Automation, Need, Types, Basic elements of an automated system,

Manufacturing Industries, Types of production, Functions in manufacturing, Organization and
information processing in manufacturing, Automation strategies and levels of automation,
Hardware components for automation and process control, mechanical feeders, hoppers,
orienters, high speed automatic insertion devices.

UNIT –II
Automated flow lines:
Automated flow lines, Part transfer methods and mechanisms, types of Flow lines, flow line
with/without buffer storage, Quantitative analysis of flow lines. Assembly line balancing:
Assembly process and systems assembly line, line balancing methods, ways of improving line
balance, flexible assembly lines.

UNIT- III
Introduction to Industrial Robotics:
Introduction to Industrial Robotics, Classification of Robot Configurations, functional line
diagram, degrees of freedom. Components common types of arms, joints grippers, factors to be
considered in the design of grippers.
Robot actuators and Feedback components: Actuators, Pneumatic, Hydraulic actuators, Electric
& Stepper motors, comparison. Position sensors - potentiometers, resolvers, encoders - velocity
sensors, Tactile sensors, Proximity sensors.
UNIT- IV
Manipulator Kinematics:
Manipulator Kinematics, Homogenous transformations as applicable to rotation and transition -
D-H notation, Forward inverse kinematics.
Manipulator Dynamics: Differential transformations, Jacobians, Lagrange - Euler and Newton –
Euler formations. Trajectory Planning: Trajectory Planning and avoidance of obstacles path
planning, skew motion, joint integrated motion - straight line motion.

UNIT- V
Robot Programming:
Robot Programming, Methods of programming - requirements and features of programming
languages, software packages. Problems with programming languages.
Robot Application in Manufacturing: Material Transfer - Material handling, loading and
unloading - Process - spot and continuous arc welding & spray painting - Assembly and
Inspection.

Text Books:
4. Automation , Production systems and CIM,M.P. Groover /Pearson Edu.
5. Industrial Robotics - M.P. Groover, TMH.
 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

6.
References:
6. Robotics , Fu K S, McGraw Hill, 4th edition, 2010.
7. An Introduction to Robot Technology, P. Coiffet and M. Chaironze, Kogam
Page Ltd. 1983 London.
8. Robotic Engineering , Richard D. Klafter, Prentice Hall
9. Robotics, Fundamental Concepts and analysis – Ashitave Ghosal ,Oxford Press, 1/e, 2006
10. Robotics and Control , Mittal R K &Nagrath I J , TMH.

Online Learning Resources:

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yxZm9WQJUA0&list=PLRLB5WCqU54UJG45UnazSYmnmh
l-gt76o

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6f3bvIhSWyM&list=PLRLB5WCqU54X5Vy4DwjfSO
DT3ZJgwEjyE

III B.Tech II Sem

OPERATING SYSTEMS L T P C
(Open Elective-II) 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives: The course is designed to

1. Understand the fundamental principles of operating systems and their role in managing
hardware and software resources.
2. Explore process management techniques, including scheduling algorithms,
multithreading, and inter-process communication mechanisms.
3. Analyze memory management strategies such as paging, segmentation, and virtual
memory to optimize system performance.
4. Evaluate deadlock conditions and file system structures, including resource allocation,
disk scheduling, and RAID technologies.
5. Implement security and protection mechanisms to safeguard computer systems from
threats and unauthorized access.
Course Outcomes (CO): After completion of the course, students will be able to
1. Explain core operating system functions such as process, memory, file, and device
management.
2. Analyze scheduling algorithms and IPC mechanisms to enhance process efficiency.
3. Apply memory management techniques to improve system performance.
4. Assess deadlock conditions and propose solutions for resource management.
5. Design security strategies to protect systems using cryptographic methods and firewalling
techniques.

UNIT - I Operating Systems Overview, System Structures Lecture 8Hrs

B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Operating Systems Overview: Introduction, Operating system functions, Operating systems

operations, Computing environments, Open-Source Operating Systems System Structures:
Operating System Services, User and Operating-System Interface, systems calls, Types of
System Calls, system programs, Operating system Design and Implementation, Operating system
structure, Operating system debugging, System Boot.
UNIT - II Process Concept, Multithreaded Programming, Process Scheduling, Inter-
process Communication
Lecture 10Hrs
Process Concept: Process scheduling, Operations on processes, Inter-process communication,
Communication in client server systems. Multithreaded Programming: Multithreading models,
Thread libraries, Threading issues, Examples. Process Scheduling: Basic concepts, Scheduling
criteria, Scheduling algorithms, Multiple processor scheduling, Thread scheduling, Examples.
Inter-process Communication: Race conditions, Critical Regions, Mutual exclusion with busy
waiting, Sleep and wakeup, Semaphores, Mutexes, Monitors, Message passing, Barriers,
Classical IPC Problems - Dining philosophers problem, Readers and writers problem.

UNIT - III Memory-Management Strategies, Virtual Memory Management

Memory-Management Strategies: Introduction, Swapping, Contiguous memory allocation,
Paging, Segmentation, Examples. Virtual Memory Management: Introduction, Demand paging,
Copy on-write, Page replacement, Frame allocation, Thrashing, Memory-mapped files, Kernel
memory allocation, Examples.
UNIT - IV Deadlocks, File Systems
Deadlocks: Resources, Conditions for resource deadlocks, Ostrich algorithm, Deadlock detection
And recovery, Deadlock avoidance, Deadlock prevention. File Systems: Files, Directories, File
system implementation, management and optimization. Secondary-Storage Structure: Overview
of disk structure, and attachment, Disk scheduling, RAID structure, Stable storage
implementation.

UNIT - V System Protection, System Security

System Protection: Goals of protection, Principles and domain of protection, Access matrix,
Access control, Revocation of access rights. System Security: Introduction, Program threats,
System and network threats, Cryptography as a security, User authentication, implementing
security defenses, firewalling to protect systems and networks, Computer security classification.
Case Studies: Linux, Microsoft Windows.

Textbooks:
1. Silberschatz A, Galvin P B, and Gagne G, Operating System Concepts, 9th edition, Wiley,
2016.
2. Tanenbaum A S, Modern Operating Systems, 3rd edition, Pearson Education, 2008. (Topics:
Inter-process Communication and File systems.)

Reference Books:
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

1. Tanenbaum A S, Woodhull A S, Operating Systems Design and Implementation, 3rd edition,

PHI, 2006.
2. Dhamdhere D M, Operating Systems A Concept Based Approach, 3rd edition, Tata McGraw
Hill, 2012.
3. Stallings W, Operating Systems -Internals and Design Principles, 6th edition, Pearson
Education, 2009
4. Nutt G, Operating Systems, 3rd edition, Pearson Education, 2004

Online Learning Resources:

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/106/106106144/
http://peterindia.net/OperatingSystems.html
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

III B.Tech – II Sem

MACHINE LEARNING L T P C
(Open Elective-II) 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
By the end of this course, students will be able to:
1. Understand the fundamental concepts of machine learning, its types, applications, and
data preprocessing techniques.
2. Learn to select, train, evaluate, and improve machine learning models while applying
feature engineering techniques.
3. Explore Bayesian methods for concept learning and understand various classification
algorithms.
4. Understand regression techniques for predictive modeling and methods to enhance model
accuracy.
5. Learn unsupervised learning techniques such as clustering and association rule mining
for pattern discovery.
Course Outcomes (CO):
After completion of the course, students will be able to
1. Explain the significance of machine learning types, applications, and data quality in
model building
2. Apply feature engineering methods to improve model performance and interpretability.
Implement classification models such as k-NN, Decision Trees, and Random Forest for
predictive tasks
3. Implement classification algorithms such as k-NN, Decision Trees, and Random Forests.
4. Analyze regression algorithms and improve model accuracy using optimization
techniques.
5. Design clustering models using partitioning and density-based techniques for pattern
recognition.

UNIT I Introduction to Machine Learning &Preparing to Model

Introduction: What is Human Learning? Types of Human Learning, what is Machine Learning?
Types of Machine Learning, Problems Not to Be Solved Using Machine Learning, Applications
of Machine Learning, State-of-The-Art Languages/Tools in Machine Learning, Issues in
Machine Learning
Preparing to Model: Introduction, Machine Learning Activities, Basic Types of Data in Machine
Learning, Exploring Structure of Data, Data Quality and Remediation, Data Pre-Processing

UNIT II Modeling and Evaluation &Basics of Feature Engineering

B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Introduction, selecting a Model, training a Model (for Supervised Learning), Model

Representation and Interpretability, Evaluating Performance of a Model, Improving
Performance of a Model Basics of Feature Engineering: Introduction, Feature Transformation,
Feature Subset Selection

UNIT III Bayesian Concept Learning & Supervised Learning: Classification

Introduction, Why Bayesian Methods are Important? Bayes‘ Theorem, Bayes‘ Theorem and
Concept Learning, Bayesian Belief Network .
Supervised Learning: Classification: Introduction, Example of Supervised Learning,
Classification Model, Classification Learning Steps, Common Classification Algorithms-k-
Nearest Neighbour (kNN), Decision tree, Random forest model, Support vector machines

UNIT IV Supervised Learning: Regression

Introduction, Example of Regression, Common Regression Algorithms-Simple linear
regression, Multiple linear regression, Assumptions in Regression Analysis, Main Problems in
Regression Analysis, Improving Accuracy of the Linear Regression Model, Polynomial
Regression Model, Logistic Regression, Maximum Likelihood Estimation.

UNIT V Unsupervised Learning Lecture 9Hrs

Introduction, Unsupervised vs Supervised Learning, Application of Unsupervised Learning,
Clustering – Clustering as a machine learning task, Different types of clustering techniques,
Partitioning methods, K-Medoids: a representative object-based technique, Hierarchical
clustering, Density-based methods-DBSCAN Finding Pattern using Association Rule-
Definition of common terms, Association rule, Theapriori algorithm for association rule
learning, Build the a priori principle rules

Textbooks:
1.Machine Learning, SaikatDutt, Subramanian Chandramouli, Amit Kumar Das, Pearson,
2019.
Reference Books:

1. EthernAlpaydin, ―Introduction to Machine Learning‖, MIT Press, 2004.

2. Stephen Marsland, ―Machine Learning -An Algorithmic Perspective‖, Second Edition,
Chapman and Hall/CRC Machine Learning and Pattern Recognition Series,2014.
1.Andreas C. Müller and Sarah Guido ―Introduction to Machine Learning with Python: A
Guide for Data Scientists‖, Oreilly.
Online Learning Resources:

1. Andrew Ng, ―Machine Learning B.Techning‖

2. https://www.deeplearning.ai/machine-learning- B.Techning/
3. Shai Shalev-Shwartz , Shai Ben-David, ―Understanding Machine Learning: From
Theory to Algorithms‖ , Cambridge University Press
 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

4. https://www.cse.huji.ac.il/~shais/UnderstandingMachineLearning/index.html

III B.Tech II Sem

L T P C

3 0 0 3
OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES
(Open Elective -II)

Course Outcomes:
After successful completion of this course, the students should be able to:

Blooms
COs Statements level

CO1 Understand the meaning, purpose, tools of Operations Research and linear L2, L3
programming in solving practical problems in industry.

CO2 Interpret the transportation models' solutions and infer solutions to the real-world L3, L5
problems.

CO3 Develop mathematical skills to analyze and solve nonlinear programming models L3
arising from a wide range of applications.
 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

CO4 Apply the concept of non-linear programming for solving the problems involving non- L2, L3
linear constraints and objectives

CO5 Apply the concept of unconstrained geometric programming for solving the problems L3,L5
involving non-linear constraints and objectives.

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
3 3 2 2
CO1 - - - - - - - 1
3 2 2 2
CO2 - - - - - - - 1
3 2 2 1
CO3 - - - - - - - 1
2 2 2 1
CO4 - - - - - - - 1
3 3 2 1
CO5 - - - - - - - 1
1-Slightly, 2-Moderately, 3-Substantially.

UNIT – I: Linear programming I (08)

Introduction, Applications of Linear Programming, Standard form of a Linear Programming
Problem, Geometry of Linear Programming Problems, Basic Definitions in Linear Programming.
Simplex Method, Simplex Algorithm and Two phase Simplex Method, Big-M method.
UNIT – II Linear programming II: Duality in Linear Programming (08)
Symmetric Primal-Dual Relations, General Primal-Dual Relations, Duality Theorem, Dual
Simplex Method, Transportation Problem and assignment problem, Complementary slackness
Theorem
UNIT – III Non-linear programming: Unconstrained optimization techniques (08)
Introduction: Classification of Unconstrained minimization methods,
Direct Search Methods: Random Search Methods: Descent Method and Fletcher Powell
Method, Grid Search Method
UNIT – IV Non-linear programming: Constrained optimization techniques (08)
Introduction, Characteristics of a constrained problem, Random Search Methods, complex
method, Sequential linear programming, Basic approach in methods of Feasible directions,
Zoutendijk's method of feasible directions: direction finding problem, determination of step
length, Termination criteria.

UNIT-V Geometric Programming (08)

Unconstrained Minimization Problems: solution of unconstrained geometric programming
using differential calculus and arithmetic-geometric inequality.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Constrained minimization Problems: Solution of a constrained geometric programming

problem, primal-dual programming in case of less-than inequalities, geometric programming
with mixed inequality constraints.
TEXT BOOK:

1. Singiresu S Rao., Engineering Optimization: Theory and Practices, New Age Int. (P) Ltd.
Publishers, New Delhi.
2. J. C. Panth, Introduction to Optimization Techniques, (7-e) Jain Brothers, New Delhi.

REFERENCES:

1. Harvey M. Wagner, Principles of Operation Research, Printice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.

New Delhi.
2. Peressimi A.L., Sullivan F.E., Vhl, J. J. Mathematics of Non-linear Programming,
Springer – Verlag.

Web Reference:

 https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc24_ee122/preview
 https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/111/105/111105039/
 https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ce60/preview
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

III B.Tech II Sem

PHYSICS OF ELECTRONIC MATERIALS AND DEVICES Credits

(Common to all branches) 3-0-0:3
Open Elective-II

Course Objectives
To make the students to understand the concept of crystal growth, defects in crystals and
1
thin films.
2 To provide insight into various semiconducting materials and their properties.
3 To develop a strong foundation in semiconductor physics and device engineering.
4 To elucidate excitonic and luminescent processes in solid-state materials.
5 To understand the principles, technologies, and applications of modern display systems.

Syllabus:

UNIT-I Fundamentals of Materials Science 9H

Introduction, Phase rule, Phase Diagram, Elementary idea of Nucleation and Growth, Methods of crystal
growth. The basic idea of point, line, and planar defects. Concept of thin films, preparation of thin films,
Deposition of thin film using sputtering methods (RF and glow discharge).

UNIT II Semiconductors 9H
Introduction, charge carriers in semiconductors, effective mass, Diffusion and drift, Diffusion and
recombination, Diffusion length. The Fermi level & Fermi-Dirac distribution, Electron and Hole in
quantum well, Change of electron-hole concentration- Qualitative analysis, Temperature dependency of
carrier concentration, Conductivity and mobility, Effects of temperature and doping on mobility, High
field effects.

UNIT III Physics of Semiconductor Devices:

9H
Introduction, Band structure, PN junctions and their typical characteristics under equilibrium and
under bias, Heterojunctions, Transistors, MOSFETs.
 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

UNIT IV Excitons and Luminescence: 9H

Luminescence: Different types of luminescence, basic definitions, Light emission in solids,
Inter-band luminescence, Direct and indirect gap materials.

Photoluminescence : General Principles of photoluminescence, Excitation and relaxation,

OLED, Quantum-dot.
Electro-luminescence : General Principles of electroluminescence, light emitting diode, diode
laser.

UNIT V Display devices : 9H

LCD, three-dimensional display: Holographic display, light-field displays: Head-mounted display,
MOEMS (Micro-Opto-Electro-Mechanical Systems) and MEMS displays.

Textbooks:
1. Principles of Electronic Materials and Devices-S.O. Kasap, McGraw-Hill Education (India) Pvt.
Ltd.,4thedition, 2021.
2. Semiconductor physics & devices: basic principles, 4th Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2012.
Reference Books:
1. Solid State Electronic Devices -B.G. Streetman and S. Banerjee, PHI Learning,6th edition
2. Electronic Materials Science- Eugene A. Irene, Wiley, 2005
3. Electronic Components and Materials, Grover and Jamwal, DhanpatRai and Co., New Delhi., 2012.
4. An Introduction to Electronic Materials for Engineers-Wei Gao, Zhengwei Li, Nigel Sammes, World
Scientific Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd. 2nd Edition,2011

NPTEL course links:

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/113/106/113106062/
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_ph24/preview

Course Outcomes Blooms Level

CO1 Understand crystal growth and thin film preparation L1,L2

CO2 Summarize the basic concepts of semiconductors L1,L2

CO3 Illustrate the working of various semiconductor devices L1,L2, L3

CO4 Analyze various luminescent phenomena and the devices based on these concepts L1,L2, L3

CO5 Explain the working of different display devices L1,L2

B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 3 3 2 2 1

CO2 3 3 2 1 1

CO3 3 3 2 1 1

CO4 3 2 1 1 -

CO5 3 3 1 1 -

1-Slightly, 2-Moderately,3-Substantially.

III B.Tech –II Sem

CHEMISTRY OF POLYMERS AND APPLICATIONS Credits

(Common to all branches) 3-0-0:3
Open Elective-II

Course Objectives
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

1 To understand the basic principles of polymers

2 To understand natural polymers and their applications.
To impart knowledge to the students about synthetic polymers, their preparation
3
and importance.
4 To enumerate the applications of hydogel polymers
5 To enumerate applications of conducting and degradable polymers in engineering.

Course Outcomes
Classify the polymers, Explain polymerization mechanism, Differentiate addition,
CO1 condensation polymerizations, Describe measurement of molecular weight of polymer
CO2 Describe the physical and chemical properties of natural polymers and Modified cellulosics.
Differentiate Bulk, solution, Suspension and emulsion polymerization, Describe fibers and
CO3 elastomers, Identify the thermosetting and thermo polymers.
Identify types of polymer networks, Describe methods involve in hydrogel preparation,
CO4 Explain applications of hydrogels in drug delivery,
CO5 Explain classification and mechanism of conducting and degradable polymers.

Mapping between Course Outcomes and Programme Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1
CO2
CO3
CO4
CO5

Unit – I: Polymers-Basics and Characterization:-

Basic concepts: monomers, repeating units, degree of polymerization, linear, branched and
network polymers, classification of polymers, Polymerization: addition, condensation,
copolymerization and coordination polymerization. Average molecular weight concepts: number,
weight and viscosity average molecular weights, polydispersity and molecular weight
distribution. Measurement of molecular weight: End group, viscosity, light scattering, osmotic
and ultracentrifugation methods, analysis and testing of polymers.

Unit – II: Natural Polymers & Modified cellulosics

B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Natural Polymers: Chemical & Physical structure, properties, source, important chemical
modifications, applications of polymers such as cellulose, lignin, starch, rosin, shellac, latexes,
vegetable oils and gums, proteins.

Modified cellulosics: Cellulose esters and ethers such as Ethyl cellulose, CMC, HPMC, cellulose
acetals, Liquid crystalline polymers; specialty plastics- PES, PAES, PEEK, PEA.

Unit – III: Synthetic Polymers

Addition and condensation polymerization processes– Bulk, Solution, Suspension and Emulsion
polymerization. Preparation and significance, classification of polymers based on physical
properties. Thermoplastics, Thermosetting plastics, Fibers and elastomers, General Applications.
Preparation of Polymers based on different types of monomers, Olefin polymers(PE,PVC),
Butadiene polymers(BUNA-S,BUNA-N), nylons, Urea-formaldehyde, phenol – formaldehyde,
Melamine Epoxy and Ion exchange resins.

Unit-IV: Hydrogels of Polymer networks

Definitions of Hydrogel, polymer networks, Types of polymer networks, Methods involved in

hydrogel preparation, Classification, Properties of hydrogels, Applications of hydrogels in drug
delivery.

Unit – V: Conducting and Degradable Polymers:

Conducting polymers: Introduction, Classification, Mechanism of conduction in Poly

Acetylene, Poly Aniline, Poly Thiophene, Doping,Applications.

Degradable polymers: Introduction, Classifications, Examples, Mechanism of degradation, poly

lactic acid, Nylon-6, Polyesters, applications.

Text Books:
1. A Text book of Polymer science, Billmayer
2. Polymer Chemistry – G.S.Mishra
3. Polymer Chemistry – Gowarikar

References Books:

1. Organic polymer Chemistry, K.J.Saunders, Chapman and Hall

2.Advanced Organic Chemistry, B.Miller, Prentice Hall

 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

3. Polymer Science and Technology by Premamoy Ghosh, 3rd edition, McGraw-Hill, 2010.

III B.Tech –II Sem

ACADEMIC WRITING AND PUBLIC L T P C

SPEAKING
3 0 0 3
(Common to All Branches of Engineering)
OPEN ELECTIVE - II

Course Objectives:
 To encourage all round development of the students by focusing on writing skills
 To make the students aware of non-verbal skills
 To develop analytical skills
 To deliver effective public speeches
Course Outcomes (CO): Blooms Level

By the end of the program students will be able to

 Understand various elements of Academic Writing L1, L2
 Identify sources and avoid plagiarism L1, L2
 Demonstrate the knowledge in writing a Research paper L3
 Analyse different types of essays L4
 Assess the speeches of others and know the positive strengths of speakers L5
 Build confidence in giving an impactful presentation to the audience L3
UNIT - I Introduction to Academic Writing Lecture Hrs

Introduction to Academic Writing – Essential Features of Academic Writing – Courtesy – Clarity

– Conciseness – Correctness – Coherence – Completeness – Types – Descriptive, Analytical,
Persuasive, Critical writing
Academic Journal Article
UNIT - II Lecture Hrs
 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Art of condensation- summarizing and paraphrasing - Abstract Writing, writing Project Proposal,
writing application for internship, Technical/Research/Journal Paper Writing – Conference Paper
writing - Editing, Proof Reading - Plagiarism

Essay & Writing Reviews

UNIT - III Lecture Hrs

Compare and Contrast – Argumentative Essay – Exploratory Essay – Features and Analysis of
Sample Essays – Writing Book Report, Summarizing, Book/film Review- SoP

UNIT - IV Public Speaking Lecture Hrs

Introduction, Nature, characteristics, significance of Public Speaking – Presentation – 4 Ps of

Presentation – Stage Dynamics – Answering Strategies –Analysis of Impactful Speeches-
Speeches for Academic events

UNIT - V Public Speaking and Non-Verbal Delivery Lecture Hrs

Body Language – Facial Expressions-Kinesics – Oculesics – Proxemics – Haptics – Chronomics

-Paralanguage - Signs

Textbooks:
1. Critical Thinking, Academic Writing and Presentation Skills: MG University
Edition Paperback – 1 January 2010 Pearson Education; First edition (1 January 2010)
2. Pease, Allan & Barbara. The Definitive Book of Body LanguageRHUS Publishers, 2016
Reference Books:
1. Alice Savage, Masoud Shafiei Effective Academic Writing,2Ed.,2014 ‎Oxford University
Press.
2. Shalini Verma, Body Language, S Chand Publications 2011.
3. Sanjay Kumar and Pushpalata,Communication Skills 2E 2015, Oxford.
4. Sharon Gerson, Steven Gerson,Technical Communication Process and Product, Pearson,
New Delhi, 2014
5. Elbow, Peter. Writing with Power. OUP USA, 1998

Online Learning Resources:

1. https://youtu.be/NNhTIT81nH8
2. phttps://www.youtube.com/watch?v=478ccrWKY-A
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nzGo5ZC1gMw
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qve0ZBmJMh4
5. https://courses.lumenlearning.com/publicspeakingprinciples/chapter/chapter-12-
nonverbal-aspects-of-delivery/
6. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_hs76/preview
7. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/109/107/109107172/#
8. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/109/104/109104107/
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

IV B.Tech I Sem L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3

B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

SMART GRID TECHNOLOGIES

(Open Elective- III)
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Understanding the Concept and Evolution of Smart Grids. L2
CO2: Analyzing Wide Area Monitoring System and Synchrophasor Technology. L4
CO3: Applying Smart Metering and Advanced Metering Infrastructure (AMI) Concepts. L3
CO4: Evaluating Information and Communication Technology (ICT) Systems in Smart Grids.
L5
CO5: Designing Smart Grid Applications and Cybersecurity Measures. L6

UNIT I Introduction to Smart Grid :

Evolution of Electric Grid – Need for Smart Grid – Difference between conventional & smart
grid – Overview of enabling technologies – International experience in Smart Grid deployment
efforts – Smart Grid road map for India – Smart Grid Architecture.

UNIT II Wide Area Monitoring System :

Fundamentals of Synchro phasor Technology – concept and benefits of Wide Area Monitoring
System – Structure and functions of Phasor Measuring Unit (PMU) and Phasor Data
Concentrator (PDC) – Road Map for Synchrophasor applications (NAPSI) – Operational
experience and Blackout analysis using PMU - Case study on PMU.

UNIT III Smart Meters:

Features and functions of Smart Meters – Functional specification – category of Smart Meters –
Automatic Meter Reading (AMR) and Advanced Metering Infrastructure (AMI) drivers and
benefits – AMI protocol – Demand Side Integration: Peak load, Outage and Power Quality
management.

UNIT IV Information and Communication Technology:

Overview of Smart Grid Communication system – Modulation and Demodulation Techniques:
Radio Communication – Mobile Communication – Power Line Communication – Optical Fibre
Communication – Communication Protocol for Smart Grid.

UNIT V
Smart Grid Applications and Cyber Security: Applications : Overview and concept of Renewable
Integration – Introduction to distributed generation - Role of Protective Relaying in Smart Grid –
House Area Network – Advanced Energy Storage Technology: Flow battery – Fuel cell – SMES
– Super capacitors – Plug – in Hybrid electric Vehicles - Cyber Security: Security issues in DG,
Distribution Automation, AMI, Electric Vehicle Management Systems – Approach to assessment
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

of smart grid cyber security risks – Methodologies. Cyber Security requirements – Smart Grid
Information Model.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. James Momoh, "SMART GRID : Fundamentals of Design and Analysis", John Wiley
and Sons, New York, 2012.

2. Janaka Ekanayake, Nick Jenkins, Kithsiri Liyanage, Jianzhong Wu, Akihiko Yokoyama,
"Smart Grid: Technology and Applications", John Wiley & Sons, New Jersey, 2012.

REFERENCES:

1. Power Grid Corporation of India Limited, "Smart Grid Primer", 1st Edition, Power Grid
Corporation of India Limited, Bangalore, India, 2013.

2. Fereidoon.P.Sioshansi, "Smart Grid – Integrating Renewable, Distributed and Efficient

Energy", 1st Edition, Academic Press, USA, 2011.

3. Stuart Borlase, "Smart Grids: Infrastructure, Technology and Solutions", 1st Edition,
CRC Press Publication, England, 2013.

4. Phadke A G, Thorp J S, "Synchronized Phasor Measurements and Their Applications",

1st Edition, Springer, Newyork, 2012.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

3D PRINTING TECHNOLOGIES
(Open Elective-III).

Course objectives: The objectives of the course are to

1 Understand the fundamental concepts of prototyping and distinguish between traditional and
rapid prototyping methods.
2 Demonstrate the working principles, materials, and applications of solid-, liquid-, and powder-
based RP systems.
3 Define the processes and classifications of rapid tooling and reverse engineering techniques.
4 Identify common errors in 3D printing and evaluate pre-processing, processing, and post-
processing issues.
5 Familiarize RP-related software and its role in applications such as design, manufacturing, and
medical fields.

Course Outcomes: On successful completion of the course, the student will be able to,

1 Define and explain the evolution and need for rapid prototyping in modern L1,L2,L6
product development.
2 Compare and contrast various 3D printing technologies based on working L2,L4
principles, materials, and limitations.
3 Apply knowledge of rapid tooling and reverse engineering techniques for L3,L5,L6
industrial and design applications.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

4 Diagnose and interpret different types of errors encountered in 3D printing L2,L3,L5

processes and recommend solutions. ,

5 Use RP-specific software tools to manipulate STL files and prepare models for L1,L3,L6
printing in real-world scenarios.

UNIT I Introduction to 3D Printing

Introduction to Prototyping, Traditional Prototyping Vs. Rapid Prototyping (RP), Need for time
compression in product development, Usage of RP parts, Generic RP process, Distinction between RP
and CNC, other related technologies, Classification of RP.

UNIT II Solid and Liquid Based RP Systems

Working Principle, Materials, Advantages, Limitations and Applications of Fusion Deposition Modelling
(FDM), Laminated Object Manufacturing (LOM), Stereo lithography (SLA), Direct Light Projection
System (DLP) and Solid Ground Curing (SGC).

UNIT III Powder Based & Other RP Systems

Powder Based RP Systems: Working Principle, Materials, Advantages, Limitations and Applications of
Selective Laser Sintering (SLS), Direct Metal Laser Sintering (DMLS), Laser Engineered Net Shaping
(LENS) and Electron Beam Melting (EBM).
Other RP Systems: Working Principle, Materials, Advantages, Limitations and Applications of Three
Dimensional Printing (3DP), Ballastic Particle Manufacturing (BPM) and Shape Deposition
Manufacturing (SDM).

UNIT IV Rapid Tooling & Reverse Engineering

Rapid Tooling: Conventional Tooling Vs. Rapid Tooling, Classification of Rapid Tooling, Direct and
Indirect Tooling Methods, Soft and Hard Tooling methods.
Reverse Engineering (RE): Meaning, Use, RE – The Generic Process, Phases of RE Scanning, Contact
Scanners and Noncontact Scanners, Point Processing, Application Geometric Model, Development

UNIT V
Errors in 3D Printing and Applications:
Pre-processing, processing and post-processing errors, Part building errors in SLA, SLS, etc.
Software: Need for software, MIMICS, Magics, SurgiGuide, 3-matic, 3D-Doctor, Simplant,
Velocity2, VoXim, Solid View, 3DView, etc., software, Preparation of CAD models, Problems
with STL files, STL file manipulation, RP data formats: SLC, CLI, RPI, LEAF, IGES, HP/GL,
CT, STEP. Applications: Design, Engineering Analysis and planning applications, Rapid
Tooling, Reverse Engineering, Medical Applications of RP.

Textbooks:
1. Chee Kai Chua and Kah Fai Leong, ―3D Printing and Additive Manufacturing Principles and
Applications‖ 5/e, World Scientific Publications, 2017.
2. Ian Gibson, David W Rosen, Brent Stucker, ―Additive Manufacturing Technologies: 3D
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Printing, Rapid Prototyping, and Direct Digital Manufacturing‖, Springer, 2/e, 2010.

Reference Books:
1. Frank W.Liou, ―Rapid Prototyping & Engineering Applications‖, CRC Press, Taylor &
Francis Group, 2011.
2. Rafiq Noorani, ―Rapid Prototyping: Principles and Applications in Manufacturing‖, John
Wiley&Sons, 2006.

Online Learning Resources:

 NPTEL Course on Rapid Manufacturing.
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/104/112104265/
 https://www.hubs.com/knowledge-base/introduction-fdm-3d-printing/
 https://slideplayer.com/slide/6927137/
 https://www.mdpi.com/2073-4360/12/6/1334
 https://www.centropiaggio.unipi.it/sites/default/files/course/material/2013-11-29%20-
 %20FDM.pdf
 https://lecturenotes.in/subject/197
 https://www.cet.edu.in/noticefiles/258_Lecture%20Notes%20on%20RP-
ilovepdfcompressed.pdf
 https://www.vssut.ac.in/lecture_notes/lecture1517967201.pdf
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NkC8TNts4B4.

IV B.Tech-I Sem

DATA BASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM L T P C

B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

(Open Elective-III) 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To introduce the fundamental concepts of database systems and data modeling.
 To provide knowledge on relational databases and SQL for data retrieval and
manipulation.
 To understand database design principles using normalization and ER modeling.
 To study transaction management, concurrency control, and database recovery.
 To explore emerging database technologies and architectures including NoSQL.

Course Outcomes (COs):

After successful completion of this course, students will be able to:

 CO1: Understand the basic concepts of database systems and their architecture.
 CO2: Apply ER modeling and relational algebra for database design.
 CO3: Analyze and implement normalization techniques for schema refinement.
 CO4: Evaluate transaction management techniques, concurrency control, and recovery.
 CO5: Explore non-relational databases and recent trends in database systems.

UNIT I: Introduction to Databases

Database System Applications and Purpose, View of Data: Data Abstraction and Data
Independence, Database Users and Administrators, DBMS Architecture and Data Models, ER
Model: Entities, Attributes, Relationships, ER Diagrams, Reduction of ER Model to Tables

UNIT II: Relational Model and Algebra

Structure of Relational Databases, Relational Model Concepts and Integrity Constraints,
Relational Algebra: Selection, Projection, Set Operations, Joins, Tuple Relational Calculus,
Introduction to SQL: DDL, DML, DCL, Advanced SQL: Sub queries, Joins, Views, Indexes

UNIT III: Database Design and Normalization

Schema Design and Logical Database Design, Functional Dependencies, Normal Forms: 1NF,
2NF, 3NF, BCNF, Decomposition and Lossless Join, Dependency Preservation, Multi-Valued
and Join Dependencies.

UNIT IV: Transaction Management and Concurrency Control

Concept of a Transaction, ACID Properties, Serializability and Schedules, Concurrency Control:

Lock-Based, Timestamp-Based Protocols, Deadlock Handling, Recovery Techniques: Log-
Based, Shadow Paging
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

UNIT V: Advanced Topics and NoSQL Databases

Distributed Databases and Parallel Databases, Introduction to NoSQL: Types – Document,
Columnar, Key-Value, Graph, CAP Theorem, MongoDB: Basics and CRUD Operations, Big
Data and New SQL Overview, Case Studies on Real-World Databases

Textbooks:

1. Abraham Silberschatz, Henry F. Korth, S. Sudarshan – Database System Concepts,

7th Edition, McGraw Hill
2. Ramez Elmasri, Shamkant B. Navathe – Fundamentals of Database Systems, 7th
Edition, Pearson Education

Reference Books:

1. C.J. Date – An Introduction to Database Systems, 8th Edition, Addison-Wesley

2. Raghu Ramakrishnan, Johannes Gehrke – Database Management Systems, 3rd
Edition, McGraw Hill
3. Pramod J. Sadalage & Martin Fowler – NoSQL Distilled: A Brief Guide to the
Emerging World of Polyglot Persistence, Pearson

Online Resources & Courses:

1. NPTEL – Database Management Systems by IIT Madras

2. Coursera – Databases by Stanford University
3. Khan Academy – Intro to SQL
4. MongoDB University – Free Courses on NoSQL Databases
5. W3Schools SQL Tutorial
6. GeeksforGeeks – DBMS Concepts and Practice Problems
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

IV B.Tech-I Sem

CYBER SECURITY L T P C
(Open Elective-III) 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
1. To introduce the concept of cybercrime and its impact on information security, and
provide an overview of cybercriminal behavior and various classifications of
cybercrimes.
2. To explore the methodologies used by cybercriminals to plan and execute attacks,
including techniques like social engineering, botnets, and cloud-related threats.
3. To understand the security risks associated with mobile and wireless devices, and
examine countermeasures for securing mobile computing in organizational environments.
4. To familiarize students with the tools and techniques used in committing cybercrimes,
such as phishing, malware, DoS/DDoS attacks, and code-based exploits.
5. To analyze the implications of cybercrime for organizations, including the cost of cyber
attacks, intellectual property issues, and challenges posed by social computing and web-
based threats.
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
1. Understand the fundamentals of cybercrime and information security, and explain the
legal and global perspectives, especially with reference to Indian IT Act 2000.
2. Analyze how cybercriminals plan and execute cyber offenses using techniques like social
engineering, cyber stalking, and botnets, including threats posed by cloud computing.
3. Evaluate the security challenges of mobile and wireless devices and formulate measures
to secure mobile environments within an organization.
4. Identify and explain various cyber attack tools and methods such as phishing, keyloggers,
Trojans, and SQL injection used in committing cybercrimes.
5. Assess the organizational implications of cybercrimes, including IPR issues, social media
risks, and formulate strategies to mitigate security and privacy challenges.

UNIT I Introduction to Cybercrime

B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Introduction, Cybercrime, and Information Security, Who are Cybercriminals, Classifications of

Cybercrimes, And Cybercrime: The legal Perspectives and Indian Perspective, Cybercrime and
the Indian ITA 2000, A Global Perspective on Cybercrimes.
UNIT II Cyber Offenses: How Criminals Plan Them
Introduction, How Criminals plan the Attacks, Social Engineering, Cyber stalking, Cyber cafe
and Cybercrimes, Botnets: The Fuel for Cybercrime, Attack Vector, Cloud Computing
UNIT III Cybercrime: Mobile and Wireless Devices
Introduction, Proliferation of Mobile and Wireless Devices, Trends in Mobility, Credit card
Frauds in Mobile and Wireless Computing Era, Security Challenges Posed by Mobile Devices,
Registry Settings for Mobile Devices, Authentication service Security, Attacks on Mobile/Cell
Phones,
Mobile Devices:
Security Implications for Organizations, Organizational Measures for Handling Mobile,
Organizational Security Policies an Measures in Mobile Computing Era, Laptops.
UNIT IV Tools and Methods Used in Cybercrime
Introduction, Proxy Servers and Anonymizers, Phishing, Password Cracking, Keyloggers and
Spywares, Virus and Worms, Trojan Horse and Backdoors, Steganography, DoS and DDoS
attacks, SQL Injection, Buffer Overflow.
UNIT V Cyber Security: Organizational Implications
Introduction, Cost of Cybercrimes and IPR issues, Web threats for Organizations, Security and
Privacy Implications, Social media marketing: Security Risks and Perils for Organizations,
Social Computing and the associated challenges for Organizations.
Textbooks:
1. Cyber Security: Understanding Cyber Crimes, Computer Forensics and Legal Perspectives,
Nina Godbole and Sunil Belapure, Wiley INDIA.
Reference Books:
1. Cyber Security Essentials, James Graham, Richard Howard and Ryan Otson, CRC Press.
2. Introduction to Cyber Security, Chwan-Hwa(john) Wu,J.DavidIrwin.CRC Press T&F Group
Online Learning Resources:
http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105031/40
http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105031/39
http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105031/38
 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

IV B.Tech I Sem L T P C

3 0 0 3

WAVELET TRANSFORMS AND ITS APPLICATIONS

(Open Elective-III)

Course Outcomes:
After successful completion of this course, the students should be able to:

Blooms
COs Statements level

CO1 Understand wavelets and wavelet basis and characterize continuous and discrete L2, L3
wavelet transforms
CO2 Illustrate the multi resolution analysis ad scaling functions L3, L5
CO3 Implement discrete wavelet transforms with multirate digital filters L3

CO4 Understand multi resolution analysis and identify various wavelets and evaluate L2, L3
their time- frequency resolution properties.

CO5 Design certain classes of wavelets to specification and justify the basis of the L3,L5
application of wavelet transforms to different fields

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 1

CO2 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 1

CO3 3 2 2 1 - - - - - - - 1
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

CO4 2 2 2 1 - - - - - - - 1

CO5 3 3 2 1 - - - - - - - 1
1-Slightly, 2-Moderately, 3-Substantially.

UNIT – I: Wavelets (08)

Wavelets and Wavelet Expansion Systems - Wavelet Expansion- Wavelet Transform- Wavelet
System- More Specific Characteristics of Wavelet Systems -Haar Scaling Functions and
Wavelets -effectiveness of Wavelet Analysis -The Discrete Wavelet Transform- The Discrete-
Time and Continuous Wavelet Transforms.
UNIT – II: A Multiresolution Formulation of Wavelet Systems (08)
Signal Spaces -The Scaling Function -Multiresolution Analysis - The Wavelet Functions - The
Discrete Wavelet Transform- A Parseval's Theorem - Display of the Discrete Wavelet Transform
and the Wavelet Expansion.
UNIT – III Filter Banks and the Discrete Wavelet Transform (08)
Analysis - From Fine Scale to Coarse Scale- Filtering and Down-Sampling or Decimating -
Synthesis - From Coarse Scale to Fine Scale -Filtering and Up-Sampling or Stretching - Input
Coefficients - Lattices and Lifting - -Different Points of View.
UNIT – IV Time-Frequency and Complexity (08)
Multiresolution versus Time-Frequency Analysis- Periodic versus Nonperiodic Discrete Wavelet
Transforms -The Discrete Wavelet Transform versus the Discrete-Time Wavelet Transform-
Numerical Complexity of the Discrete Wavelet Transform.
UNIT-V Bases and Matrix Examples (08)
Bases, Orthogonal Bases, and Biorthogonal Bases -Matrix Examples - Fourier Series Example -
Sine Expansion Example - Frames and Tight Frames - Matrix Examples -Sine Expansion as a
Tight Frame Example.
TEXT BOOK:
1. C. Sidney Burrus, Ramesh A. Gopinath, ―Introduction to Wavelets and Wavelets
Transforms‖, Prentice Hall, (1997).
2. James S. Walker, ―A Primer on Wavelets and their Scientific Applications‖, CRC Press,
(1999)..

REFERENCES:
1. RaghuveerRao, ―Wavelet Transforms‖, Pearson Education, Asia

2. C. S. Burrus, Ramose and A. Gopinath, Introduction to Wavelets and Wavelet Transform,

Prentice Hall Inc.

1. http://users.rowan.edu/~polikar/WAVELETS/WTtutorial.html
2. http://www.wavelet.org/
3. http://www.math.hawaii.edu/~dave/Web/Amara's%20Wavelet%20Page.htm
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

4. https://jqichina.wordpress.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/02/ten-lectures-of-
waveletsefbc88e5b08fe6b3a2e58d81e8aeb2efbc891.pdf

IV B.Tech I Sem

SMART MATERIALS AND DEVICES Credits

(Common to all branches) 3-0-0:3
Open Elective-III

Course Objectives
1 To provide exposure to smart materials and their engineering applications.
2 To impart knowledge on the basics and phenomenon behind the working of smart materials
3 To explain the properties exhibited by smart materials
4 To educate various techniques used to synthesize and characterize smart materials
5 To identify the required smart material for distinct applications/devices

Syllabus:
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

UNIT I Introduction to Smart Materials 9H

Historical account of the discovery and development of smart materials, Shape memory materials,
chromoactive materials, magnetorheological materials, photoactive materials, Polymers and polymer
composites (Basics).

UNIT II Properties of Smart Materials 9H

Optical, Electrical, Dielectric, Piezoelectric, Ferroelectric, Pyroelectric and Magnetic properties of smart
materials.

UNIT III Synthesis of Smart Materials 9H

Chemical route: Chemical vapour deposition, Sol-gel technique, Hydrothermal method, Mechanical
alloying and Thin film deposition techniques: Chemical etching, Spray pyrolysis.

UNIT IV Characterization Techniques 9H

Powder X-ray diffraction, Raman spectroscopy (RS), UV-Visible spectroscopy, Scanning electron
microscopy (SEM), Transmission electron microscopy (TEM), Atomic force microscopy (AFM).

UNIT V Smart Materials based Devices 9H

Devices based on smart materials: Shape memory alloys in robotic hands, piezoelectric based devices,
MEMS and intelligent devices.

Textbooks:

1. YaserDahman, Nanotechnology and Functional Materials for Engineers-, Elsevier, 2017

2. E. Zschech,C. Whelan, T. Mikolajick, Materials for Information Technology: Devices, Interconnects
and Packaging Springer-Verlag London Limited 2005.

Reference Books:

1. Gauenzi,P.,Smart Structures, Wiley, 2009.

2. MahmoodAliofkhazraei, Handbook of functional nanomaterials, Vol (1&2), Nova Publishers, 2014
3. Handbook of Smart Materials, Technologies, and Devices: Applications of
Industry,4.0,Chaudhery
MustansarHussain, Paolo Di Sia, Springer,2022.
4.Fundamentals of Smart Materials,Mohsen Shahinpoor, Royal Society of Chemistry, 2020

NPTEL course link: https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_me17/preview

 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Course Outcomes Blooms

Level
Identify key discoveries that led to modern applications of shape memory materials, L1,L2,
CO1
describe the two phases in shape memory alloys. L3, L4
Describe how different external stimuli (light, electricity, heat, stress, and
CO2 L1,L2, L3
magnetism) influence smart material properties.
CO3 Summarize various types of synthesis of smart materials L1,L2, L3
CO4 Analyze various characterization techniques used for smart materials L1,L2, L3
CO5 Interpret the importance of smart materials in various devices L1,L2

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 3 3 2 2 1

CO2 3 3 2 1 1

CO3 3 3 1 1 1

CO4 3 2 1 1 1

CO5 3 3 1 1 -

1-Slightly, 2-Moderately, 3-Substantially.

B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

IV B.Tech I Sem

GREEN CHEMISTRY AND CATALYSIS FOR SUSTAINABLE Credits

ENVIRONMENT 3-0-0:3
(Common to all branches)
Open Elective-III

Course Objectives
1 To understand principle and concepts of green chemistry.
 To understand the types of catalysis and industrial applications.
2
 To apply green solvents in chemical synthesis.
3
 To enumerate different sourced of green energy.
4
 To apply alternative greener methods foe chemical reactions
5

Course Outcomes
 Apply the Green chemistry Principles for day to day life as well as synthesis, describe the
CO1 sustainable development and green chemistry, Explain economic and un-economic
reactions, Demonstrate Polymer recycling.
 Explain Heterogeneous catalyst and its applications in Chemical and Pharmaceutical
Industries, Differentiate Homogeneous and Heterogeneous catalysis, Identify the
CO2 importance of Bio and Photo Catalysis, Discuss Transition metal and Phase transfer
Catalysis
 Demonstrate Green solvents and importance, Discuss Supercritical carbondioxide, Explain
CO3 Supercritical water, recycling of green solvents.
 Describe importance of Biomass and Solar Power, Illustrate Sonochemistry, Apply Green
CO4 Chemistry for Sustainable Development; discuss the importance of Renewable resources,
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

mechanochemical synthesis.
 Discuss Alternative green methods like Photoredox catalysis, single electron transfer
CO5 reactions (SET), Photochemical Reactions, Microwave-assisted Reactions and
Sonochemical reactions, examples and applications.

Mapping between Course Outcomes and Programme Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1
CO2
CO3
CO4
CO5

UNIT 1: PRINCIPLES AND CONCEPTS OF GREEN CHEMISTRY

Introduction, Green chemistry Principles, sustainable development and green chemistry, E factor,
atom economy, atom economic Reactions: Rearrangement and addition reactions and atom un-
economic reactions: Substitution, elimination and Wittig reactions, Reducing Toxicity. Waste -
problems and Prevention: Design for degradation, Polymer recycling

UNIT 2: CATALYSIS AND GREEN CHEMISTRY

Introduction, Types of catalysis, Heterogeneous catalysis: Basics of Heterogeneous Catalysis,
Zeolite and the Bulk Chemical Industry, Heterogeneous Catalysis in the Fine Chemical and
Pharmaceutical Industries, Catalytic Converters, Homogeneous catalysis: Transition Metal
Catalysts with Phosphine Ligands, Greener Lewis Acids, and Phase transfer catalysis, Bio-
catalysis and Photo-catalysis with examples.
UNIT 3: GREEN SOLVENTS IN CHEMICAL SYNTHESIS
Green Solvents: Concept, Tools and techniques for solvent selection, supercritical fluids: Super
critical carbondioxide, super critical water, Polyethylene glycol (PEG), Ionic liquids, Recyling of
green solvents.

UNIT 4: EMERGING GREENER TECHNOLOGIES

Biomass as renewable resource, Energy: Energy from Biomass, Solar Power, Chemicals from
Renewable Feedstock‘s, Chemicals from Fatty Acids, Polymers from Renewable Resources,
Alternative Economies: The Syngas Economy, The Biorefinery, Design for energy efficiency,
Mechanochemical synthesis.

UNIT 5: ALTERNATIVE GREENER METHODS

 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Photochemical Reactions - Examples, Advantages and Challenges, Photoredox catalysis, single

electron transfer reactions (SET), Examples of Photochemical Reactions, Microwave-assisted
Reactions and Sonochemical reactions, examples and applications.

Text Books :
1. M. Lancaster, Green Chemistry an introductory text, Royal Society of Chemistry, 2002.
2. Paul T. Anastas and John C. Warner, Green Chemistry Theory and Practice, 4th Edition,
Oxford University Press, USA

References :
1. Green Chemistry for Environmental Sustainability, First Edition, Sanjay K. Sharma and
AckmezMudhoo, CRC Press, 2010.
2. Edited by AlvisePerosa and Maurizio Selva , Hand Book of Green chemistry Volume 8:
Green Nanoscience, wiley-VCH, 2013.

IV B.Tech I Sem

Course Code EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS L T P C

OPEN ELECTIVE-III
3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

 To encourage all round development of the students by focusing on productive skills

 To make the students aware of Goal setting and writing skills
 To enable them to know the importance of presentation skills in achieving desired goals.
 To help them develop organizational skills through group activities
To function effectively with heterogeneous teams

Course Outcomes (CO): Blooms Level

CO1: Understand the importance of goals and try to achieve them L1, L2
CO2: Explain the significance of self-management L1, L2
CO3: Apply the knowledge of writing skills in preparing eye-catchy resumes L3
CO4: Analyse various forms of Presentation skills L4
CO5: Judge the group behaviour appropriately L5
CO6: Develop skills required for employability. L3, L6

UNIT - I Goal Setting and Self-Management Lecture Hrs

Definition, importance, types of Goal Setting – SMART Goal Setting – Advantages-Motivation –

Intrinsic and Extrinsic Motivation – Self-Management - Knowing about self – SWOC Analysis

UNIT - II Writing Skills Lecture Hrs

Definition, significance, types of writing skills – Resume writing Vs CV Writing - E-Mail

writing, Cover Letters - E-Mail Etiquette -SoP (Statement of Purpose)

UNIT - III Technical Presentation Skills Lecture Hrs

Nature, meaning & significance of Presentation Skills – Planning, Preparation, Presentation, Stage
Dynamics –Anxiety in Public speaking (Glossophobia)- PPT & Poster Presentation

UNIT - IV Group Presentation Skills Lecture Hrs

Body Language – Group Behaviour - Team Dynamics – Leadership Skills – Personality

Manifestation- Group Discussion-Debate –Corporate Etiquette

UNIT - V Job Cracking Skills Lecture Hrs

Nature, characteristics, importance & types of Interviews – Job Interviews – Skills for success –
Job searching skills - STAR method - FAQs- Answering Strategies – Mock Interviews

Textbooks:
 1. Sabina Pillai, Agna Fernandez. Soft Skills & Employability Skills,2014.Cambridge Publisher.
2.Alka Wadkar. Life Skills for Success, Sage Publications, 2016.

Reference Books:
1. Gangadhar Joshi. Campus to Corporate Paperback , Sage Publications. 2015
2. Sherfield Montogomery Moody,Cornerstone Developing Soft Skills, Pearson Publications.
 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

4 Ed. 2008
3. Shikha Kapoor. Personality Development and Soft Skills - Preparing for Tomorrow .1
Edition, Wiley, 2017.
4. M. Sen Gupta, Skills for Employability, Innovative Publication, 2019.
5. Steve Duck and David T McMahan, The Basics f Communication Skills A Relational
Perspective, Sage press, 2012.
Online Learning Resources:
1. https://youtu.be/gkLsn4ddmTs
2. https://youtu.be/2bf9K2rRWwo
3. https://youtu.be/FchfE3c2jzc
4. https://youtu.be/xBaLgJZ0t6A?list=PLzf4HHlsQFwJZel_j2PUy0pwjVUgj7KlJ
5. https://www.youtube.com/c/skillopedia/videos
6. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc25_hs96/preview
7. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_hs76/preview
8. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/109/107/109107172/#
9. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/109/104/109104107/
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

IV B.Tech I Sem L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3

ELECTRIC VEHICLES
(Open Elective -IV)

Course Objectives: To make the student

• Remember and understand the differences between conventional Vehicle and Electric Vehicles,
electro mobility and environmental issues of EVs.
• Analyze various EV configurations, parameters of EV systems and Electric vehicle dynamics.
• Analyze the basic construction, operation and characteristics of fuel cells and battery charging
techniques in HEV systems.
•Design and analyze the various control structures for Electric vehicle.

Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to

CO 1: To understand and differentiate between Conventional Vehicle and Electric Vehicles,
electro
mobility and environmental issues of EVs. -L2
CO 2: Understand Various dynamics of Electric Vehicles. -L2
CO 3: To remember and understand various configurations in parameters of EV system and
dynamic
aspects of EV. -L1
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

CO 4: To analyze fuel cell technologies in EV and HEV systems. -L3

CO 5: To analyze the battery charging and controls required of EVs. -L3

UNIT I Introduction to EV Systems and Energy Sources:

Past, Present and Future of EV - EV Concept- EV Technology- State-of-the Art of EVs- EV
configuration- EV system- Fixed and Variable gearing- Single and multiple motor drive- In-
wheel drives- EV parameters: Weight, size, force and energy, performance parameters. Electro
mobility and the environment- History of Electric power trains- Carbon emissions from fuels-
Green houses and pollutants- Comparison of conventional, battery, hybrid and fuel cell electric
systems.

UNIT II EV Propulsion and Dynamics:

Choice of electric propulsion system- Block diagram- Concept of EV Motors- Single and multi-
motor configurations- Fixed and variable geared transmission- In-wheel motor configuration-
Classification - Electric motors used in current vehicle applications - Recent EV Motors- Vehicle
load factors- Vehicle acceleration.

UNIT III Fuel Cells:

Introduction of fuel cells- Basic operation- Model - Voltage, power and efficiency- Power plant
system – Characteristics- Sizing - Example of fuel cell electric vehicle - Introduction to HEV-
Brake specific fuel consumption - Comparison of Series-Parallel hybrid systems- Examples.

UNIT IV Battery Charging and Control:

Battery charging: Basic requirements- Charger architecture- Charger functions- Wireless
charging- Power factor correction.
Control: Introduction- Modeling of electro mechanical system- Feedback controller design
approach- PI controller‘s designing- Torque-loop, Speed control loop compensation-
Acceleration of battery electric vehicle.

UNIT V Energy Storage Technologies:

Role of Energy Storage Systems- Thermal- Mechanical-Chemical- Electrochemical- Electrical -
Efficiency of energy storage systems- Super capacitors-Superconducting Magnetic Energy
Storage (SMES)- SOC- SoH -fuel cells - G2V- V2G- Energy storage in Micro-grid and Smart
grid- Energy Management with storage systems- Battery SCADA

Textbooks:
1.C.C Chan, K.T Chau: Modern Electric Vehicle Technology, Oxford University Press Inc., New
York 2001,1st Edition
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

2.Ali Emadi, ―Advanced Electric Drive Vehicles‖, CRC Press, 2017,1st Edition

Reference Books:
1.Electric and Hybrid Vehicles Design Fundamentals, Iqbal Husain, CRC Press 2021, 3rd
Edition.
2.Francisco Díaz-González, Andreas Sumper, Oriol Gomis-Bellmunt,‖ Energy Storage in Power
Systems‖ Wiley Publication, ISBN: 978-1-118-97130-7, Mar 2016,1st Edition
3.A.G.Ter-Gazarian, ―Energy Storage for Power Systems‖, the Institution of Engineering and
Technology (IET) Publication, UK, (ISBN – 978-1-84919-219-4), Second Edition, 2011.
4.Mehrdad Ehsani, Yimi Gao, Sebastian E. Gay, Ali Emadi, ―Modern Elelctric, Hybrid Elelctric
and Fuel Cell Vehicles: Fundamentals, Theory and Design‖, CRC Press, 2004,1st Edition
5.James Larminie, John Lowry, ―Electric Vehicle Technology Explained‖, Wiley, 2003,2nd
Edition.

Online Learning Resources:

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/102/108102121/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/syllabus/108103009
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

IV B.Tech I Sem L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3

TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT

(Open Elective-IV).

Course objectives: The objectives of the course are to

Familiarize the basic concepts of Total Quality Management.
1
Expose with various quality issues in Inspection.
2
Gain Knowledge on quality control and its applications to real time..
3
Understand the extent of customer satisfaction by the application of various quality concepts.
4

5 Demonstrate the importance of Quality standards in Production

Course Outcomes: On successful completion of the course, the student will be able to,
Define and develop on quality Management philosophies and analyze quality costs
1 L1,L3,L4
frameworks.
Understanding of the historical development of Total Quality Management (TQM),
2 L2,
implementation, and real-world applications through case studies.
L3,L6
Evaluate the cost of poor quality, process effectiveness and efficiency to analyze areas for
3 L2,L4,L5
improvement.
Apply benchmarking and business process reengineering to improve management
4 L3,L5,L6
processes.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

5 Demonstrate the set of indications to evaluate performance excellence of an L1,L2,L5

organization

UNIT – I Introduction:
Definition of Quality, Dimensions of Quality, Definition of Total quality management, Quality
Planning, Quality costs – Analysis, Techniques for Quality costs, Basic concepts of Total Quality
Management.

UNIT - II Historical Review:

Historical Review: Quality council, Quality statements, Strategic Planning, Deming Philosophy,
Barriers of TQM Implementation, Benefits of TQM, Characteristics of successful quality leader,
Contributions of Gurus of TQM, Case studies.

UNIT – III TQM Principles:

Customer Satisfaction – Customer Perception of Quality, Customer Complaints, Service Quality,
Customer Retention, Employee Involvement – Motivation, Empowerment teams, Continuous
Process Improvement – Juran Trilogy, PDSA Cycle, Kaizen, Supplier Partnership – Partnering,
sourcing, Supplier Selection, Supplier Rating, Relationship Development, Performance Measures
Basic Concepts, Strategy, Performance Measure Case studies.

UNIT - IV TQM Tools:

Benchmarking – Reasons to Benchmark, Benchmarking Process, Quality Function Deployment
(QFD) – House of Quality, QFD Process, Benefits, Taguchi Quality Loss Function, Total
Productive Maintenance (TPM) – Concept, Improvement Needs, FMEA – Stages of FMEA, The
seven tools of quality, Process capability, Concept of Six Sigma, New Seven management tools,
Case studies.

UNIT – V Quality Systems:

Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems, ISO 9000: 2000 Quality System – Elements,
Implementation of Quality System, Documentation, Quality Auditing, QS 9000, ISO 14000 –
Concept, Requirements and Benefits, Case Studies.

Text Books:
1.Dale H Besterfield, Total Quality Management, Fourth Edition, Pearson Education, 2015.
2.Subburaj Ramaswamy, Total Quality Management, Tata Mcgraw Hill Publishing Company
Ltd., 2005.
3.Joel E.Ross , Total Quality Management, Third Eition, CRC Press, 2017.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Reference Books:
1.Narayana V and Sreenivasan N.S, Quality Management – Concepts and Tasks, New Age
International, 1996.
2.Robert L.Flood, Beyond TQM, First Edition, John Wiley & Sons Ltd, 1993.
3.Richard S. Leavenworth & Eugene Lodewick Grant, Statistical Quality Control, Seventh
Edition, Tata Mcgraw Hill, 2015
4.Samuel Ho , TQM – An Integrated Approach, Kogan Page Ltd, USA, 1995.

Online Learning Resources:

• https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VD6tXadibk0
• https://www.investopedia.com/terms/t/total-quality-management-tqm.asp
• https://blog.capterra.com/what-is-total-quality-management/
• https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/104/110104080/
• https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_mg03/preview
• https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/104/110104085/
• https://nptel.ac.in/noc/courses/noc18/SEM2/noc18-mg39/
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

IV B.Tech I Sem L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3

TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT

(Open Elective-IV).

Course objectives: The objectives of the course are to

Familiarize the basic concepts of Total Quality Management.
1
Expose with various quality issues in Inspection.
2
Gain Knowledge on quality control and its applications to real time..
3
Understand the extent of customer satisfaction by the application of various quality concepts.
4

5 Demonstrate the importance of Quality standards in Production

Course Outcomes: On successful completion of the course, the student will be able to,
Define and develop on quality Management philosophies and analyze quality costs
1 L1,L3,L4
frameworks.
Understanding of the historical development of Total Quality Management (TQM),
2 L2,
implementation, and real-world applications through case studies.
L3,L6
Evaluate the cost of poor quality, process effectiveness and efficiency to analyze areas for
3 L2,L4,L5
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

improvement.
Apply benchmarking and business process reengineering to improve management
4 L3,L5,L6
processes.
5 Demonstrate the set of indications to evaluate performance excellence of an L1,L2,L5
organization

UNIT – I Introduction:
Definition of Quality, Dimensions of Quality, Definition of Total quality management, Quality
Planning, Quality costs – Analysis, Techniques for Quality costs, Basic concepts of Total Quality
Management.

UNIT - II Historical Review:

Historical Review: Quality council, Quality statements, Strategic Planning, Deming Philosophy,
Barriers of TQM Implementation, Benefits of TQM, Characteristics of successful quality leader,
Contributions of Gurus of TQM, Case studies.

UNIT – III TQM Principles:

Customer Satisfaction – Customer Perception of Quality, Customer Complaints, Service Quality,
Customer Retention, Employee Involvement – Motivation, Empowerment teams, Continuous
Process Improvement – Juran Trilogy, PDSA Cycle, Kaizen, Supplier Partnership – Partnering,
sourcing, Supplier Selection, Supplier Rating, Relationship Development, Performance Measures
Basic Concepts, Strategy, Performance Measure Case studies.

UNIT - IV TQM Tools:

Benchmarking – Reasons to Benchmark, Benchmarking Process, Quality Function Deployment
(QFD) – House of Quality, QFD Process, Benefits, Taguchi Quality Loss Function, Total
Productive Maintenance (TPM) – Concept, Improvement Needs, FMEA – Stages of FMEA, The
seven tools of quality, Process capability, Concept of Six Sigma, New Seven management tools,
Case studies.

UNIT – V Quality Systems:

Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems, ISO 9000: 2000 Quality System – Elements,
Implementation of Quality System, Documentation, Quality Auditing, QS 9000, ISO 14000 –
Concept, Requirements and Benefits, Case Studies.

Text Books:
1.Dale H Besterfield, Total Quality Management, Fourth Edition, Pearson Education, 2015.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

2.Subburaj Ramaswamy, Total Quality Management, Tata Mcgraw Hill Publishing Company
Ltd., 2005.
3.Joel E.Ross , Total Quality Management, Third Eition, CRC Press, 2017.

Reference Books:
1.Narayana V and Sreenivasan N.S, Quality Management – Concepts and Tasks, New Age
International, 1996.
2.Robert L.Flood, Beyond TQM, First Edition, John Wiley & Sons Ltd, 1993.
3.Richard S. Leavenworth & Eugene Lodewick Grant, Statistical Quality Control, Seventh
Edition, Tata Mcgraw Hill, 2015
4.Samuel Ho , TQM – An Integrated Approach, Kogan Page Ltd, USA, 1995.

Online Learning Resources:

• https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VD6tXadibk0
• https://www.investopedia.com/terms/t/total-quality-management-tqm.asp
• https://blog.capterra.com/what-is-total-quality-management/
• https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/104/110104080/
• https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_mg03/preview
• https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/104/110104085/
• https://nptel.ac.in/noc/courses/noc18/SEM2/noc18-mg39/
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

IV B.Tech I Sem

COMPUTER NETWORKS L T P C
(Open Elective-IV) 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
The course is designed to
1. To introduce the fundamentals of the Internet, networking concepts, reference models,
and transmission media.
2. To understand the data link layer design, error handling mechanisms, LAN technologies,
and access networks.
3. To study the routing algorithms, internetworking concepts, and network layer
functionalities.
4. To explore transport layer protocols such as UDP and TCP, and understand their
mechanisms, including congestion control.
5. To introduce the principles behind network applications and protocols, and explore
widely used application-layer services such as the Web, Email, DNS, peer-to-peer
systems, and content distribution networks.
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
1. Describe the architecture of the Internet, reference models, and explain different types of
transmission media used in networking.
2. Apply error detection and correction techniques and analyze data link layer protocols and
LAN technologies.
3. Explain routing algorithms and the structure of the network layer, including
internetworking.
4. Analyze the working of transport layer protocols like TCP and UDP, including concepts
of connection management and congestion control.
5. Explain the principles of network applications and describe the functionality of protocols
such as HTTP, SMTP, DNS, and peer-to-peer systems, including multimedia streaming
and content delivery networks.

UNIT I: Computer Networks and the Internet

B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

What Is the Internet? The Network Edge, The Network Core, Delay, Loss, and Throughput in
PacketSwitched Networks(Textbook 2), Reference Models, Example Networks, Guided
Transmission Media, Wireless Transmission(Textbook 1)
UNIT II : The Data Link Layer, Access Networks, and LANs
Data Link Layer Design Issues, Error Detection and Correction, Elementary Data Link
Protocols, Sliding Window Protocols (Textbook 1) Introduction to the Link Layer, Error-
Detection and -Correction Techniques, Multiple Access Links and Protocols, Switched Local
Area Networks
Link Virtualization: A Network as a Link Layer, Data Center Networking, Retrospective: A Day
in the Life of a Web Page Request (Textbook 2)
UNIT III: The Network Layer
Routing Algorithms, Internetworking, The Network Layer in The Internet (Textbook 1)

UNIT IV: The Transport LayerConnectionless Transport: UDP (Textbook 2), The Internet
Transport Protocols: TCP, Congestion Control (Textbook 1)

UNIT V: Principles of Network Applications

Principles of Network Applications, The Web and HTTP, Electronic Mail in the Internet, DNS—
The Internet‘s Directory Service, Peer-to-Peer Applications Video Streaming and Content
Distribution Networks (Textbook 2)
Textbooks:

1. Andrew S.Tanenbaum, David j.wetherall, Computer Networks, 5th Edition,

PEARSON.
2. James F. Kurose, Keith W. Ross, ―Computer Networking: A Top-Down Approach‖,
6th edition, Pearson, 2019.

Reference Books:

1. Forouzan, Datacommunications and Networking, 5th Edition, McGraw Hill

Publication.
2. Youlu Zheng, Shakil Akthar, ―Networks for Computer Scientists and Engineers‖,
Oxford Publishers, 2016.

Online Learning Resources:

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105183/25
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/computer-networks.html
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105183/3

IV B.Tech I Sem

INTERNET OF THINGS L T P C
(Open Elective-IV) 3 0 0 3
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Course Objectives:

• Understand the basics of Internet of Things and protocols.

• Discuss the requirement of IoT technology
• Introduce some of the application areas where IoT can be applied.
• Understand the vision of IoT from a global perspective, understand its applications,
determine its market perspective using gateways, devices and data management

Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to

• Understand general concepts of Internet of Things.

• Apply design concept to IoT solutions
• Analyze various M2M and IoT architectures
• Evaluate design issues in IoT applications
• Create IoT solutions using sensors, actuators and Devices

UNIT I Introduction to IoT

Definition and Characteristics of IoT, physical design of IoT, IoT protocols, IoT communication
models, IoT Communication APIs, Communication protocols, Embedded Systems, IoT Levels
and Templates

UNIT II Prototyping IoT Objects using Microprocessor/Microcontroller

Working principles of sensors and actuators, setting up the board – Programming for IoT,
Reading from Sensors, Communication: communication through Bluetooth, Wi-Fi.

UNIT III IoT Architecture and Protocols

Architecture Reference Model- Introduction, Reference Model and architecture, IoT reference
Model, Protocols- 6LowPAN, RPL, CoAP, MQTT, IoT frameworks- Thing Speak.

UNIT IV Device Discovery and Cloud Services for IoT

Device discovery capabilities- Registering a device, Deregister a device, Introduction to Cloud
Storage models and communication APIs Web-Server, Web server for IoT.

UNIT V UAV IoT

Introduction toUnmanned Aerial Vehicles/Drones, Drone Types, Applications: Defense, Civil,
Environmental Monitoring; UAV elements and sensors- Arms, motors, Electronic Speed
Controller(ESC), GPS, IMU, Ultra sonic sensors; UAV Software –Arudpilot, Mission Planner,
Internet of Drones(IoD)- Case study FlytBase.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Textbooks:

1. Vijay Madisetti and ArshdeepBahga, ― Internet of Things ( A Hands-on-Approach)‖, 1st

Edition, VPT, 2014.
2. Handbook of unmanned aerial vehicles, K Valavanis;George J Vachtsevanos, New York,
Springer, Boston, Massachusetts : Credo Reference, 2014. 2016.

Reference Books:

1. Jan Holler, VlasiosTsiatsis, Catherine Mulligan, Stefan Avesand, Stamatis Karnouskos,

David Boyle, ― From Machine-to-Machine to the Internet of Things: Introduction to a
New Age of Intelligence‖, 1st Edition, Academic Press, 2014.
2. ArshdeepBahga, Vijay Madisetti - Internet of Things: A Hands-On Approach,
Universities Press, 2014.
3. The Internet of Things, Enabling technologies and use cases – Pethuru Raj, Anupama C.
Raman, CRC Press.
4. Francis daCosta, ―Rethinking the Internet of Things: A Scalable Approach to Connecting
Everything‖, 1st Edition, Apress Publications, 2013
5. Cuno Pfister, Getting Started with the Internet of Things, O‟Reilly Media, 2011, ISBN:
9781-4493- 9357-1
6. DGCA RPAS Guidance Manual, Revision 3 – 2020
7. Building Your Own Drones: A Beginners' Guide to Drones, UAVs, and ROVs, John
Baichtal

Online Learning Resources:

1. https://www.arduino.cc/
2. https://www.raspberrypi.org/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105166/5
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108108098/4
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

IV B.Tech I Sem L T P C

3 0 0 3
FINANCIAL MATHEMATICS
(Open Elective-IV)
Course Objectives:

1. To provide mathematical foundations for financial modelling, risk assessment and asset
pricing.
2. To introduce stochastic models and their applications in pricing derivatives and interest
rate modelling.
3. To develop analytical skills for fixed-income securities, credit risk, and investment
strategies.
4. To equip students with computational techniques for pricing financial derivatives.

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students should be able to:

COs Statements Blooms level

Explain fundamental financial concepts, including arbitrage, valuation, and L2

CO1 (Understand
risk.
)

CO2 Apply stochastic models, including Brownian motion and Stochastic

L3 (Apply)
Differential Equations (SDEs), in financial contexts.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

CO3 Analyze mathematical techniques for pricing options and financial

L4 (Analyze)
derivatives.

CO4 Evaluate interest rate models and bond pricing methodologies. L5 (Evaluate)

CO5 Utilize computational techniques such as Monte Carlo simulations for

L3 (Apply)
financial modeling.

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 3 2 - - 1 - - - - - 2 1

CO2 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - 1 1

CO3 3 3 3 3 2 1 - - - - 3 2

CO4 3 3 3 3 1 - - - - - 2 1

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 2

• 3 = Strong Mapping, 2 = Moderate Mapping, 1 = Slight Mapping, - = No Mapping

UNIT-I: Asset Pricing and Risk Management (08)

Fundamental financial concepts: Returns, arbitrage, valuation, and pricing. Asset/Liability
management, investment income, capital budgeting, and contingent cash flows. One-period
model: Securities, payoffs, and the no-arbitrage principle. Option contracts: Speculation and
hedging strategies, CAP Model, Efficient market hypothesis.

UNIT-II: Stochastic Models in Finance (08)

Random Walks and Brownian Motion. Introduction to Stochastic Differential Equations (SDEs):
Drift and diffusion. Ito calculus: Ito‘s Lemma, Ito Integral, and Ito Isometry.

UNIT-III: Interest Rate and Credit Modelling (08)

Interest rate models and bond markets. Short-rate models: Vasicek, Cox-Ingersoll-Ross (CIR),
Hull & White models, Credit risk modelling: Hazard function and hazard rate.

UNIT-IV: Fixed-Income Securities and Bond Pricing (08)

B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Characteristics of fixed-income products: Yield, duration, and convexity. Yield curves, forward
rates, and zero-coupon bonds. Stochastic interest rate models and bond pricing PDE. Yield curve
fitting and calibration techniques, Mortgage Backed Securities.

UNIT-V: Exotic Options and Computational Finance (08)

Stochastic volatility models and the Feynman-Kac theorem.Exotic options: Barriers, Asians, and
Look backs. Monte Carlo methods for derivative pricing, Black-Scholes-Merton model:
Derivation and applications.
Textbooks:

1. Ales Cerny, Mathematical Techniques in Finance: Tools for Incomplete Markets, Princeton
University Press.
2. S.R. Pliska, Introduction to Mathematical Finance: Discrete-Time Models, Cambridge University
Press.

Reference Books:
1. IoannisKaratzas& Steven E. Shreve, Methods of Mathematical Finance, Springer, New York.
2. John C. Hull, Options, Futures, and Other Derivatives, Pearson.

Web References:
• MIT– Mathematics for Machine Learning https://ocw.mit.edu
• Coursera – Financial Engineering and Risk Management (Columbia University)
https://www.coursera.org/
• National Stock Exchange (NSE) India – Financial Derivatives https://www.nseindia.com/

IV B.Tech I Sem

SENSORS AND ACTUATORS FOR ENGINEERING L T P C

APPLICATIONS
(Open Elective-IV)
3 0 0 3
(Common to all branches)

COURSE OBJECTIVES
To provide exposure to various kinds of sensors and actuators and their engineering
1
applications.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

To impart knowledge on the basic laws and phenomenon behind the working of
2
sensors and actuators
3 To explain the operating principles of various sensors and actuators
4 To educate the fabrication of sensors
5 To explain the required sensor and actuator for interdisciplinary application

UNIT I Introduction to Sensors and Actuators 9H

Sensors: Types of sensors: temperature, pressure, strain, active and passive sensors, General
characteristics of sensors (Principles only), Deposition: Chemical Vapor Deposition, Pattern:
photolithography and Etching: Dry and Wet Etching.
Actuators: Functional diagram of actuators, Types of actuators and their basic principle of working:
Pneumatic, Electromagnetic, Piezo-electric and Piezo-resistive actuators, Applications of Actuators.

UNIT II Temperature and Mechanical Sensors 9H

Temperature Sensors: Types of temperature sensors and their basic principle of working: Thermo-
resistive sensors: Thermistors, Thermo-electric sensors: Thermocouples, PN junction temperature sensors
Mechanical Sensors: Types of Mechanical sensors and their basic principle of working: Force sensors:
Strain gauges, Tactile sensors, Pressure sensors: Piezoresistive, Variable Reluctance Sensor (VRP).

UNIT III Optical and Acoustic Sensors 9H

Optical Sensors: Basic principle and working of: Photodiodes, Phototransistors and Photo resistors based
sensors, Photomultipliers, Infrared sensors: thermal, Passive Infra-Red, Fiber based sensors and
Thermopiles
Acoustic Sensors: Principle and working of Ultrasonic sensors, Piezo-electric resonators, Microphones

UNIT IV Magnetic and Electromagnetic Sensors 9H

Motors as actuators (linear, rotational, stepping motors), magnetic valves, inductive sensors (LVDT,
RVDT, and Proximity), Hall Effect sensors, Magneto-resistive sensors, Magnetostrictive sensors and
actuators.

UNIT V Chemical and Radiation Sensors 9H

Chemical Sensors: Principle and working of Electro-chemical, Thermo-chemical, Gas, pH, Humidity and
moisture sensors.
Radiation Sensors: Principle and working of Ionization detectors, Scintillation detectors, Semiconductor
radiation detectors and Microwave sensors (resonant, reflection, transmission)

Textbooks:
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

1. Sensors and Actuators – Clarence W. de Silva, CRC Press, 2nd Edition, 2015
2. Sensors and Actuators, D.A.Hall and C.E.Millar, CRC Press, 1999

Reference Books:
1. Sensors and Transducers- D.Patranabhis, Prentice Hall of India (Pvt) Ltd. 2003
2. Measurement, Instrumentation, and Sensors Handbook-John G.Webster, CRC press 1999
3. Sensors – A Comprehensive Sensors- Henry Bolte, John Wiley.
4. Handbook of modern sensors, Springer, Stefan Johann Rupitsch.

NPTEL course link: https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ee32/preview

Course Outcomes
Blooms Level

CO1 Classify different types of Sensors and Actuators along with their
L1,L2
characteristics
CO2 Summarize various types of Temperature and Mechanical sensors L1,L2

CO3 Illustrates various types of optical and mechanical sensors L1,L2

CO4 Analyze various types of Optical and Acoustic Sensors L1,L2, L3

CO5 Interpret the importance of smart materials in various devices L1,L2

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 3 3 2 2 1

CO2 3 3 2 1 1

CO3 3 3 1 1 1

CO4 3 2 1 1 -

CO5 3 3 1 1 -

1-Slightly, 2-Moderately, 3-Substantially.

B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

IV B.Tech I Sem

CHEMISTRY OF NANOMATERIALS AND L T P C

APPLICATIONS
3 0 0 3
(Open Elective-IV)
(Common to all branches)

Course Objectives
1  To understand basics and characterization of nanomaterials.

2  To understand synthetic methods of nanomatrials.

3  To apply various techniques for charterization of nanomaterials.

4  To understand Studies of Nano-structured Materials

5  To enumerate the applications of advanced nanomaterials in engineering

Course Outcomes
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

 Classify the nanostructure materials; describe scope of nanoscience and importance

CO1 technology.
 Describe the top-down approach, Explain aerosol synthesis and plasma arc technique,
CO2 Differentiate chemical vapor deposition method and electrode position method, Discuss
about highenergy ball milling.
 Discuss different technique for characterization of nanomaterial, Explain electron
CO3 microscopy techniques for characterization of nanomaterial, Describe BET method for
surface area analysis.
 Explain synthesis and properties and applications of nanaomaterials, Discuss about
CO4 fullerenes and carbon nanotubes, Differentiate nanomagnetic materials and thermoelectric
materials, nonlinear optical materials.
Illustrate advance engineering applications of Water treatment, sensors, electronic
CO5 devices, medical domain, civil engineering, chemical engineering, metallurgy and
mechanical engineering, food science, agriculture, pollutants degradation.

Mapping between Course Outcomes and Programme Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1
CO2
CO3
CO4
CO5

Unit – I
Basics and Characterization of Nanomaterials: Introduction, Scope of nanoscience and
nanotecnology, nanoscience in nature, classification of nanostructured materials, importance of
nanomaterials.
Unit – II
Synthesis of nanomaterials :Top-Down approach, Inert gas condensation, arc discharge
method, aerosol synthesis, plasma arc technique, ion sputtering, laser ablation, laser pyrolysis,
and chemical vapour deposition method, electrodeposition method, highenergy ball milling
method.
Synthetic Methods: Bottom-Up approach, Sol-gel synthesis, microemulsions or reverse micelles,
co-precipitation method, solvothermal synthesis, hydrothermal synthesis, microwave heating
synthesis and sonochemical synthesis.
UNIT-III
Techniques for characterization: Diffraction technique, spectroscopy techniques, electron
microscopy techniques for the characterization of nanomaterials, BET method for surface area
analysis, dynamic light scattering for particle size determination.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

UNIT-IV
Studies of Nano-structured Materials: Synthesis, properties and applications of the following
nanomaterials -fullerenes, carbon nanotubes, 2D-nanomaterial (Graphene), core-shell, magnetic
nanoparticles, thermoelectric materials, non-linear optical materials.

UNIT-V
Advanced Engineering Applications of Nanomaterials: Applications of Nano Particle,
nanorods, nano wires, Water treatment, sensors, electronic devices, medical domain, civil
engineering, chemical engineering, metallurgy and mechanical engineering, food science,
agriculture, pollutants degradation.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. NANO: The Essentials: T Pradeep, MaGraw-Hill, 2007.
2. Textbook of Nanoscience and nanotechnology: B S Murty, P Shankar, BaldevRai,
BB Rath and James Murday, Univ. Press, 2012.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Concepts of Nanochemistry; LudovicoCademrtiri and Geoffrey A. Ozin& Geoffrey A.
Ozin, Wiley-VCH, 2011.
2. Nanostructures &Nanomaterials; Synthesis, Properties & Applications: Guozhong
Cao, Imperial College Press, 2007.

Nanomaterials
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

IV B.Tech I Sem

LITERARY VIBES
(Open Elective-IV) L T P C
(Common to all branches)

Course Objectives

1 To inculcate passion for aesthetic sense and reading skills

2 To encourage respecting others‘ experiences and creative writing

3 To explore emotions, communication skills and critical thinking

4 To educate how books serve as the reflection of history and society

5 To provide practical wisdom and duty of responding to events of the times

Blooms
Course Outcomes
Level

Identify genres, literary techniques and creative uses of language in

CO1 L1, L2
literary texts.

Explain the relevance of themes found in literary texts to contemporary,

CO2 L1, L2
personal and cultural values and to historical forces

Apply knowledge and understanding of literary texts when responding to

CO3 L3
others‘ problems and their own and make evidence-based arguments

Analyze the underlying meanings of the text by using the elements of

CO4 L4
literary texts

CO5 Evaluate their own work and that of others critically L5

Develop as creative, effective, independent and reflective students who

CO6 L3
are able to make informed choices in process and performance

UNIT I: Poetry
1. Ulysses- Alfred Lord Tennyson
2. Ain‘t I woman?-Sojourner Truth
3. The Second Coming-W.B. Yeats
4. Where the Mind is Without Fear-Rabindranath Tagore
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

UNIT II: Drama: Twelfth Night- William Shakespeare

1. Shakespeare -life and works
1. Plot & sub-plot and Historical background of the play
2. Themes and Criticism
3. Style and literary elements
4. Characters and characterization

UNIT III: Short Story

1. The Luncheon - Somerset Maugham
2. The Happy Prince-Oscar Wild
3. Three Questions – Leo Tolstoy
4. Grief –Antony Chekov

UNIT IV: Prose: Essay and Autobiography

1. My struggle for an Education-Booker T Washington
2. The Essentials of Education-Richard Livingston
3. The story of My Life-Helen Keller
4. Student Mobs-JB Priestly

UNIT V: Novel: Hard Times- Charles Dickens

1. Charles Dickens-Life and works
2. Plot and Historical background of the novel
3. Themes and criticism
4. Style and literary elements
5. Characters and characterization

Text Books:

1. Charles Dickens.Hard Times.(Sangam Abridged Texts) Vantage Press, 1983

2. DENT JC.William Shakespeare. Twelfth Night. Oxford University Press,2016.

References:

1. WJ Long.History of English Literature, Rupa Publications India; First Edition (4 October

2015)
2. RK Kaushik And SC Bhatia. Essays, Short Stories and One Act Plays, Oxford University
Press .2018.

3. Dhanvel, SP. English and Soft Skills, Orient Blackswan,2017.

4. New Horizon, Pearson publications, New Delhi 2014
5. Vimala Ramarao, Explorations Volume-II, Prasaranga Bangalore University,2014.
6. Dev Neira, Anjana & Co. Creative Writing: A Beginner’s Manual.Pearson India, 2008.

Online Resources
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

https://www.litcharts.com/poetry/alfred-lord-tennyson/ulysses
https://www.litcharts.com/lit/ain-t-i-a-woman/summary-and-analysis
https://englishliterature.education/articles/poetry-analysis/the-second-coming-by-w-b-
yeats-critical-analysis-summary-and-line-by-line-explanation/#google_vignette
https://sirjitutorials.com/where-the-mind-is-without-fear-poem-notes-explanation/
https://www.litcharts.com/lit/twelfth-night/themes
https://smartenglishnotes.com/2021/11/28/the-luncheon-summary-characters-themes-and-
irony/

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE COURSES (Track wise)

Electronics Engineering
1. Computer Architecture & Organization
2. Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation
3. Embedded Systems
4. Low Power VLSI Design
5. Sensors and Actuators

Communication Engineering
1. Information Theory and Coding
2. Satellite Communications
3. Cellular and Mobile Communications
4. Radar Engineering
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

5. Wireless Sensor Networks

Signal Processing
1. Detection and Estimation Theory
2. Machine Learning
3. Optimization Techniques
4. Digital Image Processing
5. Speech Processing

Emerging Technologies
1. Artificial Intelligence
2. Introduction to Robotics
3. Cyber Security
4. Internet of Things
5. 5G Communications

Note: MOOC courses from SWAYAM portal shall be offered as Professional /Open
Electives with the approval of the department /BoS

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

Professional Electives L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3

COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE & ORGANIZATION

Course Objectives:
1. To learn the design of various functional units of digital computersand performance
issues of computer systems.
2. To understand the basic processing unit and their connections.
3. To get familiar with different types of Data representation and Computer Arithmetic
operations.
4. To know about different types of memory and their interconnections.
5. To learn the basics of parallel computing and pipelining.
Course Outcomes:
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

At the end of this course, the students will be able to

1. Learn the design of various functional units of digital computersand performance issues
of computer systems.
2. Understand the basic processing unit and their connections.
3. Know about different types of Data representation and Computer Arithmetic operations.
4. Learn about different types of memory and their interconnections.
5. Understand the basics of parallel computing and pipelining.

UNIT I
Digital Computers: Introduction, Block diagram of Digital Computer, Definition of Computer
Organization, Computer Design and Computer Architecture.
Register Transfer Language and Micro operations: Register Transfer language, Register
Transfer, Bus and memory transfers, Arithmetic Micro operations, logic micro operations, shift
micro operations, Arithmetic logic shift unit.
Basic Computer Organization and Design: Instruction codes, Computer Registers Computer
instructions, Timing and Control, Instruction cycle, Memory Reference Instructions, Input –
Output and Interrupt.

UNIT II
Micro programmed Control: Control memory, Address sequencing, micro program example,
design of control unit.
Central Processing Unit: General Register Organization, Instruction Formats, Addressing
modes, Data Transfer and Manipulation, Program Control.

UNIT III
Data Representation: Data types, Complements, Fixed Point Representation, Floating Point
Representation.
Computer Arithmetic: Addition and subtraction, multiplication Algorithms, Division
Algorithms, Floating – point Arithmetic operations. Decimal Arithmetic unit, Decimal
Arithmetic operations.

UNIT IV
Input-Output Organization: Input-Output Interface, Asynchronous data transfer, Modes of
Transfer, Priority Interrupt Direct memory Access.
Memory Organization: Memory Hierarchy, Main Memory, Auxiliary memory, Associate
Memory, Cache Memory.

UNIT V
Reduced Instruction Set Computer: CISC Characteristics, RISC Characteristics. Pipeline
and Vector Processing: Parallel Processing, Pipelining, Arithmetic Pipeline, Instruction
Pipeline, RISC Pipeline, Vector Processing, Array Processor. Multi Processors: Characteristics
 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

of Multiprocessors, Interconnection Structures, Inter-processor arbitration, Inter-processor

communication and synchronization, Cache Coherence.

Textbook:
1. Computer System Architecture – M. Moris Mano, Third Edition, Pearson/PHI.
2. Computer Organization and Architecture – William Stallings Sixth Edition, Pearson/PHI.
References:
1. Computer Organization – Car Hamacher, ZvonksVranesic, SafeaZaky, Vth Edition,
McGraw Hill.
2. Structured Computer Organization – Andrew S. Tanenbaum, 4th Edition, PHI/Pearson.

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

Professional Electives L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3

ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION

Course Objectives:
1. To know about the performance characteristics of instruments and measurement of
electrical quantities.
2. To understand the construction, working and applications of different types of CRO‘s.
3. To analyze the working of different types of bridges.
4. To study the working of signal & function generators and analyzers.
5. To analyze the working of sensors and transducers in measuring physical parameters.

Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

1. Learn about the performance characteristics of instruments and measurement of electrical

quantities.
2. Understand the construction, working and applications of different types of CRO‘s.
3. Compare the working of different types of bridges.
4. Know the working of signal & function generators and analyzers.
5. Grasp the working of sensors and transducers in measuring physical parameters.

UNIT-I
Performance characteristics of Instruments: Static characteristics, Accuracy, Precision,
Resolution, Sensitivity, static and dynamic calibration, Errors in Measurement, and their
statistical analysis, dynamic characteristics-speed of Response, fidelity, Lag and dynamic error.
DC ammeters, DC voltmeters-multirange, range extension/solid state and differential voltmeters,
AC voltmeters–multirange, range extension. Thermocouple type RF ammeter, ohm meters, series
type, shunt type, multimeter for voltage, current and resistance measurements.

UNIT-II
Oscilloscopes: Introduction, Basic Principle, Standard specifications of CRO, CRT features,
vertical and horizontal amplifiers, horizontal and vertical deflection systems, sweep trigger pulse,
delay line, sync selector circuits, probes for CRO – active, passive, and attenuator type, triggered
sweep CRO, and Delayed sweep, dual trace/beam CRO, Measurement of amplitude, frequency
and phase (Lissajous method). Principles of sampling oscilloscope, storage oscilloscope, and
digital storage oscilloscope, Digital frequency counters, time & Period measurements.

UNIT-III
Bridges: DC Bridges for Measurement of resistance: Wheat stone bridge, Kelvin‘s Bridge, AC
Bridges for Measurement of inductance- Maxwell‘s bridge, Hay‘s Bridge, Anderson bridge.
Measurement of capacitance- Schearing Bridge, Wien Bridge. Errors and precautions in using
bridges.

UNIT-IV
Signal Generators: Signal generator-fixed and variable, AF oscillators, function generators,
pulse, random noise, sweep, and arbitrary waveform generators, their standards, specifications
and principles of working (Block diagram approach).Wave analyzers, Harmonic distortion
analyzers, Spectrum analyzers, and Logic analyzers.

UNIT-V
Sensors and Transducers - Active and passive transducers: Measurement of displacement
(Resistance, capacitance, inductance; LVDT) Force (strain gauges) Pressure (piezoelectric
transducers) Temperature (resistance thermometers, thermocouples and thermistors), Velocity,
Acceleration, Vibration, pH measurement Signal Conditioning Circuits.

TEXT BOOKS:
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

1. A.D. Helfrick and W.D. Cooper, ―Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement
Techniques‖, 5th Edition, PHI, 2002.
2. H.S.Kalsi, ―Electronic Instrumentation‖, 2nd edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2004.

REFERENCES:
1. David A. Bell, ―Electronic Instrumentation & Measurements‖, 2nd Edition, PHI, 2003.
2. K. Lal Kishore, ―Electronic Measurements & Instrumentations‖, Pearson Education,
2009.

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

Professional Electives L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3

EMBEDDED SYSTEMS
Course Objectives:
1. To understand the history, classification, and design process of embedded systems.
2. To explore the core components of embedded systems, including processors, memory, and
I/O components.
3. To introduce onboard and external communication interfaces used in embedded systems.
4. To explain different firmware design approaches and programming techniques for embedded
systems.
5. To provide an understanding of real-time operating systems and task management in
embedded systems.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Course Outcomes:
After completing the course, the student will be able to,
1. Classify embedded systems based on their purpose, generation, and complexity.
2. Identify and select appropriate hardware components for an embedded system design.
3. Differentiate and implement various communication protocols like I2C, SPI, and CAN.
4. Develop firmware using assembly and high-level programming languages.
5. Analyze and apply RTOS-based task scheduling and synchronization techniques.

UNIT I Introduction to Embedded Systems

History of embedded systems, Classification of embedded systems based on generation and
complexity, Purpose of embedded systems, The embedded system design process-requirements,
specification, architecture design, designing hardware and software, components, system
integration, Applications of embedded systems, and characteristics of embedded systems.

UNIT II Typical Embedded System

Core of the embedded system-general purpose and domain specific processors, ASICs, PLDs,
COTs; Memory-ROM, RAM, memory according to the type of interface, memory shadowing,
memory selection for embedded systems, Sensors, actuators, I/O components: seven segment
LED, relay, piezo buzzer, push button switch, other sub-systems: reset circuit, brownout
protection circuit, oscillator circuit real time clock, watch dog timer.

UNIT III Communication Interface

Onboard communication interfaces-I2C, SPI, CAN, parallel interface; External communication
interfaces-RS232 and RS485, USB, infrared, Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, ZigBee, GPRS, GSM.
UNIT IV Embedded Firmware Design and Development
Embedded firmware design approaches-super loop based approach, operating system based
approach; embedded firmware development languages-assembly language based development,
high level language based development.

UNIT V RTOS based Embedded System Design

Operating system basics, types of operating systems, tasks, process and threads, multiprocessing
and multitasking, task scheduling: non-pre-emptive and pre-emptive scheduling; task
communication-shared memory, message passing, Remote Procedure Call and Sockets, Task
Synchronization: Task Communication/ Synchronization Issues, Task Synchronization
Techniques

Textbooks:
1. Introduction to Embedded Systems - Shibu KV, Mc Graw Hill Education.
2. Computers as Components –Wayne Wolf, Morgan Kaufmann (second edition).
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

References:
1. Embedded System Design -Frank Vahid, Tony Grivargis, john Wiley.
2. Embedded Systems- An integrated approach - Lyla b das, Pearson education 2012.
3. Embedded Systems – Raj Kamal, TMH

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

Professional Electives L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3

LOW POWER VLSI DESIGN
Course Objectives:
1. To understand the need for low-power circuit design and analyze different power
dissipation mechanisms in VLSI circuits.
2. To explore various low-power design approaches at the system, circuit, and mask levels.
3. To study low-power adder architectures and their role in power-efficient computing.
4. To examine different low-power multiplier architectures and their impact on digital
design.
5. To gain knowledge of low-power memory technologies and their future developments.

Course Outcomes:
After completing the course, the student will be able to,
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

1. Understand the need for low-power circuit design and analyze different power dissipation
mechanisms in VLSI circuits.
2. Learn various low-power design approaches at the system, circuit, and mask levels.
3. Gain knowledge on low-power adder architectures and their role in power-efficient
computing.
4. Examine different low-power multiplier architectures and their impact on digital design.
5. Grasp knowledge of low-power memory technologies and their future developments.

UNIT I
Fundamentals: Need for Low Power Circuit Design, Sources of Power Dissipation – Static and
Dynamic Power Dissipation, Short Circuit Power Dissipation, Glitching Power Dissipation,
Short Channel Effects –Drain Induced Barrier Lowering and Punch Through, Surface Scattering,
Velocity Saturation, Impact Ionization, Hot Electron Effect.

UNIT II
Low-Power Design Approaches: Low-Power Design through Voltage Scaling – VTCMOS
circuits, MTCMOS circuits, Architectural Level Approach –Pipelining and Parallel Processing
Approaches. Switched Capacitance Minimization Approaches: System Level Measures, Circuit
Level Measures, Mask level Measures.

UNIT III
Low-Voltage Low-Power Adders: Introduction, Standard Adder Cells, CMOS Adder‘s
Architectures – Ripple Carry Adders, Carry Look Ahead Adders, Carry Select Adders, Carry
Save Adders, Low-Voltage Low-Power Design Techniques – Trends of Technology and Power
Supply Voltage, Low-Voltage Low-Power Logic Styles.

UNIT IV
Low-Voltage Low-Power Multipliers: Introduction, Overview of Multiplication, Types of
Multiplier Architectures, Braun Multiplier, Baugh Wooley Multiplier, Booth Multiplier,
Introduction to Wallace Tree Multiplier.

UNIT V
Low-Voltage Low-Power Memories: Basics of ROM, Low-Power ROM Technology, Future
Trend and Development of ROMs, Basics of SRAM, Memory Cell, Precharge and Equalization
Circuit, Low-Power SRAM Technologies, Basics of DRAM, Self-Refresh Circuit, Future Trend
and Development of DRAM.

Textbooks:
1. CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits – Analysis and Design – Sung-Mo Kang, Yusuf
Leblebici, TMH, 2011.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

2. Low-Voltage, Low-Power VLSI Subsystems – Kiat-Seng Yeo, Kaushik Roy, TMH

Professional Engineering.

References:
1. Introduction to VLSI Systems: A Logic, Circuit and System Perspective – Ming-BO Lin,
CRC Press, 2011.
2. Low Power CMOS Design – Anantha Chandrakasan, IEEE Press/Wiley International,
1998.
3. Low Power CMOS VLSI Circuit Design – Kaushik Roy, Sharat C. Prasad, John Wiley &
Sons,2000.

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

Professional Electives L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3

SENSORS AND ACTUATORS
Course Objectives:
6. To introduce various types of sensors and actuators along with their fabrication
techniques and working principles.
7. To explore working principles, and applications of different temperature and mechanical
sensors.
8. To provide knowledge on optical and acoustic sensors, including their operational
principles and industrial applications.
9. To study the working principles of magnetic and electromagnetic sensors, along with
motors and actuators used in industrial applications.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

10. To introduce chemical and radiation sensors, their operational principles, and applications
in safety and environmental monitoring.

Course Outcomes:
After completing the course, the student will be able to,
1. Understand various types of sensors and actuators along with their fabrication techniques
and working principles.
2. Learn the working principles, and applications of different temperature and mechanical
sensors.
3. Gain knowledge on optical and acoustic sensors, including their operational principles
and industrial applications.
4. Study the working principles of magnetic and electromagnetic sensors, along with motors
and actuators used in industrial applications.
5. Know about chemical and radiation sensors, their operational principles, and applications
in safety and environmental monitoring.

UNIT I Introduction to Sensors and Actuators

Sensors: Types of sensors: temperature, pressure, strain, active and passive sensors, General
characteristics of sensors (Principles only), Materials used and their fabrication process:
Deposition: Chemical Vapor Deposition, Pattern: photolithography and Etching: Dry and Wet
Etching.

Actuators: Functional diagram of actuators, Types of actuators and their basic principle of
working: Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Mechanical, Electrical, Magnetic, Electromagnetic, piezo-
electric and piezo-resistive actuators, Simple applications of Actuators.

UNIT II Temperature and Mechanical Sensors

Temperature Sensors: Types of temperature sensors and their basic principle of working:
Thermo-resistive sensors: Thermistors, Resistance temperature sensors, Silicon resistive sensors,
Thermo-electric sensors: Thermocouples, PN junction temperature sensors
Mechanical Sensors: Types of Mechanical sensors and their basic principle of working: Force
sensors: strain gauges, tactile sensors, Pressure sensors: semiconductor, piezoresistive,
capacitive, VRP.

UNIT III Optical and Acoustic Sensors

Optical Sensors: Basic principle and working of: Photodiodes, Phototransistors and Photo-
resistors based sensors, Photomultipliers, Infrared sensors: thermal, PIR, thermopiles
Acoustic Sensors: Principle and working of Ultrasonic sensors, Piezo-electric resonators,
Microphones.
 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

UNIT IV Magnetic, Electromagnetic Sensors and Actuators

Motors as actuators (linear, rotational, stepping motors), magnetic valves, inductive sensors
(LVDT, RVDT, and Proximity), Hall Effect sensors, Magneto-resistive sensors, Magneto-
strictive sensors and actuators, Voice coil actuators (speakers and speaker-like actuators).

UNIT V Chemical and Radiation Sensors

Chemical Sensors: Principle and working of Electro-chemical, Thermo-chemical, Gas, pH,
Humidity and moisture sensors.
Radiation Sensors: Principle and working of Ionization detectors, Scintillation detectors,
Geiger-Mueller counters, Semiconductor radiation detectors and Microwave sensors (resonant,
reflection, transmission)

Textbooks:
1. Sensors and Actuators – Clarence W. de Silva, CRC Press, 2nd Edition, 2015
2. Sensors and Actuators, D.A.Hall and C.E.Millar, CRC Press, 1999

Reference Books:
1. Sensors and Transducers- D.Patranabhis, Prentice Hall of India (Pvt) Ltd. 2003
2. Measurement, Instrumentation, and Sensors Handbook-John G.Webster, CRC press 1999
3. Sensors – A Comprehensive Sensors- Henry Bolte, John Wiley.
4. Handbook of modern sensors, Springer, Stefan Johann Rupitsch.
5. Principles of Industrial Instrumentation By D. Patranabhis

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

Professional Electives L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3

INFORMATION THEORY AND CODING

Course Objectives:
1. To provide an insight into the concept of information in the context of communication
theory and communication receivers.
2. To implement various source coding algorithms and analyze their performance.
3. To gain knowledge about techniques for error detection and error correction.
4. To design linear block codes and cyclic codes.
5. To get familiar with various convolutional codes.
Course Outcomes:
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

At the end of this course, the students will be able to

1. Learn the concepts of information in the context of communication theory and
communication receivers.
2. Implement various source coding algorithms and analyze their performance.
3. Gain knowledge about techniques for error detection and error correction.
4. Design linear block codes and cyclic codes.
5. Understand various convolutional codes.

UNIT I
Information Theory: Introduction, Definition of Entropy, Conditional Entropy, Relative
Entropy, Basic Properties of Entropy, Mutual Information, Information Inequalities, Problem
solving.
Block to Variable length Coding: Prefix-free Code, Coding a single Random Variable, Prefix,
Free Code, Kraft Inequality, Bounds on optimal Code length, Coding a Single Random Variable,
Rooted Tree with Probabilities, Shanon-Fano Coding, Free fix code, Coding an information
Source, Huffman Coding, Example.
Variable to Block Length Coding: Proper message set, Assigning probabilities to K-ary rooted
tree corresponding to a proper message set, Prefix free Coding of a proper message set, Tunstall
message set, Tunstall coding.

UNIT II
Asymptotic Equi-partition Property, Chebyshev inequality, Weak law of large numbers, Typical
Sequences, Block to Block Coding of DMS: Consequences of Asymptotic Equipartition
Property, Problem solving.
Universal Source Coding: Lempel-Ziv Algorithm, LZ -77 Encoding and Decoding, Lempel-
Ziv Welch (LZW) Algorithm, LZW Encoding, and Decoding.
Coding of Sources with memory, Channel Capacity, Noisy Channel Coding Theorem,
Differential Entropy, Gaussian Channel, Rate Distortion Theory, Blahut-Arimoto Algorithm,
problem solving.

UNIT III
Error Control Coding: Introduction to Error Control Codes, Error Probability with Repetition
in the Binary Symmetric Channel, Parity Check Bit Coding for Error Detection, Block Coding
for Error Detection and Correction, The Hamming Distance, The upper bound of the Probability
of Error with Coding, Soft Decision Decoding, Hard Decision Decoding.

UNIT IV
Linear Block Codes: Introduction to Linear Block Codes, Syndrome and Error Detection,
Encoding Block Codes, Decoding of Block Codes, Single Parity Check bit Code, Repeated
Codes, Hadamard Code, Hamming Code, Cyclic Codes, Generator and Parity-Check Matrices of
Cyclic Codes, Encoding and Decoding of Cyclic Codes, BCH codes, Reed-Solomon Code.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

UNIT V
Convolutional Coding, Code Generation, Decoding Convolutional Code, the Code Tree,
Decoding in the presence of Noise, State and Trellis Diagrams, The Viterbi Algorithm,
Comparison of Error Rates in Coded and Uncoded Transmission, Turbo Codes, LDPC codes,
Hard and Soft Decision Decoding.

Textbooks:
1. Thomas M.Cover, Joy A. Thomas, Elements of Information Theory, John Wiley &
Sons,2nd Edition, 2006.
2. Herbert Taub, Donald L Shilling, Goutam Saha, Principles of Communication Systems, 4 th
Edition, McGraw Hill, 2017.

References:
1. Shu Lin, Daniel J. Costello Jr., Error Control Coding, Pearson, Second Edition, 2013.
2. Simon Haykin, Communication Systems, John Wiley, 4th Edition, 2010.

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

Professional Electives L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3
SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS
Course Objectives:
1. To learn the principles of orbital mechanics& satellite launch system with performance
parameters.
2. To describe the elements of communication satellite design for matching reliability.
3. To know the working concepts of various multiple access techniques and Onboard
processing.
4. To analyze the satellite links design with communication links.
5. To evaluate the working of earth station design with satellite broadcasting.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

1. Learn the principles of orbital mechanics& satellite launch system with performance
parameters.
2. Describe the elements of communication satellite design for matching reliability.
3. Gain knowledge on various multiple access techniques and Onboard processing.
4. Analyze the satellite links design with communication links.
5. Evaluate the working of earth station design with satellite broadcasting.

UNIT I
Elements of orbital mechanics. Equations of motion. Tracking and orbit determination. Orbital
correction/control. Satellite launch systems. Multistage rocket launchers and their performance
UNIT II
Elements of communication satellite design. Spacecraft subsystems. Reliability considerations.
Spacecraft integration.
UNIT III
Multiple access techniques. FDMA, TDMA,CDMA. Random access techniques. Satellite
onboard processing.
UNIT IV
Satellite link design: Performance requirements and standards. Design of satellite links –
DOMSAT, INSAT, INTELSAT and INMARSAT. Satellite - based personal communication.
links.
UNIT V
Earth station design. Configurations. Antenna and tracking systems. Satellite broadcasting.
Textbooks:
1. D. Roddy, Satellite Communication (4/e), McGraw- Hill, 2009.
2. T. Pratt & C.W. Bostain, Satellite Communication, Wiley 2000.
References:
1. B.N. Agrawal, Design of Geosynchrons Spacecraft, Prentice- Hall,1986.

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

Professional Electives L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3

CELLULAR & MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS
Course Objectives:
1. To explain the basic cellular system and its working.
2. To understand the impact of multipath fading channels and techniques to mitigate fading
effects in cellular communication.
3. To explore frequency management, channel assignment strategies, and different types of
handoffs in cellular networks.
4. To analyze the performance of mobile antennas, interference issues, and cellular system
design principles.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

5. To evaluate system performance metrics such as dropped call rates, handoff strategies, and
spectrum efficiency.

Course Outcomes:
After completing the course, the student will be able to,
1. Understand the basic cellular system and its working.
2. Explain the impairments caused by multipath fading and methods to mitigate fading effects
in mobile communication.
3. Apply concepts of cellular communication to solve problems related to mobile antennas and
system design.
4. Analyze co-channel and non-co-channel interferences, different types of handoffs, and
dropped call rates.
5. Evaluate the performance of cellular systems, including signal reception, handoff efficiency,
and spectrum utilization.

UNIT I
Cellular Mobile Radio Systems: Introduction to Cellular Mobile system, basic cellular system,
performance criteria, uniqueness of mobile radio environment, operation of cellular systems,
Hexagonal shaped cells, Analog and Digital Cellular systems.

UNIT II
Elements of Cellular Radio System Design: General description of the problem, concept of
frequency channels, Co-channel Interference Reduction Factor, desired C/I from a normal case in
a Omni directional Antenna system, Cell splitting, consideration of the components of cellular
system.
Interference: Introduction to Co-channel interference, real time co-channel interference, Co-
channel measurement, design of Antenna system, Antenna parameters and their effects, diversity
receiver, non-co-channel interference-different types.
UNIT III
Cell Coverage for Signal and Traffic: Signal reflections in flat and hilly terrain, effect of
human made structures, phase difference between direct and reflected paths, constant standard
deviation, straight line path loss slope, general formula for mobile propagation over water and
flat open area, near and long-distance propagation antenna height gain, form of a point-to-point
model.

UNIT IV
Cell Site and Mobile Antennas: Sum and difference patterns and their synthesis, Omni
directional antennas, directional antennas for interference reduction, space diversity antennas,
umbrella pattern antennas, minimum separation of cell site antennas, high gain antennas.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Frequency Management and Channel Assignment: Numbering and grouping, setup access
and paging channels channel assignments to cell sites and mobile units, channel sharing and
borrowing, sectorization, overlaid cells, non fixed channel assignment.

UNIT V
Handoff: Handoff, dropped calls and cell splitting, types of handoffs, handoff invitation,
delaying handoff, forced handoff, mobile assigned handoff. Intersystem handoff, cell splitting,
micro cells, vehicle locating methods, dropped call rates and their evaluation.
System Evaluations: Performance evaluation, Signal evaluation, Measurement of average
received level and level crossings, Spectrum efficiency evaluation.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. W .C. Y. Lee, ―Mobile cellular telecommunications‖, Tata Mc-Graw Hill, 2nd Edition, 2006.
2. Theodore. S. Rapport, ―Wireless communications‖, Pearson Education, 2ndEdn., 2002.

REFERENCES:
1. Gordon L. Stuber, ―Principles of Mobile communications‖, Springer International 2nd
Edition, 2007.
2. Lee , ―Wireless and Mobile Communications‖, Mc Graw Hills, 3rd Edition, 2006.
3. Jon W.Mark and WeihuaZhqung, ―Wireless communications and Networking‖, PHI, 2005.
4. R.Blake, ―Wireless communication Technology‖, Thompson Asia Pvt.Ltd., 2004.

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

Professional Electives L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3

RADAR ENGINEERING
Course Objectives:
1. To understand the basic working principle of Radar and target detection procedure.
2. To learn about the working and applications of CW and Frequency modulated Radar.
3. To comprehend the working and applications of MTI and Pulse Doppler Radar
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

4. To understand different methods of tracking a target and their limitations.

5. To analyze the effect of noise at the receiver and uses of phased array antennas and
navigational aids.

Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to
1. Learn the basic working principle of Radar and target detection procedure.
2. Know the working and applications of CW and Frequency modulated Radar.
3. Gain the knowledge of about MTI and Pulse Doppler Radar.
4. Understand different methods of tracking a target and their limitations.
5. Analyze the effect of noise at the receiver and uses of phased array antennas and
navigational aids.

UNIT I
Basics of Radar: Introduction, Maximum Unambiguous Range, Simple form of Radar Equation,
Radar Block Diagram and Operation, Radar Frequencies and Applications, Prediction of Range
Performance, Minimum Detectable Signal, Receiver Noise, Modified Radar Range Equation,
Illustrative Problems. Radar Equation: SNR, Envelope Detector, False Alarm Time and
Probability, Integration of Radar Pulses, Radar Cross Section of Targets (simple targets - sphere,
cone-sphere), Transmitter Power, PRF and Range Ambiguities, System Losses (qualitative
treatment), Display types, Illustrative Problems.

UNIT II
CW and Frequency Modulated Radar: Doppler Effect, CW Radar – Block Diagram, Isolation
between Transmitter and Receiver, Non-zero IF Receiver, Receiver Bandwidth Requirements,
Applications of CW radar, Illustrative Problems.FM-CW Radar, Range and Doppler
Measurement, Block Diagram and Characteristics (Approaching/ Receding Targets), FM-CW
altimeter, Multiple Frequency CW Radar.

UNIT III
MTI and Pulse Doppler Radar: Introduction, Principle, MTI Radar with - Power Amplifier
Transmitter and Power Oscillator Transmitter, Delay Line Cancellers – Filter Characteristics,
Blind Speeds, Double Cancellation, And Staggered PRFs. Range Gated Doppler Filters, MTI
Radar Parameters, Limitations to MTI Performance,MTI versus Pulse Doppler radar.

UNIT IV
Tracking Radar: Tracking with Radar, Sequential Lobing, Conical Scan, Monopulse Tracking
Radar – Amplitude Comparison Monopulse (one- and two-coordinates), Phase Comparison
Monopulse, Tracking in Range, Acquisition and Scanning Patterns, Comparison of Trackers.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

UNIT V
Detection of Radar Signals in Noise: Introduction, Noise Figure and Noise Temperature,
Matched Filter Receiver – Response Characteristics and Derivation, Correlation detection,
Detection criteria, Detector Characteristics, Automatic Detection, Constant False Alarm Rate
Receiver. Introduction to Software Defined Radio, Introduction to Stealth technology.
Radar Receivers: Introduction to Phased Array Antennas- Basic Concepts, Electronically
Steered Phased Array Antennas, Phase Shifters, Frequency – scan Arrays, Radiation for Phased
Array, Architecture for Phased Arrays. Radiation Pattern. Beam Steering and Beam Width
changes. Navigational Aids : Direction Finder, VOR,ILS and Loran.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Merrill I. Skolnik, ―Introduction to Radar Systems‖, 2nd Edition, TMH Special Indian
Edition, 2007.
2. Byron Edde, ―Radar Principals, Technology, Applications‖, Pearson Education, 1992.
REFERENCES:
1. Peebles, ―Radar Principles‖, Wiley, New York, 1998.
2. G.S.N.Raju, ―Radar Engineering and Fundamentals of Navigational Aids‖, I. K.
International Pvt. Ltd.
3. G. SasiBhushan Rao, ― Microwave and Radar Engineering‖, Pearson Education, 2014

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

Professional Electives L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3

WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS
Course Objectives:
1. To introduce the fundamental concepts and architecture of wireless sensor networks.
2. To explore various network architectures, optimization techniques, and design principles
for wireless sensor networks.
3. To study MAC protocols, routing techniques, and addressing mechanisms for efficient
sensor network communication.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

4. To understand the infrastructure establishment of sensor networks, including topology

control and synchronization.
5. To provide knowledge on sensor network platforms, programming challenges, and
simulation tools.
Course Outcomes:
After completing the course, the student will be able to,
1. Learn the fundamental concepts and architecture of wireless sensor networks.
2. Explore various network architectures, optimization techniques, and design principles for
wireless sensor networks.
3. Gain knowledge of MAC protocols, routing techniques, and addressing mechanisms for
efficient sensor network communication.
4. Understand the infrastructure establishment of sensor networks, including topology
control and synchronization.
5. Grasp the knowledge on sensor network platforms, programming challenges, and
simulation tools.
UNIT I
Overview of Wireless Sensor Networks: Single-Node Architecture - Hardware Components-
Network Characteristics- unique constraints and challenges, Enabling Technologies for Wireless
Sensor Networks- Types of wireless sensor networks.

UNIT II
Architectures: Network Architecture- Sensor Networks-Scenarios- Design Principle, Physical
Layer and Transceiver Design Considerations, Optimization Goals and Figures of Merit,
Gateway Concepts.

UNIT III
Networking Sensors: MAC Protocols for Wireless Sensor Networks, Low Duty Cycle Protocols
and Wakeup Concepts - SMAC, - B-MAC Protocol, IEEE 802.15.4 standard and ZigBee, the
Mediation Device Protocol, Wakeup Radio Concepts, Address and Name Management,
Assignment of MAC Addresses, Routing Protocols Energy-Efficient Routing, Geographic
Routing.

UNIT IV
Infrastructure Establishment: Topology Control, Clustering, Time Synchronization,
Localization and Positioning, Sensor Tasking and Control.

UNIT V
Sensor Network Platforms and Tools :Sensor Node Hardware – Berkeley Motes,Programming
Challenges, Node-level software platforms, Node level Simulators, State-centric programming.

Textbooks:
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

1. Holger Karl & Andreas Willig, "Protocols and Architectures for Wireless Sensor
Networks‖, John Wiley, 2005.
2. Feng Zhao & Leonidas J.Guibas, ―Wireless Sensor Networks-An Information Processing
Approach", Elsevier, 2007

Reference Books:
1. WaltenegusDargie , Christian Poellabauer, ―Fundamentals Of Wireless Sensor Networks
Theory And Practice‖, By John Wiley & Sons Publications, 2011
2. KazemSohraby, Daniel Minoli, &TaiebZnati, ―Wireless Sensor Networks-Technology,
Protocols, and Applications‖, John Wiley, 2007.
3. Anna Hac, ―Wireless Sensor Network Designs‖, John Wiley, 2003

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

Professional Electives L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3
DETECTION AND ESTIMATION THEORY
Course Objectives:
1. To understand the impact of white Gaussian noise on the detection of signals.
2. To analyze the detection of deterministic signals and random signals.
3. To learn about the nonparametric detections.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

4. To analyze estimation signal parameter and apply suitable estimation techniques.

5. To understand the signal estimation in Discrete-Time techniques.

Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to
1. Understand the impact of white Gaussian noise on the detection of signals.
2. Analyze the detection of deterministic signals and random signals.
3. Learn about the nonparametric detections.
4. Analyze estimation signal parameter and apply suitable estimation techniques.
5. Understand the signal estimation in Discrete-Time techniques

UNIT 1
Statistical Decision Theory: Review of Gaussian variables and processes; problem formulation
and objective of signal detection and signal parameter estimation in discrete-time domain.
Bayesian, minimax, and Neyman-Pearson decision rules, likelihood ratio, receiver operating
characteristics, composite hypothesis testing, locally optimum tests, detector comparison
techniques, asymptotic relative efficiency.

UNIT 2
Detection of Deterministic Signals: Matched filter detector and its performance; generalized
matched filter; detection of sinusoid with unknown amplitude, phase, frequency and arrival time,
linear model.
Detection of Random Signals: Estimator-correlator, linear model, general Gaussian detection,
detection of Gaussian random signal with unknown parameters, weak signal detection

UNIT 3
Nonparametric Detection: Detection in the absence of complete statistical description of
observations, sign detector, Wilcoxon detector, detectors based on quantized observations,
robustness of detectors.

UNIT 4
Estimation of Signal Parameters: Minimum variance unbiased estimation, Fisher information
matrix, Cramer-Rao bound, sufficient statistics, minimum statistics, complete statistics; linear
models; best linear unbiased estimation; maximum likelihood estimation, invariance principle;
estimation efficiency; Bayesian estimation: philosophy, nuisance parameters, risk functions,
minimum mean square error estimation, maximum a posteriori estimation.

UNIT 5
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Signal Estimation in Discrete-Time: Linear Bayesian estimation, Weiner filtering, dynamical

signal model, discrete Kalman filtering.

Text books:
1. H. L. Van Trees, "Detection, Estimation and Modulation Theory: Part I, II, and III", John
Wiley, NY, 1968.
2. H. V. Poor, "An Introduction to Signal Detection and Estimation", Springer, 2/e, 1998.

Reference books:
1. S. M. Kay, "Fundamentals of Statistical Signal Processing: Estimation Theory", Prentice Hall
PTR, 1993.
2. S. M. Kay, "Fundamentals of Statistical Signal Processing: Detection Theory", Prentice Hall
PTR, 1998.

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

Professional Electives L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3

MACHINE LEARNING

Course Objectives:
1. To introduce the fundamental concepts, paradigms, and stages of machine learning.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

2. To explore various learning algorithms, including distance-based and decision tree-based

models.
3. To understand probabilistic models and Bayesian classifiers for classification and
prediction.
4. To study linear discriminant techniques, support vector machines, and artificial neural
networks.
5. To gain knowledge about clustering techniques and their applications in data analysis.
Course Outcomes:
After completing the course, the student will be able to,
1. Understand the fundamental concepts, paradigms, and stages of machine learning.
2. Learn various learning algorithms, including distance-based and decision tree-based
models.
3. Understand probabilistic models and Bayesian classifiers for classification and
prediction.
4. Get familiar about linear discriminant techniques, support vector machines, and artificial
neural networks.
5. Gain knowledge about clustering techniques and their applications in data analysis.

UNIT I
Introduction to Machine Learning: Evolution of Machine Learning, Paradigms for ML,
Learning by Rote, Learning by Induction, Reinforcement Learning, Types of Data, Matching,
Stages in Machine Learning, Data Acquisition, Feature Engineering, Data Representation, Model
Selection, Model Learning, Model Evaluation, Model Prediction, Search and Learning, Data
Sets.

UNIT II
Nearest Neighbor-Based Models: Introduction to Proximity Measures, Distance Measures,
Non-Metric Similarity Functions, Proximity Between Binary Patterns, Different Classification
Algorithms Based on the Distance Measures, K-Nearest Neighbor Classifier, Radius Distance
Nearest Neighbor Algorithm, KNN Regression, Performance of Classifiers, Performance of
Regression Algorithms.

UNIT III
Models Based on Decision Trees: Decision Trees for Classification, Impurity Measures,
Properties, Regression Based on Decision Trees, Bias–Variance Trade-off, Random Forests for
Classification and Regression.
The Bayes Classifier: Introduction to the Bayes Classifier, Bayes‘ Rule and Inference, The
Bayes Classifier and its Optimality, Multi-Class Classification | Class Conditional Independence
and Naive Bayes Classifier (NBC)

UNIT IV
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Linear Discriminants for Machine Learning: Introduction to Linear Discriminants, Linear

Discriminants for Classification, Perceptron Classifier, Perceptron Learning Algorithm, Support
Vector Machines, Linearly Non-Separable Case, Non-linear SVM, Kernel Trick, Logistic
Regression, Linear Regression, Multi-Layer Perceptrons (MLPs), Backpropagation for Training
an MLP.

UNIT V
Clustering: Introduction to Clustering, Partitioning of Data, Matrix Factorization | Clustering of
Patterns, Divisive Clustering, Agglomerative Clustering, Partitional Clustering, K-Means
Clustering, Soft Partitioning, Soft Clustering, Fuzzy C-Means Clustering, Rough Clustering,
Rough K-Means Clustering Algorithm, Expectation Maximization-Based Clustering, Spectral
Clustering.

Textbooks:
1.―Machine Learning Theory and Practice‖, M N Murthy, V S Ananthanarayana, Universities
Press (India), 2024

Reference Books:
1.―Machine Learning‖, Tom M. Mitchell, McGraw-Hill Publication, 2017
2.―Machine Learning in Action‖,Peter Harrington, DreamTech

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

Professional Electives L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3

OPTIMIZATION TECHNI QUES
Course Objectives:
1. To introduce the fundamentals of optimization problems and various optimization
techniques.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

2. To understand and apply unconstrained optimization methods, including steepest descent

and Newton‘s method.
3. To explore constrained optimization techniques and penalty function approaches.
4. To study nature-inspired optimization techniques such as Genetic Algorithms (GA) and
Particle Swarm Optimization (PSO).
5. To analyze advanced optimization techniques like Differential Evolution and Teaching
Learning-Based Optimization (TLBO).
Course Outcomes:
After completing the course, the student will be able to,
1. Formulate and solve linear programming problems using optimization techniques such as
the simplex method.
2. Apply unconstrained optimization techniques such as steepest descent and Newton‘s
method for solving real-world problems.
3. Implement constrained optimization methods and apply genetic algorithms for complex
problem-solving.
4. Analyze and apply swarm intelligence techniques like Particle Swarm Optimization
(PSO) for decision-making applications.
5. Use advanced optimization techniques such as Differential Evolution and TLBO for
solving benchmark test functions.
UNIT I
Introduction: Statement of an optimization problem, Classification of optimization problems,
Overview of various optimization Techniques, The simplex optimization technique, Applications
of Simplex, Test Functions, Examples

UNIT II
Unconstrained optimization: Definitions and existence conditions, General properties of
minimization algorithms, Line search, The Steepest-Descent Optimization Technique, Newton‗s
method, The Least-pth Optimization Technique- Least square Algorithm

UNIT III
Constrained optimization: Active Constraints versus Inactive constraints, Transformations,
penalty functions
Genetic algorithm (GA): Fundamentals of Genetic algorithm, History, Basic concepts, working
principle, Applications of GA for standard Benchmark test functions.

UNIT IV
Swarm intelligence: Main inspiration source, early variants of PSO, Basic particle swarm
optimization, Initialization techniques, Theoretical investigations and parameter selection,
Design of PSO algorithm using computational statistics, Termination conditions. Application of
PSO, Standard test function optimization.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

UNIT V
Differential Evaluation: Classical differential evaluation- An outline, Mutation, cross over,
selection, Teaching Learning Based Optimization (TLBO), Applications of TLBO for standard
Benchmark test functions, Case studies.

Textbooks:
1. Richard W Daniels, An Introduction to Numerical Methods and Optimization
Techniques, Elsevier North Holland Inc,
2. Milani Mitchel, An introduction to Genetic algorithms, MIT Press, 1998

References:
1. AE Eiben and J.E Smith, Introduction to Evolutionary Computing, Springer 2010
2. S Rajasekharan, G.A Vijaya Lakshmi Pai, Neural Networks, Fuzzy logic, and Genetic
algorithms, Synthesis and Applications, Prentice hall of India, 2007

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

Professional Electives L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3

DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING
Course Objectives:
1. To learn the fundamentals of Image Processing with different Transforms.
2. To understand functions of Intensity Transformations and working fundamentals of Spatial
Filters
 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

3. To implementvarious models of Restoring and Reconstruction of Images from filtering

projections.
4. To study the concepts of image compression using different coding &Wavelets and
Multiresolution Processes.
5. To design image processing systems using Segmentation techniques for Morphological &
Color Images.
Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, the students will be able to

1. Learn the fundamentals of Image Processing with different Transforms.
2. Understand functions of Intensity Transformations and working fundamentals of Spatial
Filters
3. Implement various models of Restoring and Reconstruction of Images from filtering
projections.
4. Grasp the concepts of image compression using different coding &Wavelets and
Multiresolution Processes.
5. Design the image processing systems using Segmentation techniques for Morphological &
Color Images.

UNIT I

Introduction: Introduction to Image Processing, Fundamental steps in digital image processing,

components of an image processing system, image sensing and acquisition, image sampling and
quantization, some basic relationships between pixels, an introduction to the mathematical tools
used in digital image processing. Image Transforms: Need for image transforms, Discrete Fourier
transform (DFT) of one variable, Extension to functions of two variables, some properties of the
2-D Discrete Fourier transform, Importance of Phase, Walsh Transform. Hadamard transform,
Haar Transform, Slant transform, Discrete Cosine transform, KL Transform, SVD and Radon
Transform, Comparison of different image transforms.

UNIT II

Intensity Transformations and Spatial Filtering: Background, Some basic intensity

transformation functions, histogram processing, fundamentals of spatial filtering, smoothing
spatial filters , sharpening spatial filters, Combining spatial enhancement methods Filtering in the
Frequency Domain: Preliminary concepts, The Basics of filtering in the frequency domain,
image smoothing using frequency domain filters, Image Sharpening using frequency domain
filters, Selective filtering.

UNIT III
Image Restoration and Reconstruction: A model of the image degradation / Restoration process,
Noise models, restoration in the presence of noise only-Spatial Filtering, Periodic Noise
Reduction by frequency domain filtering, Linear, Position –Invariant Degradations, Estimating
the degradation function, Inverse filtering, Minimum mean square error (Wiener) filtering,
constrained least squares filtering, geometric mean filter ,image reconstruction from projections.

UNIT IV
 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Image compression: Fundamentals, Basic compression methods: Huffman coding, Golomb

coding, Arithmetic coding, LZW coding, Run-Length coding, Symbol-Based coding, Bit-Plane
coding, Block Transform coding, Predictive coding Wavelets and Multiresolution Processing:
Image pyramids, subband coding, Multiresolution expansions, wavelet transforms in one
dimensions & two dimensions, Wavelet coding.

UNIT V

Image segmentation: Fundamentals, point, line, edge detection, thresholding, region –based
segmentation. Morphological Image Processing: Preliminaries, Erosion and dilation, opening and
closing, basic morphological algorithms for boundary extraction, thinning, gray-scale
morphology, Segmentation using morphological watersheds.
Color image processing: color fundamentals, color models, pseudo color image processing,
basics of full color image processing, color transformations, smoothing and sharpening. Image
segmentation based on color, noise in color images, color image compression.

Textbooks:

1. R. C. Gonzalez and R. E. Woods, Digital Image Processing, 3rd edition, Prentice

Hall, 2008.
2. Jayaraman, S. Esakkirajan, and T. Veerakumar,‖ Digital Image Processing‖, Tata
McGraw-Hill Education, 2011.

Reference Books:

1. Anil K.Jain, ―Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing‖, Prentice Hall of India,

9th Edition, Indian Reprint, 2002.
2. B.Chanda, D.DuttaMajumder, ―Digital Image Processing and Analysis‖, PHI, 2009

Online Learning Resources:

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117105079
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117105135

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

Professional Electives L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3

SPEECH PROCESSING
Course Objectives:
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

1. To impart knowledge on anatomy and physiology of speech organs and the process of
Speech Production.
2. To understand the methods for extracting of speech using Time domain parameters.
3. To learn the Frequency Domain Methods for Speech Processing.
4. To interpret and analyze LPC Parameters for Speech Processing.
5. To introduce the concepts of homomorphic Speech Processing.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Gain knowledge on anatomy and physiology of speech organs and the process of Speech
Production.
2. Understand the methods for extracting of speech using Time domain parameters.
3. Learn the Frequency Domain Methods for Speech Processing.
4. Interpret and analyze LPC Parametersfor Speech Processing.
5. Grasp the concepts of homomorphic Speech Processing.

UNIT I
Fundamentals of Digital Speech Processing: Anatomy & Physiology of Speech Organs, The
process of Speech Production, The Acoustic Theory of Speech Production – Uniform lossless tube
model, effect of losses in vocal tract and radiation at lips, Digital models for speech signals.

UNIT II
Time Domain Methods for Speech Processing: Time domain parameters of speech, methods for
extracting the parameters: Zero crossings, Auto-correlation function, pitch estimation.

UNIT III
Frequency Domain Methods for Speech Processing: Short time Fourier analysis, Filter bank
analysis, Spectrographic analysis, Formant extraction, Pitch extraction.

UNIT IV
Linear predictive Coding (LPC) for Speech: Formulation of linear prediction problem in time
domain, solution of normal equations, Interpretation of linear prediction in auto correlation and
spectral domains, Method of Solution of the LPC Parameters: Pitch Detection using LPC
Parameters, Formant Analysis using LPC Parameters.

UNIT V
Homomorphic Speech Processing: Introduction Homomorphic Systems for Convolution:
Properties of the Complex Cepstrum, Computational Considerations, The Complex Cepstrum of
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Speech, pitch Detection and Formant Estimation; Applications of speech processing – Speech
Enhancement, Speech recognition, Speech synthesis and Speaker Verification.

Textbooks:
1. L.R. Rabiner and S. W. Schafer, Digital Processing of Speech Signals, Pearson Education.
2. Douglas O‘ Shaughnessy, Speech Communications: Human &Machine, 2nd Ed., Wiley-
IEEE Press.

References:
1. Thomas F. Quatieri, Discrete Time Speech Signal Processing: Principles and Practice, 1st
Ed., Pearson Education.
2. Ben Gold & Nelson Morgan, Speech and Audio Signal Processing: Processing and
Perception of Speech and Music ,1st Ed., Wiley.

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

Professional Electives L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3

ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
Course Objectives:
1. To introduce the fundamental concepts and history of Artificial Intelligence (AI).
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

2. To explore various search techniques and their applications in AI problem-solving.

3. To understand knowledge representation methods and reasoning under uncertainty.
4. To study logic-based AI concepts, including inference mechanisms and learning models.
5. To familiarize students with expert systems, their architecture, and real-world
applications.
Course Outcomes:
After completing the course, the student will be able to,
1. Understand the fundamental concepts and history of Artificial Intelligence (AI).
2. Learn various search techniques and their applications in AI problem-solving.
3. Grasp knowledge representation methods and reasoning under uncertainty.
4. Get familiar with logic-based AI concepts, including inference mechanisms and learning
models.
5. Gain knowledge on expert systems, their architecture, and real-world applications.

UNIT I
Introduction: AI problems, foundation of AI and history of AI intelligent agents: Agents and
Environments, the concept of rationality, the nature of environments, structure of agents,
problem solving agents, problem formulation.

UNIT II
Searching- Searching for solutions, uniformed search strategies – Breadth first search, depth
first Search. Search with partial information (Heuristic search) Hill climbing, A* ,AO*
Algorithms, Problem reduction, Game Playing-Adversial search, Games, mini-max algorithm,
optimal decisions in multiplayer games, Problem in Game playing, Alpha-Beta pruning,
Evaluation functions.

UNIT III
Representation of Knowledge: Knowledge representation issues, predicate logic- logic
programming, semantic nets- frames and inheritance, constraint propagation, representing
knowledge using rules, rules based deduction systems. Reasoning under uncertainty, review of
probability, Bayes‘ probabilistic interferences and dempstershafer theory.

UNIT IV
Logic concepts: First order logic. Inference in first order logic, propositional vs. first order
inference, unification & lifts forward chaining, Backward chaining, Resolution, Learning from
observation Inductive learning, Decision trees, Explanation based learning, Statistical Learning
methods, Reinforcement Learning.

UNIT V
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Expert Systems: Architecture of expert systems, Roles of expert systems – Knowledge

Acquisition Meta knowledge Heuristics. Typical expert systems – MYCIN, DART, XCON:
Expert systems shells.

Textbooks:
1. S. Russel and P. Norvig, ―Artificial Intelligence – A Modern Approach‖, SecondEdition,
Pearson Education.
2. Kevin Night and Elaine Rich, Nair B., ―Artificial Intelligence (SIE)‖, Mc Graw Hill

Reference Books:
1. David Poole, Alan Mackworth, Randy Goebel,‖Computational Intelligence: a logical
approach‖, Oxford University Press.
2. G. Luger, ―Artificial Intelligence: Structures and Strategies for complex problemsolving‖,
Fourth Edition, Pearson Education.
3. J. Nilsson, ―Artificial Intelligence: A new Synthesis‖, Elsevier Publishers.
4. Artificial Intelligence, SarojKaushik, CENGAGE Learning.

Online Learning Resources:

1. https://ai.google/
2. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc19_me71/preview

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

Professional Electives L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3
INTRODUCTION TO ROBOTICS
Course Objectives:
1. To introduce the fundamental concepts, classification, and applications of industrial
robotics.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

2. To apply mathematical techniques for solving kinematic and dynamic problems in robot
manipulators.
3. To understand the principles of differential motion, velocity analysis, and Jacobian
matrices in robotics.
4. To explore various control strategies, including PID and force control, for robotic
manipulators.
5. To study robotic vision systems, work cell design, and programming methods used in
industrial automation.

Course Outcomes:
After completing the course, the student will be able to,
1. Explain the fundamentals of robotics, including its classification, characteristics, and
applications.
2. Analyze forward and inverse kinematics using Denavit-Hartenberg (D-H) representation
for robotic manipulators.
3. Apply control techniques such as PID, hybrid position/force control, and impedance
control for manipulator control.
4. Understand and implement robot vision systems, including image acquisition, processing,
and transformation techniques.
5. Design robot work cells and develop robotic programs using robotic languages and
control methods.

UNIT I Fundamentals of Robots

Introduction, definition, classification and history of robotics, robot characteristics and precision
of motion, advantages, disadvantages and applications of robots. Introduction to matrix
representation of a point in a space a vector in space, a frame in space, Homogeneous
transformation matrices, representation of a pure translation, pure rotation about an axis.

UNIT II Kinematics, Differential motions and velocities of robot

Kinematics of robot: Forward and inverse kinematics of robots- forward and inverse kinematic
equations for position and orientation, Denavit-Hartenberg(D-H) representation of forward
kinematic equations of robots, the inverse kinematic of robots, degeneracy and dexterity, simple
problems with D-H representation.
Differential motions and Velocities: Introduction, differential relationship, Jacobian, differential
motions of a frame-translations, rotation, rotating about a general axis, differential
transformations of a frame. Differential changes between frames, differential motions of a robot
and its hand frame, calculation of Jacobian, relation between Jacobian and the differential
operator, Inverse Jacobian.

UNIT III Control of Manipulators

B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Open- and close-loop control, the manipulator control problem, linear control schemes,
characteristics of second-order linear systems, linear second-order SISO model of a manipulator
joint, joint actuators, partitioned PD control scheme, PID control Scheme, computer Torque
control, force control of robotic manipulators, description of force-control tasks, force control
strategies, hybrid position/force control, impedance force/torque control.

UNIT IV Robot Vision

Introduction, architecture of robotic vision system, image processing, image acquisition camera,
image enhancement, image segmentation, imaging transformation, Camera transformation and
calibrations, industrial applications of robot vision.

UNIT V Robot Cell Design and Programming

Robot cell layouts-Robot centred cell, In-line robot cell, considerations in work cell design, work
cell control, interlocks, error detection, work cell controller. methods of robot programming,
WAIT, SIGNAL, and DELAY commands, Robotic languages, VAL system.

Textbooks:
1. Mikell P. Groover and Mitchell Weiss, Roger N. Nagel,NicholasG.Odrey , Industrial
Robotics –– Mc Graw Hill, 1986.
2. R K Mittal and I J Nagrath, Robotics and control, Illustrated Edition, Tata McGraw Hill
India 2003.
References:
1. Saeed B. Niku, Introduction to Robotics – Analysis, System, Applications, 2nd Edition,
John Wiley & Sons, 2010.
2. H. Asada and J.J.E. Slotine, Robot Analysis and Control, 1st Edition Wiley- Interscience,
1986.
3. Robert J. Schillin, Fundamentals of Robotics: Analysis and control, Prentice-Hall Of
India Pvt. Limited, 1996.

Online Learning Resources:

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108105088
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108105063
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108105062
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112104288
JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

Professional Electives L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3

CYBER SECURITY
Course Objectives:
 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

1. To provide an understanding of different types of cybercrimes and their legal

perspectives.
2. To study how cybercriminals plan offenses using various attack strategies.
3. To analyze security threats and vulnerabilities in mobile and wireless environments.
4. To explore various tools and methods used in cybercrimes, including phishing, malware,
and denial-of-service attacks.
5. To examine the impact of cybercrimes on organizations and understand security
measures for risk mitigation.
Course Outcomes:
After completing the course, the student will be able to,
1. Classify different types of cybercrimes and understand the legal framework, including the
Indian ITA 2000.
2. Analyze the techniques used by cybercriminals and implement preventive measures
against cyber offenses.
3. Evaluate security risks in mobile and wireless networks and develop strategies to mitigate
threats.
4. Understand and investigate cyberattack techniques, including keyloggers, phishing, and
SQL injection.
5. Design and implement cybersecurity strategies to protect organizations from web threats
and data breaches.

UNIT I Introduction to Cybercrime

Introduction, Cybercrime, and Information Security, Who are Cybercriminals, Classifications of

Cybercrimes, And Cybercrime: The legal Perspectives and Indian Perspective, Cybercrime and
the Indian ITA 2000, A Global Perspective on Cybercrimes.

UNIT II Cyber Offenses: How Criminals Plan Them

Introduction, How Criminals plan the Attacks, Social Engineering, Cyber stalking, Cyber Cafe
and Cybercrimes, Botnets: The Fuel for Cybercrime, Attack Vector, Cloud Computing

UNIT III Cybercrime: Mobile and Wireless Devices

Introduction, Proliferation of Mobile and Wireless Devices, Trends in Mobility, Credit card Frauds in
Mobile and Wireless Computing Era, Security Challenges Posed by Mobile Devices, Registry Settings
for Mobile Devices, Authentication service Security, Attacks on Mobile/Cell Phones, Mobile Devices:
Security Implications for Organizations, Organizational Measures for Handling Mobile,
Organizational Security Policies an Measures in Mobile Computing Era, Laptops.

UNIT IV Tools and Methods Used in Cybercrime

Introduction, Proxy Servers and Anonymizers, Phishing, Password Cracking, Keyloggers and
Spywares, Virus and Worms, Trojan Horse and Backdoors, Steganography, DoS and DDoS
attacks, SQL Injection, Buffer Overflow.
 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

UNIT V Cyber Security: Organizational Implications

Introduction, Cost of Cybercrimes and IPR issues, Web threats for Organizations, Security and
Privacy Implications, Social media marketing: Security Risks and Perils for Organizations, Social
Computing and the associated challenges for Organizations.

Textbooks:
1. Cyber Security: Understanding Cyber Crimes, Computer Forensics and Legal
Perspectives, Nina Godbole and Sunil Belapure, Wiley INDIA.

Reference Books:
1. Cyber Security Essentials, James Graham, Richard Howard and Ryan Otson, CRC Press.
2. Introduction to Cyber Security, Chwan-Hwa(john) Wu,J.David Irwin. CRC Press T&F
Group

Online Learning Resources:

http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105031/40
http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105031/39
http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105031/38

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

Professional Electives L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3

INTERNET OF THINGS
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Course Objectives:
1. To introduce the fundamental concepts, architecture, and applications of the Internet of
Things (IoT).
2. To familiarize students with the hardware and software components used in IoT systems.
3. To analyze different communication protocols used in IoT, such as MQTT, Zigbee, and
Bluetooth.
4. To provide knowledge on sensing, actuation, and data management in IoT applications.
5. To enable students to design and develop IoT applications in various domains like
healthcare, agriculture, and home automation.
Course Outcomes:
After completing the course, the student will be able to,
1. Understand the fundamental concepts of IoT, including architecture, design principles,
and cloud integration.
2. Identify and analyze IoT hardware and software components, such as Arduino, Raspberry
Pi, and communication protocols.
3. Evaluate the role of sensors and actuators in IoT systems and their applications in
different domains.
4. Develop IoT applications by integrating devices, managing data storage, and ensuring
security through authentication and authorization.
5. Implement IoT-based solutions in real-world scenarios, including industrial automation,
healthcare, and smart transportation.

UNIT 1
Introduction to IoT: Architectural overview, Design principles and needed capabilities, IoT
Applications, Sensing, Actuation, Basics of Networking, M2M and IoT Technology
Fundamentals-Devices and gateways, Data management, Business processes in IoT, Role of
cloud in IoT

UNIT II
Elements of IoT: Hardware components – computing (Arduino, Raspberry Pi), communication,
Sensing, Actuation, I/O interfaces Software Components- Programming APIs (Using
python/Arduino) for communication protocols-MQTT, Zigbee, Bluetooth, CoAP, UDP, TCP

UNIT III
Sensing and Actuation: Definition of Sensor, Sensor features, Resolution, Classes, Different
types of sensors, Actuator, Different types of Actuators, purpose of Sensors and Actuators in IoT
UNIT IV
IoT Application Development: Solution frame work for IoT Applications-Implementation of
Device integration, Data acquisition and Integration, Device data storage on cloud/local server,
Authentication, authorization of Devices
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

UNIT V
IoT Case Studies: IoT Case studies and mini projects based on industrial Automation,
Transportation, Agriculture, Healthcare, Home Automation.

Textbooks:
1. Vijay Madisetti, ArshdeepBahga, ―Internet of Things a Hands-On- Approach‖,2014.
2. Raj Kamal , ― Internet of Things: Architecture and Design‖, McGraw Hill

References:
1. Dr SRN Reddy, RachitThukral and ManasiMishra ,‖ Introduction to Internet of Things‖: A
practical Approach‖ ETI Labs
2. Adrian McEwen, ―Designing the Internet of Things‖, Wiley Publishers, 2013

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

Professional Electives L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3

5G COMMUNICATIONS
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Course Objectives:
1. To introduce the fundamental concepts of 5G spectrum, radio access technologies, and
system requirements.
2. To understand the architecture and physical layer aspects of 5G networks, including MIMO
and beamforming.
3. To explore advanced 5G radio-access technologies and their role in multi-user
communication.
4. To study network slicing, SDN, NFV, and their applications in vehicular communications.
5. To analyze mobility management, interference control, and dynamic network reconfiguration
in 5G.
Course Outcomes:
After completing the course, the student will be able to,
1. Understand the 5G radio spectrum and channel models, including spectrum sharing and
propagation challenges.
2. Analyze the 5G network architecture, including the core network, RAN, and physical layer
procedures.
3. Evaluate different 5G radio-access technologies, including new waveforms and non-
orthogonal multiple access schemes.
4. Apply network slicing concepts and vehicular communication techniques for efficient 5G
network deployment.
5. Develop strategies for mobility and handoff management to optimize network performance
and minimize interference.

UNIT I
5G Radio Spectrum: 5G spectrum landscape and requirements, Spectrum access modes and
sharing scenarios, 5G spectrum technologies.
5G Channel Model: The 5G wireless Propagation Channels: Channel modeling requirements,
propagation scenarios and challenges in the 5G modeling.
5G Use Cases and System Concept: Use cases and requirements, 5G system concept.

UNIT II
Radio Interface Architecture: 5G architecture options, core network architecture, RAN
architecture. 5G PHYSICAL LAYER: Physical channels and signals, 5G frame structure,
physical layer procedures (MIMO, Power control, link adaptation, beam forming).

UNIT III
5G Radio-Access Technologies: Access design principles for multi-user communications,
multi-carrier with filtering: a new waveform, non-orthogonal schemes for efficient multiple
access
UNIT IV
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Introduction to 5G Network Slicing: Network Slicing, E2E Slicing, SDN and NFV Slicing
Vehicular Communications: From V2V to AV2X, key standards, VC architectures, V2X Use
cases
UNIT V
Mobility and Handoff Management in 5G: Network deployment types, Interference
management in 5G, Mobility management in 5G, Dynamic network reconfiguration in 5G.

Textbooks:
1. AfifOsseiran, Jose F Monserrat, Patrick Marsch, ―5G Mobile and Wireless
Communications
Technology‖, Cambridge University Press, 2016
2. Saad Z. Asif, ―5G Mobile Communications Concepts and Technologies‖, CRC Press,
Taylor
& Francis Group, First Edition, 2018
3. HarriHolma, Antti Toskala, Takehiro Nakamura, ―5G Technology 3GPP NEW RADIO‖,
John Wiley & Sons First Edition,2020

References:
1. Gordon L. Stuber, ―Principles of Mobile Communication‖, KLUWER ACADEMIC
PUBLISHERS, 2nd Edition, 2002
2. Joseph C. Liberti, Theodore S. Rappaport, ―Smart Antennas for Wireless
Communications‖,
Prentice Hall PTR, 1999
3. Ying Zhang, ―Network Function Virtualization Concepts and Applicability in 5G
Networks‖, John Wiley & Sons, 2018.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

HONOURS WITH VLSI

SPECIALIZATION
(For ECE students)
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

S. No. Category Title L T P Credits

1 PCC Analog IC Design. 3 0 0 3

2 PCC Digital IC Design 3 0 0 3

3 PCC Low power VLSI 3 0 0 3

4 PCC Testing and Verification 3 0 0 3

5 PCC FPGA architectures 3 0 0 3

6 PCC Analog and Digital IC Design Lab 0 0 3 1.5

7 PCC Physical Design Automation Lab 0 0 3 1.5

Total 15 0 06 18
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

Honors with VLSI specialization L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3

ANALOG IC DESIGN

Course Objectives:
1. To explore MOSFET characteristics, biasing techniques and current mirrors for analog
circuit design.
2. To design and analyze single-stage amplifiersand their performance with feedback and
cascode configurations.
3. To analyze the designand performance of differential amplifiers in analog circuits.
4. To examine the characteristics and compensation techniquesof operational amplifiers.
5. To understand the design principles of bandgap reference circuits.

Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to
1. Understand the MOSFET characteristics, biasing techniques and current mirrors for
analog circuit design.
2. Design and analyze single-stage amplifiersand their performance with feedback and
cascode configurations.
3. Analyze the designand performance of differential amplifiers in analog circuits.
4. Learn the characteristics and compensation techniquesof operational amplifiers.
5. Understand the design principles of bandgap reference circuits.
UNIT-I
Review of MOSFET device characteristics: Second order effects, MOSsmallsignalModel,
Capacitances, body bias effect, Current biasing, voltage biasing, Technology biasing, Relative
comparison and limitations.
Basic building blocks and basic cells-Switches, active resistors, Current sources and sinks,
Current mirrors: Basic current mirror, cascode current mirror, low voltage current mirror, Wilson
and Widlar current mirrors,
voltageandcurrentreferences,Mismatchinaccuracies,Designsolutionstominimizemismatchinaccur
acies.

UNIT-II
Singlestageamplifier:Analyticaljustificationofoperatingregionsuitableforamplification/switching
,Design of CS amplifier with different loads, Limitations of diode connected load, Improving
output impedance of CS amplifier through feedback ,small signal analyses of common gate and
common drain topologies and their
frequencyresponsewithparasiticaffects,significanceofcascode,design
ofcascodeamplifierandwithideal current source load and practical cascode load, Limitations of
cascode, folded cascode amplifier and design with parasitics.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

UNIT-III
Differential amplifier: Significance of differential signaling, Limitations of quasi differential
amplifier, Design of differential amplifier with current source load and diode connected load and
small signal analyses, errors due to mismatch, replication principle, qualitative analysis, common
mode response, gilbert cell, Common centroid layout.

UNIT-IV
Operationalamplifier:characterization,twostageOPamp,smallsignalanalysis,Millercompensation
,effect of RHP zero on stability, Lead compensation, constant gmbiasing, design of biasing
circuit independent of process and temperature variations.

UNIT-V
Band Gap Reference: General considerations, Supply independent biasing, temperature-
independent references, negative-TC voltage, positive TC voltage, Bandgap reference, PTAT
generation, curvature correction, Design of BGR under low voltage conditions.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. BehzadRazavi,DesignofAnalogCMOSIntegratedCircuit,McGrawHillEducation,2017,2nd
Edition.
2. Paul J. Hurst, Paul R. Gray, Robert G Meyer and Stephen H. Lewis, Analysis and
Design of Analog Integrated Circuits, Wiley, 2024, 6thEdition.
3. MohammedIsmailandTerriFiez,AnalogVLSI:SignalandInformationProcessing,M
cGrawHill, 1994.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. RandallL.Geiger,PhillipE.AllenandNoelR.Strader,VLSIDesignTechniquesforAna
logandDigital Circuits, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 1989.
2. DavidJohns,TonyChanCarusoneandKennethMartin,AnalogIntegratedCircuit
Design,Wiley, 2011, 2ndEdition.
3. Paul G. A. Jespers and Boris Murmann, Systematic Design of Analog CMOS
Circuits,CambridgeUniversity Press, 2017.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

Honors with VLSI specialization L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3

DIGITAL IC DESIGN

Course Objectives:
1. To understand MOSFET and CMOS inverter operation along with constraints.
2. To explore CMOS design techniques for combinational and sequential logic circuits.
3. To gain knowledge on the timing issues in digital circuits.
4. To design and analyze various arithmetic building blocks.
5. To learn about the design and functionality of semiconductor memories.

Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to
1. To understand MOSFET and CMOS inverter operation along with constraints.
2. To explore CMOS design techniques for combinational and sequential logic circuits.
3. To gain knowledge on the timing issues in digital circuits.
4. To design and analyze various arithmetic building blocks.
5. To learn about the design and functionality of semiconductor memories.

UNIT-I
MOS Inverters: Structure and Operation of MOS Transistor (MOSFET), MOSFET Current-
Voltage Characteristics, MOSFET Scaling and Small-Geometry Effect, MOSFET Capacitances,
CMOS Inverter- Static and switching characteristics, Delay-Time Definitions, Calculation of
Delay Times, Inverter Design with Delay Constraints, Estimation of Interconnect Parasitic,
Power Consumption in CMOS Gates.

UNIT-II
Designing Combinational & Sequential Logic Gates in CMOS: Static CMOS design- ratioed
logic, pass transistor logic, transmission gate logic, Dynamic CMOS Design, Static Latches and
Registers, Dynamic Latches and Registers, Alternative Register Styles, Nonbistable Sequential
Circuits, Logic Style for Pipelined Structures.

UNIT-III
Timing Issues in Digital Circuits: Introduction, Synchronous Timing basics, Clock Skew and
Jitter, Clock distribution techniques, Clock Generation and Synchronization.

UNIT-IV
DesigningArithmeticBuildingBlocks:Introduction,TheAdder:CircuitandLogicDesign,Multiplier
s:Shifters, Power Considerations in Datapath Structures.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

UNIT-V
Designing Memory: Introduction, Semiconductor Memories - An Introduction, The Memory
Core: RAM, ROM, Memory Peripheral Circuitry.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. JanM.Rabaey,AnanthaChandrakasanandBorivojeNikolic,DigitalIntegratedCircuits:
ADesign Perspective, Pearson, 2003, 2ndEdition.
2. JohnP.Uyemura,CMOSLogicCircuitDesign,Springer,2001.
3. JohnP.Uyemura,IntroductiontoVLSICircuitsandSystems,Wiley,2002.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Sung-MoKangandYusufLeblebici,CMOSDigitalIntegratedCircuits,McGraw-Hill,
2003,3rdEdition.
2. CharlesHawkins,JaumeSeguraandPaymanZarkesh-
Ha,CMOSIntegratedDigitalElectronics:AFirst Course, IET, 2012
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

Honors with VLSI specialization L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3

LOW POWER VLSI

Course Objectives:
1. To explore low-power CMOS VLSI design techniques for minimizing power dissipation.
2. To understand CMOS adder architecturesand low-power design techniques.
3. To analyze various multiplier architectures and low-power design techniques for
memories.
4. To examine architectural techniques for minimizing power dissipation in digital systems.
5. To apply low-power design techniques for optimizing power consumption in digital
circuits.

Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to
1. Explore low-power CMOS VLSI design techniques for minimizing power dissipation.
2. Understand CMOS adder architecturesand low-power design techniques.
3. Analyze various multiplier architectures and low-power design techniques for memories.
4. Examine architectural techniques for minimizing power dissipation in digital systems.
5. Apply low-power design techniques for optimizing power consumption in digital circuits.

UNIT 1
Low Power CMOS VLSI design: Introduction: Sources of Power Dissipation, Static Power
Dissipation, Active Power Dissipation.
Circuit Techniques for Low Power Design:Design for Low Power, Multiple Vth techniques,
Dynamic Vth techniques.

UNIT II
Adders:StandardAdderCells,ReviewofCMOSAddersArchitecturesandperformanceComparison,
LowVoltage Low Power Design Techniques, Current Mode Adders.

UNIT III
Multipliers and Memories:Review of Multiplier Architectures, Braun, Booth and Wallace Tree
Multipliers and their performance
comparison.SourcesofpowerdissipationinSRAMs,LowpowerSRAMcircuittechniques,Sourcesofp
owerdissipation in DRAMs, Low power DRAM circuit techniques.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

UNIT IV
Architectural Techniques for Low Power: Parameters effecting power dissipation, Variable
frequency, Dynamic voltage Scaling, Dynamic Voltage and Frequency Scaling, Reduced VDD,
Architectural clock gating, Power gating, Multi-voltage, Optimizing memory power.

UNIT V
Low Power Implementation Techniques: Library Selection, Clock Gating, Timing Impact due
to Clock gating, Gate-level power optimization techniques, Power Optimization for Sleep Mode.

Textbooks:
1. KiatSengYeoandKaushik Roy,Low-Voltage,Low-PowerVLSISubsystems,
TataMcGrawHill, 2009.
2. SoudrisD,PiguetCandGoutisC,DesigningCMOSCircuitsforLowPower,KluwerAcademic
Publishers, 2002.

References:
1. AbdellatifBellaouar,MohamedElmasry,Low-
PowerDigitalVLSIDesign:CircuitsandSystems, Springer, 2012.
2. JanRabaey,LowPowerDesignEssentials,Springer,2009.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

Honors with VLSI specialization L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3

TESTING AND VERIFICATION
Course Objectives:
1. To analyze VLSI testing concepts, fault modeling, and defect analysis for ensuring chip
reliability.
2. To explore fault simulation techniques and algorithms for efficient fault detection in
digital circuits.
3. To examine test generation techniques for combinational and sequential circuits, fault
modeling, and scan chain-based testing.
4. To study and apply test generation algorithms for digital circuits and understand design-
for-testability techniques.
5. To apply Design for Testability (DFT) techniques, including BIST architectures and test
algorithms for embedded memory.

Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to
1. Identify faults, model defects, and analyze testing methods for improving VLSI chip
quality and yield.
2. Utilize serial, parallel, and deductive fault simulation algorithms for testing and
diagnosing faults in digital systems.
3. Implement ATPG and path sensitization methods for fault detection in combinational and
sequential circuits and implement scan chain-based testing.
4. Apply D, FAN, and PODEM algorithms for fault detection and implement design-for-
testability techniques in digital circuits.
5. Adopt DFT methodologies to enhance testability, generate test patterns, and implement
BIST for efficient fault detection in digital systems.

UNIT 1
RoleoftestinginVLSIDesignflow,Testingatdifferentlevelsofabstraction,Fault,error,defect,diagnosi
s, yield, Types of testing, Rule of Ten, Defects in VLSI chip. Modelling basic concepts,
Functional modelling at logic level and register level, structure models, logic simulation, delay
models. Various types of faults, Fault equivalence and Fault dominance in combinational
sequential circuits.
UNIT II
Fault simulation applications, General fault simulation algorithms- Serial, and parallel,
Deductive fault simulation algorithms.
UNIT III
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Combinational circuit test generation, Structural Vs Functional test, ATPG, Path sensitization
methods. Difference between combinational and sequential circuit testing, five and eight valued
algebra, and Scan chain-based testing method.

UNIT IV
D-algorithm procedure, Problems, PODEM Algorithm. Problems on PODEM Algorithm. FAN
Algorithm. Problems on FAN algorithm, Comparison of D, FAN and PODEM Algorithms.
Design for Testability, Ad- hoc design, Generic scan-based design.
UNIT V
Classical scan-based design, System level DFT approaches Test pattern generation for BIST,
Circular BIST.BISTArchitectures.Testablememorydesign-Testalgorithms-
TestgenerationforEmbeddedRAMs.

Textbooks:
1. M. Abramovici, M. Breuer, and A. Friedman, ―Digital Systems Testing and Testable
Design, IEEE Press, 1990.
2. M. Bushnell and V. Agrawal, ―Essentials of Electronic Testing forDigital, Memory
& Mixed-Signal VLSICircuits‖, Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2000

References:
1. Stroud,―ADesigner‘sGuidetoBuilt-inSelf-Test‖,KluwerAcademicPublishers,2002
2. V.AgrawalandS.C.Seth,TestGenerationforVLSIChips,ComputerSocietyPress.1989
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

Honors with VLSI specialization L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3

FPGA ARCHITECTURES
Course Objectives:
1. To explore the evolution, design flow, and applications of FPGAs in modern digital
systems.
2. To design and implement digital systems using Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) for
complex operations.
3. To study FPGA/CPLD architectures, programming technologies, and commercially
available FPGA families.
4. To analyze the architecture, functionality, and performance impact of FPGAs and
CPLDs.
5. To understand FPGA routing architectures, routing strategies, and their implementation
in modern FPGA families like Kintex-7, Virtex-7, and Artix-7.

Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to
1. Explain FPGA architecture, design process, and real-world applications in digital circuit
implementation.
2. Develop efficient digital circuits such as universal blocks, memory units, floating-point
multipliers, and barrel shifters using PLDs.
3. Analyze FPGA/CPLD programming technologies and compare commercially available
FPGA architectures like Xilinx, Actel, and Altera.
4. Evaluate FPGA/CPLD building blocks, routing structures, and delay models for efficient
digital design.
5. Understand FPGA routing structures, analyze routing strategies, and apply them in real-
world FPGA applications using Kintex-7, Virtex-7, and Artix-7.

UNIT 1
IntroductiontoFPGAs:Evolutionofprogrammabledevices,FPGADesignflow,ApplicationsofFPG
A.

UNIT II
DesignExamplesusingPLDs:DesignofUniversalblock,Memory,Floatingpointmultiplier,Barrelshift
er.

UNIT III
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

FPGAs/CPLDs:ProgrammingTechnologies,CommerciallyavailableFPGAs,Xilinx‘sVertexandS
partan, Actel‘s FPGA, Altera‘s FPGA/CPLD.

UNIT IV
Building blocks of FPGAs/CPLDs: Configurable Logic block functionality, Routingstructures,
Input/output Block, Impact of logic block functionality on FPGA performance, Model for
measuring delay.

UNIT V
Routing Architectures: Routing terminology, general strategy for routing in FPGAs, routing
for row – based FPGAs, introduction to segmented channel routing, routing for symmetrical
FPGAs, example of routing in a symmetrical FPGA, general approach to routing in
symmetrical FPGAs, independence from
FPGAroutingarchitectures,FPGAroutingstructures.FPGAarchitecturalassumptions,thelogicbloc
k,the connection block, connection block topology, the switch block, switch block topology,
architectural assumptions for the FPGA
CASESTUDY–ApplicationsusingKintex-7,Viretex-7,Artix-7.

Textbooks:
1. John V. Oldfield and Richard C. Dorf, Field Programmable Gate Arrays: Reconfigurable
Logic for Rapid Prototyping and Implementation of Digital Systems, Wiley-Interscience,
1995, 1stEdition.
2. FrankBruno,FPGAProgrammingforBeginners,Packt,2021.
3. FrankBrunoandGuyEschemann,TheFPGAProgrammingHandbook, Packt,2024,2ndEdition.
4. StephenD.Brown,RobertJ.Francis,JonathanRoseandZvonkoG.Vranesic,FieldProgrammable
Gate Arrays, Springer Science+Business Media, LLC, 1992, 1stEdition.
References:
1. CliveMaxfield,TheDesignWarrior‘sGuidetoFPGAs:Devices,ToolsandFlows,Elsevier-
Newnes, 2004.
2. DatasheetsofArtix-7,Kintex-7,Virtex-7.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

Honours with VLSI specialization L–T–P–C 0 – 0 – 3 – 1.5

ANALOG AND DIGITAL IC DESIGN LAB

Course Objectives:
1. To gain proficiency in designing and analyzing MOSFET-based analog circuits,
including amplifiers and current mirrors.
2. To explore the implementation of feedback topologies and differential amplifiers to
enhance circuit performance.
3. To enhance proficiency in simulating and optimizing two-stage operational amplifiers
from schematic to post-layout.
4. To acquire proficiency in designing and simulating CMOS inverters and logic
gatesusingEDA tools.
5. To explore variousarchitectures for arithmetic circuitssuch as adders, shift registers, and
multipliers.
6. To gain hands-on experience infunctional simulation, timing analysis, and RTL-to-GDS-
II implementation.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to
1. Construct and evaluate single-stage and multi-stage amplifiers with various loads and
feedback techniques.
2. Apply the principles of current sources, sinks, and mirrors for effective circuit biasing.
3. Implement and refine CMOS differential and two-stage operational amplifiers through
post-layout simulations.
4. Construct and analyze CMOS inverters and logic gates with different design constraints
and logic styles.
5. Implement and compare parallel adders, shift registers, and multipliers for performance
optimization.
6. Develop and verify digital systems through functional simulation, static timing analysis,
and post-synthesis verification.
List of Experiments :
Any five experiments from each group (All circuit still post layout)
Analog IC Design Lab
1. Lambda calculation for PMOS & NMOS, Transconductance plots,
2. Single transistor amplifier with different loads,
3. CS amplifier with source degeneration,
4. Cascode amplifier.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

5. Basiccurrentsink,Cascodecurrentsink.
6. Basiccurrentsource,Cascodecurrentsource.
7. Basiccurrentmirror,Wilsoncurrent mirror,
8. Cascodecurrentmirror,
9. Feedback topologies,
10. CMOS differential amplifier with current mirror load.
11. Two stage Operational amplifier.
Digital IC Design Lab
1. DesignandSimulationofCMOSInvertertostudythetransferCharacteristicsbyvaryingthe
design constraints using EDA Tools
2. DesignandSimulationoflogicgatesusingvariouslogicstylesandcomparetheperformance
DesignthefollowingbuildingblocksemployingvariousarchitecturesanddevelopHDLmodels:
3. 32-bitParalleladderusing8-bitaddermodule,
4. 32-bitShiftregisterusing8-bitShiftregistermodule
5. Combinational and sequential multipliers: 8 x 8 multiplier,
6. Combinational and sequential multipliers: 16 X 16 multipliers
7. Performthefunctionalsimulation,StaticTimingAnalysisandpostsynthesistimin
gverification RTL to GDS-II: Design any System as a case Study

Text Books:
1. Behzad Razavi, Design of Analog CMOS Integrated Circuit, McGraw Hill Education,
2017, 2ndEdition.
2. PaulJ.Hurst,PaulR.Gray,RobertGMeyerandStephenH.Lewis,AnalysisandDesignofAnalog
Integrated Circuits, Wiley, 2024, 6th Edition.
3. SamirPalnitkar,VerilogHDL,PearsonEducation,2003,2ndEdition.
4. ErikBrunv and, Digital VLSI Chip Design with Cadence and Synopsys CAD Tools,
Pearson, 2011.
Reference Books:
1. Randall L. Geiger, Phillip E. Allen and Noel R. Strader, VLSI Design Techniques for
Analog and Digital Circuits, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 1989.
2. David Johns, Tony Chan Carusone and Kenneth Martin, Analog Integrated Circuit Design,
Wiley, 2011, 2ndEdition.
3. JosephCavanagh,VerilogHDLDesignExamples,CRCPress,2018.
4. Blaine Readler, Verilog by Example: A Concise Introduction for FPGA Design, Full ARC
Press,2011.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

Honors with VLSI specialization L–T–P–C 0 – 0 – 3 – 1.5

PHYSICAL DESIGN AUTOMATION LAB
Course Objectives:
1. To implement and analyze graph algorithms used in physical design automation for
VLSI.
2. To study and apply line sweep algorithms for solving computational geometry problems
efficiently.
3. To explore partitioning algorithms for efficient circuit design, including group migration,
simulated annealing, and metric allocation methods.
4. To analyze various floor planning algorithms for VLSI design, focusing on constraint-
based, hierarchical, and optimization techniques.
5. To study and apply routing algorithms for efficient pathfinding in VLSI design and
network communication.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to
1. Apply graph-based algorithms to solve problems like spanning trees, shortest paths, and
Steiner trees in VLSI design.
2. Implement and analyze line sweep and extended line sweep methods for geometric
problem-solving.
3. Apply partitioning techniques to optimize circuit design using algorithms like Kernighan-
Lin, simulated annealing, and metric allocation.
4. Utilize floor planning algorithms to optimize area, performance, and layout efficiency in
VLSI design.
5. Implement and analyze two-terminal and multi-terminal routing algorithms for optimal
interconnection in circuits and networks.
List of Experiments: Any ten experiments are to be conducted (Minimum one from
each group)
I. Graphalgorithms
1. Graph search algorithms
 Depth first search
 Breadth first search
2. Spanning tree algorithm
 Kruskal‘s algorithm
3. Shortest path algorithm
 Dijkstra algorithm
 Floyd-Warshall algorithm
4. Steiner tree algorithm
II. Computational geometry algorithm
1. Line sweep method
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

2. Extended line sweep method

III. Partitioning algorithms
1. Group migration algorithms
 Kernighan –Lin algorithm
 Extensions of Kernighan-Lin algorithm
o Fiduccias –Mattheyses algorithm
o Goldberg and Burstein algorithm
2. Simulated annealing and evolution algorithms
 Simulated annealing algorithm
 Simulated evolution algorithm
3. Metric allocation method
IV. Floor planning algorithms
1. Constraint based methods
2. Integer programming based methods
3. Rectangular dualization based methods
4. Hierarchical tree based methods
5. Simulated evolution algorithms
6. Time driven Floorplanning algorithms
V. Routing algorithms
1. Two terminal algorithms
 Maze routing algorithms
o Lee‘s algorithm
o Soukup‘s algorithm
o Hadlock algorithm
 Line-Probe algorithm
 Shortest path based algorithm
2. Multi terminal algorithm
 Stenier tree based algorithm
o SMST algorithm
o Z-RST algorithm
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Minor in
Embedded Systems & IoT
(Offered by ECE to other departments)
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

S.No. Category Title L T P Credits

1 PCC Embedded Systems Technology 3 0 0 3

Real Time Embedded systems design and

2 PCC 3 0 0 3
Analysis

PCC Principles of IoT 3 0 0 3

3

4 PCC Wireless Sensor Networks 3 0 0 3

5 PCC Industrial Internet of things 3 0 0 3

6 PCC Principles of IoT Lab 0 0 3 1.5

7 PCC Industrial Internet of things Lab 0 0 3 1.5

Total 15 0 06 18
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3
EMBEDDED SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY
Course Objectives:
1. To introduce the fundamental concepts and classifications of embedded systems.
2. To explore the architecture and processor models used in embedded system design.
3. To study different communication interfaces and protocols in embedded systems.
4. To understand rapid prototyping using platforms like Arduino and sensor modules.
5. To develop embedded GUI interfacing and analyze case studies of real-world embedded
applications.
Course Outcomes:
After completing the course, the student will be able to,
1. Understand the basics of embedded systems, including their history, classification, and
processor selection.
2. Analyze different embedded processor architectures, including ARM, RISC, and
application-specific processors.
3. Evaluate various communication interfaces and protocols, such as UART, USB, SPI, I2C,
and Zigbee.
4. Implement rapid prototyping techniques using Arduino, sensors, and wearable system
modules.
5. Develop and interface embedded GUI systems, including LCDs, touchscreens, and VGA
cameras, for real-world applications.

UNIT-I
Introduction to Embedded system:Introduction to Embedded Systems, Embedded Systems Vs
General Computing Systems, History of Embedded Systems, Classification, Major Application
Areas, Embedded Processor Requirements, Features, Types, RISC Processors, Harvard
Architecture, Super Harvard Architecture, Selection of Processors &Microcontrollers.
UNIT-II
Architecture of Embedded System Processor: Embedded processor models, ARM core
processor, Application specific processor like network processors, multimedia processors,
industrial processors, superscalar processor, Advanced RISC processors.Architecture of
Embedded OS, Categories of Embedded OS, Application Software, Communication Software,
Development and Testing Tools
UNIT-III
 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Communication Interfaces: Need for Communication Interfaces, OSI Reference Model, Basic
of Networks, Network Topology, RS232/UART, RS422/RS485, USB, Infrared, Ethernet, IEEE
802.11,Bluetooth, SPI, I2C, CAN, Wifi, FlexRay, LIN Bus, Zigbee.

UNIT-IV
Rapid prototyping: Arduino platform, hardware and software, Sensor‘s modules,
RoboControlmodules, 3D printing module, ADC module, wearablesystems. etc.
UNIT-V
Embedded GUI interfacing:Arduino based graphic LCD, Touch screen, joy stick, VGA camera
interfacing and programming in Python. Creative applications
of Arduino
Design Examples & Case Studies of Embedded System:Digital Thermometer, Navigation
Systems, Smart Card, RF Tag.

Text Books :
1. David Simon, ―An embedded Software Primer‖ PearsonPublication,2021.
2. Frank Vahid, ―Embedded system — A unified Hardware Software Introduction‖ John
Wiley and Sons,2005.

Reference Books :
1. Tammy Noergaard,‖ Embedded System Architecture‖, Elsevier publication,2014.

.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3
REAL TIME EMBEDDED SYSTEMS DESIGN AND ANALYSIS
Course Objectives:
1. To understand the fundamental concepts of Real-Time Operating Systems (RTOS),
kernel architecture, and synchronization mechanisms.
2. To study real-time embedded software development using Linux, RT Linux, and RTOS
programming techniques.
3. To explore real-time task scheduling techniques, including table-driven, cyclic, EDF, and
RMA scheduling.
4. To analyze real-time hardware architectures, software stacks, and best practices for
embedded system programming.
5. To examine real-time communication protocols, database systems, and validation
techniques for embedded systems.
Course Outcomes:
After completing the course, the student will be able to,
1. Explain the architecture of RTOS, task scheduling, and synchronization mechanisms such
as semaphores, mutexes, and message queues.
2. Demonstrate proficiency in real-time embedded software development using Linux, RT
Linux, and various RTOS platforms.
3. Apply real-time scheduling algorithms to optimize task execution and system
performance.
4. Analyze real-time embedded hardware architectures and software stacks for efficient
system integration.
5. Implement real-time communication protocols and perform validation and verification of
embedded systems using case studies.
UNIT-I
Introduction to RTOS:Overview Of RTOS, Architecture of Kernel, Task & Task Scheduler,
ISR, Semaphore, Mutex, Mailbox, Message Queues, Event Registers, Pipes,Signals, Timers,
Memory Management, Priority Inversion Problem.

UNIT-II
Real Time Embedded Software: Linux, RT Linux, multiprocessor software developments, data
flow graph, Study and programming of RTOS like RTX51, Free RTOS etc. timingdiagram
analysis for fixed and dynamic priority software services.
 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

UNIT-III
Real time Scheduling: Scheduling Real-Time Tasks: Types of Schedulers Table-driven
scheduling Cyclic schedulers EDF RMA, Priority Pre-emptive Scheduler State Machine for
Linux and VxWorks, Comparison of Cyclic Executive, Introduction to Worst Case Analysis,
Example of scheduling, Real-Time Scheduling and Rate Monotonic Least Upper Bound.
UNIT-IV
Overview of Real-time Hardware Architectures and Software Stacks: Embedded Linux on
the Raspberry Pi ARM A-Series System-on-Chip processors, Tracing Linux kernel and network
stack events. Best Practices for RTES Programming, System Integration Testing (Hardware,
Firmware, and Software),

UNIT-V
Real Time Communication:RT Services Communication and Synchronization, Performance of
two Real-Time communication Protocols, Real time communication over network, Real Time
database.
Verification and Validation of RTES project:Using Point-to-point Serial and TCP/IP for
Embedded Systems, Case Studyof Coding for Sending Application Layer Byte Streams on A
TCP/IP Network Using RTOS. Building a simple Linux multi-service system using POSIX real-
time extensions on Raspberry Pi 3b using sequencing and methods to log and verify agreement
between theory and practice.

Text Books :
1. ―EmbeddedRealtimesystems‖,PrasadDreamtechWileyPublication,2003.
2. "Real-TimeSystems: TheoryandPractice,"RajibMall Pearson,2008.

Reference Books :
1. ―Real-TImeSystemsDesignandAnalysis‖,PhilipLaplante,2ndEdition,PrenticeHall, 2013.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3
PRINCIPLES OF IOT
Course Objectives:
1. To introduce the fundamental concepts, characteristics, and design principles of the
Internet of Things (IoT).
2. To explore IoT components, communication protocols, and networking techniques.
3. To understand IoT system management, including platform design and application
development.
4. To study networking and computing in IoT, including Python-based IoT programming
and cloud integration.
5. To analyze IoT cloud platforms, data analytics, and real-world IoT applications in smart
cities, homes, and industries.
Course Outcomes:
After completing the course, the student will be able to,
1. Understand the fundamentals of IoT, including its architecture, characteristics, and
challenges.
2. Analyze IoT communication protocols and networking techniques used in wireless sensor
networks and M2M communication.
3. Design and manage IoT platforms, including device integration, service models, and
application development.
4. Implement IoT networking and computing techniques, including cloud storage, APIs, and
Python-based IoT programming.
5. Develop and evaluate IoT applications in real-world domains such as smart cities,
connected vehicles, and industrial automation.
UNIT-I
Introduction & Basic of IoT :Definition, Characteristics, Physical and Logical Designs,
challenges, Technological trends in IOT, IoT Examples, M2M.

UNIT-II
IoT: Components, Communication and Networking: Introduction to Sensing and Networking:
Sensing & actuation, Wireless Senor network, Senor nodes, Communication Protocols,M2M
Communication, Networking Hardware, Networking Protocols.

UNIT-III
IoT System Management: Network Operator Requirements, IoT Platform Design Specification
– Requirements, Process, Domain Model, Service, IoT Level, Function, Operational view,
Device and Component Integration, Application development.
 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

UNIT-IV
Networking and Computing: File Handling, Python Packages for IoT, IoT Physical Servers –
Cloud Storage Models, Communication APIs.

UNIT-V
IoT Clouds and Data Analytics:RESTful Web API, Amazon Web Services for IoT, Apache
Hadoop, Batch Data Analysis, Chef, Chef Case Studies, Puppet, NETCONF-YANG
IoT Applications:Casestudies:smartcities,smarthome,connectedvehicles,IndustrialIOT.

Text Books :

1.Kamal, R.,‖Internet of Things – Architecture and Design Principles,‖ 1st Edition, Mcgraw
Hill,2017.
2.SimoneCirani,‖InternetofThings-Architectures, Protocols and Standards‖, WILEY,2018.

Reference Books :

1.Alessandro Bassi,‖ Enabling Things to Talk- Designing IoT solutions with the IoT
Architectural Reference Model‖, Springer,2013.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3
WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS
Course Objectives:
1. To introduce the fundamental concepts and architecture of wireless sensor networks.
2. To explore various network architectures, optimization techniques, and design principles
for wireless sensor networks.
3. To study MAC protocols, routing techniques, and addressing mechanisms for efficient
sensor network communication.
4. To understand the infrastructure establishment of sensor networks, including topology
control and synchronization.
5. To provide knowledge on sensor network platforms, programming challenges, and
simulation tools.
Course Outcomes:
After completing the course, the student will be able to,
1. Learn the fundamental concepts and architecture of wireless sensor networks.
2. Explore various network architectures, optimization techniques, and design principles for
wireless sensor networks.
3. Gain knowledge of MAC protocols, routing techniques, and addressing mechanisms for
efficient sensor network communication.
4. Understand the infrastructure establishment of sensor networks, including topology
control and synchronization.
5. Grasp the knowledge on sensor network platforms, programming challenges, and
simulation tools.

UNIT I
Overview of Wireless Sensor Networks: Single-Node Architecture - Hardware Components-
Network Characteristics- unique constraints and challenges, Enabling Technologies for Wireless
Sensor Networks- Types of wireless sensor networks.

UNIT II
Architectures: Network Architecture- Sensor Networks-Scenarios- Design Principle, Physical
Layer and Transceiver Design Considerations, Optimization Goals and Figures of Merit,
Gateway Concepts.

UNIT III
Networking Sensors: MAC Protocols for Wireless Sensor Networks, Low Duty Cycle Protocols
and Wakeup Concepts - SMAC, - B-MAC Protocol, IEEE 802.15.4 standard and ZigBee, the
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Mediation Device Protocol, Wakeup Radio Concepts, Address and Name Management,
Assignment of MAC Addresses, Routing Protocols Energy-Efficient Routing, Geographic
Routing.

UNIT IV
Infrastructure Establishment: Topology Control, Clustering, Time Synchronization,
Localization and Positioning, Sensor Tasking and Control.

UNIT V
Sensor Network Platforms and Tools :Sensor Node Hardware – Berkeley Motes,Programming
Challenges, Node-level software platforms, Node level Simulators, State-centric programming.

Textbooks:
1. Holger Karl & Andreas Willig, "Protocols and Architectures for Wireless Sensor
Networks‖, John Wiley, 2005.
2. Feng Zhao & Leonidas J.Guibas, ―Wireless Sensor Networks-An Information Processing
Approach", Elsevier, 2007

Reference Books:
1. WaltenegusDargie , Christian Poellabauer, ―Fundamentals Of Wireless Sensor Networks
Theory And Practice‖, By John Wiley & Sons Publications, 2011
2. KazemSohraby, Daniel Minoli, &TaiebZnati, ―Wireless Sensor Networks-Technology,
Protocols, and Applications‖, John Wiley, 2007.
3. Anna Hac, ―Wireless Sensor Network Designs‖, John Wiley, 2003
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3

INDUSTRIAL INTERNET OF THINGS

Course Objectives:
1. To understand the fundamental concepts of the Industrial Internet of Things (IIoT), its
market potential, and applications in various industries.
2. To study the methodologies, networking protocols, and wireless communication
technologies used in IIoT deployments.
3. To explore data-driven analytics in IIoT, including big data processing, machine learning
algorithms, and neural networks.
4. To analyze IP and non-IP protocols used in IIoT, such as WPAN, Bluetooth, Zigbee, and
MQTT.
5. To examine IoT cloud platforms, data analytics techniques, and their applications in
industrial robotics and asset monitoring.
Course Outcomes:
After completing the course, the student will be able to,
1. Explain the key differences between IoT and IIoT, sensor calibration, placement, and the
role of communication systems in IIoT applications.
2. Demonstrate knowledge of IIoT methodologies, including operating systems, networking
protocols, and wireless sensor networks.
3. Apply data analytics techniques, including big data processing and machine learning, to
industrial IoT applications.
4. Analyze and implement IP and non-IP communication protocols for efficient IIoT
connectivity and data exchange.
5. Utilize IoT cloud platforms for device localization, tracking, and robotics applications in
industrial environments.
UNIT-I
Introduction IIoT; Market Size and Potential:Definition, IoT v IIoT, Next Generation
Sensors, Sensor‘s calibration and validate sensor measurements, placement of IoT devices,
sensors, low-cost communication system design, Top application areas includemanufacturing, oil
& gas, Embedded systems in the Automotive and Transportation market segment..

UNIT-II
IIoTMethodology :Top operating systems used in IIoT deployments, Networking and wireless
communication protocols used in IIoT deployments. Smart Remote Monitoring Unit,
components of monitoring system, control and management, Wireless Sensor Networ(WSN)
 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

UNIT-III
Data driven Analytics of IIoT: Implementing of industrial IoT Data flow, big data and how to
prepare data for machine learning algorithms, Machine Learning algorithms, supervised learning
& Un-supervised learning algorithms, Basics of neural network,activation functions, back-
propagation.

UNIT-IV
IP and Non-IP Protocols for IoT: WPAN, IEEE 802.15.4, Bluetooth, NFC, 6LoWPAN; RFID,
ZigbeeWireless HART Protocol, MQTT, IP and Non-IP Protocols, REST, CoAP

UNIT-V
IoT Clouds and Data Analytics:Develops a physics-based and data-driven digital equipment
model to monitor assets and systems, Introduction to device localization and tracking; different
types of localization techniques, Radio-Frequency Identification (RFID) and fingerprinting,
Device diversity/heterogeneity issue in IIoTnetworks
Internet of Robotic Things (IoRT):Introduction to stationary and mobile robots, Brief
introduction to localization, mapping, planning, and control of robotic systems; Introduction to
cloud-enabled robotics; Applications of IIoT in robotics; Architectures for IoRT, Examples and
case studies: Open issues and challenges.

Text Books :
1. ―Industry4.0:The IndustrialInternetofThings‖,AlasdairGilchrist, Apress,2016―
2. Introductionto Industrial
InternetofThingsandIndustry4.0‖,SudipMisra,ChandanaRoy,AnadarupMukherjee,CRCPress,2021

Reference Books :
1.―HandsonIndustrialInternetofThings‖, Giacomo Veneri,AntonioCapasso, PacktPress, 2018.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

L–T–P–C 0 – 0 – 3 – 1.5
PRINCIPLES OF IOT LAB
Course Objectives:
1. To understand the fundamentals of IoT through hands-on experiments with sensors,
actuators, and microcontrollers.
2. To develop skills in interfacing various sensors and actuators with microcontrollers like
Arduino, ESP32, and Raspberry Pi.
3. To explore IoT communication frameworks such as HTTP, MQTT, and cloud-based data
logging platforms like ThingSpeak.
4. To gain experience in remote monitoring and control of IoT devices using mobile and
web applications.
5. To learn UAV/Drone integration with IoT through flight controller programming and
GPS-based navigation.
Course Outcomes:
After completing the course, the student will be able to,
1. Demonstrate the ability to control and monitor sensors and actuators using
microcontrollers and IoT platforms.
2. Implement IoT-based applications using cloud services like ThingSpeak and mobile
applications like Blynk.
3. Develop web-based IoT applications using HTTP and MQTT protocols for remote device
management.
4. Apply IoT principles in real-world applications such as home automation, security
systems, and industrial monitoring.
5. Integrate UAV/Drone technologies with IoT for automated navigation and data
acquisition.
List of Experiments: (Any 10 Experiments are to be conducted)
1. Serial Monitor, LED, Servo Motor - Controlling
 Controlling actuators through Serial Monitor. Creating different led patterns and
controlling them using push button switches. Controlling servo motor with the help of
joystick.
2. Distance Measurement of an object
 Calculate the distance to an object with the help of an ultrasonic sensor and display it on an
LCD.
 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

3. LDR Sensor, Alarm and temperature, humidity measurement

 Controlling relay state based on ambient light levels using LDR sensor.
 Basic Burglar alarm security system with the help of PIR sensor and buzzer.
 Displaying humidity and temperature values on LCD
4. Experiments using Raspberry Pi
 Controlling relay state based on input from IR sensors
 Interfacing stepper motor with R-Pi
 Advanced burglar alarm security system with the help of PIR sensor, buzzer and keypad.
(Alarm gets disabled if correct keypad password is entered)
 Automated LED light control based on input from PIR (to detect if people are present) and
LDR(ambient light level)
5. IOT Framework
 Upload humidity & temperature data to ThingSpeak, periodically logging ambient light
level to ThingSpeak
6. Controlling LEDs, relay & buzzer using Blynk app
7. HTTP Based
 Introduction to HTTP. Hosting a basic server from the ESP32 to control various digital
based actuators (led, buzzer, relay) from a simple web page.
8. Displaying various sensor readings on a simple web page hosted on the ESP32.
9. MQTT Based
 Controlling LEDs/Motors from an Android/Web app, Controlling AC Appliances from
an android/web app with the help of relay.
10. Displaying humidity and temperature data on a web-based application
11. UAV/Drone:
 Demonstration of UAV elements, Flight Controller
 Mission Planner flight planning design
12. Python program to read GPS coordinates from Flight Controller

Reference:

1. Adrian McEwen, Hakim Cassimally - Designing the Internet of Things, Wiley

Publications, 2012.
2. Alexander Osterwalder, and Yves Pigneur – Business Model Generation – Wiley, 2011
3. ArshdeepBahga, Vijay Madisetti - Internet of Things: A Hands-On Approach,
Universities Press, 2014.
4. The Internet of Things, Enabling technologies and use cases – Pethuru Raj, Anupama C.
Raman, CRC Press.

Online Learning Resources/Virtual Labs:

 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

https://www.arduino.cc/
https://www.raspberrypi.org/

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

L–T–P–C 0 – 0 – 3– 1.5
INDUSTRIAL INTERNET OF THINGS LAB
Course Objectives:
1. To understand the fundamental concepts of IIoT, including its architecture, challenges,
and differences from IoT.
2. To explore IIoT components such as sensors, actuators, and control systems for industrial
applications.
3. To study various communication technologies and protocols like IEEE 802.15.4, ZigBee,
BLE, and MQTT for IIoT applications.
4. To learn data visualization techniques and methods for connecting IIoT devices to the
web.
5. To analyze data retrieval techniques and machine-to-machine (M2M) interactions for
IIoT-based automation.
6. To gain hands-on experience with PLCs, SCADA, and real-time control systems used in
industrial automation.
Course Outcomes:
After completing the course, the student will be able to,
1. Explain the architecture, challenges, and fundamental concepts of IIoT and differentiate it
from IoT.
2. Demonstrate the interfacing of sensors and actuators with microcontrollers like Raspberry
Pi and NodeMCU for industrial automation.
3. Implement communication protocols such as MQTT, ZigBee, and Bluetooth to enable
seamless IIoT connectivity.
4. Develop web-based dashboards for real-time visualization and control of IIoT devices.
5. Retrieve, analyze, and transmit industrial data using web-based interactions and M2M
communication.
6. Implement PLC-based automation, Boolean logic programming, and process control
using SCADA for industrial applications.
(All the modules need to be conducted and minimum one project to be done)
MODULE 1: Introduction & Architecture
What is IIoT and connected world? The difference between IoT and IIoT, Architecture of IIoT,
IOT node, Challenges of IIOT. Practice
1. Introduction to Arduino, Introduction to raspberry Pi.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AQdLQV6vhbk

MODULE 2: IIOT Components

Fundamentals of Control System, introductions, components, closed loop & open loop system.
Introduction to Sensors (Description and Working principle): What is sensor? Types of sensors,
working principle of basicSensors -Ultrasonic Sensor, IR sensor, MQ2, Temperature and
Humidity Sensors (DHT-11).Digital switch, Electro Mechanical switches.
Practice
1. Measurement of temperature & pressure values of the process using raspberry pi/node mcu.
2. Modules and Sensors Interfacing (IR sensor, Ultrasonic sensors, Soil moisture sensor) using
Raspberry pi/node mcu.
3. Modules and Actuators Interfacing (Relay, Motor, Buzzer) using Raspberry pi/node mcu.

MODULE 3: Communication Technologies of IIoT

Communication Protocols: IEEE 802.15.4, ZigBee, Bluetooth, BLE, NFC, RFIDIndustry
standards communication technology (MQTT), wireless network communication.
Practice
1. Demonstration of MQTT communication.

MODULE 4: Visualization and Data Types of IIoT

Connecting an Arduino/Raspberry pi to the Web: Introduction, setting up the Arduino/Raspberry
pi development environment, Options for Internet connectivity with Arduino, Configuring your
Arduino/Raspberry pi board for the IoT.
Practice
1. Visualization of diverse sensor data using dashboard (part of IoT‘s ‗control panel‘)
2. Sending alert message to the user. ways to control and interact with your environment)

MODULE 5: Retrieving Data

Extraction from Web: Grabbing the content from a web page, Sending data on the web,
Troubleshooting basic Arduino issues, Types of IoT interaction, Machine to Machine interaction
(M2M).
Practice
1. Device control using mobile Apps or through Web pages.
2. Machine to Machine communication.

MODULE 6: Control & Supervisory Level of Automation

Programmable logic controller (PLC), Real-time control system, Supervisory Control & Data
Acquisition (SCADA).
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Practice
1. Digital logic gates programming using ladder diagram.
2. Implementation of Boolean expression using ladder diagram.
3. Simulation of PLC to understand the process control concept.

Projects:
IIoT based smart energy meter
Smart Agriculture system
Automation using controller via Bluetooth
Temperature controlled Fan/cooler using controller
Automatic streetlight
Smart Baggage Tracker

Textbooks
1. The Internet of Things in the Industrial Sector, Mahmood, Zaigham (Ed.) (Springer
Publication)
2. Industrial Internet of Things: Cybermanufacturing System, Sabina Jeschke, Christian
Brecher, Houbing Song, Danda B. Rawat (Springer Publication)
3. Industrial IoT Challenges, Design Principles, Applications, and Security by Ismail Butun
(editor)
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Minor in ECE
(Offered by ECE to other departments)
 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

S. No. Category Title L T P Credits

1 PCC Electronic Circuits 3 0 0 3

2 PCC Digital Electronics 3 0 0 3
3 PCC Principles of Communication Engineering 3 0 0 3
4 PCC Electronic Instrumentation 3 0 0 3
5 PCC Microprocessors and Microcontrollers 3 0 0 3
6 PCC Electronic Circuits and Digital Electronics Lab 0 0 3 1.5
7 PCC Microprocessors and Microcontrollers Lab 0 0 3 1.5

Total 15 0 06 18
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3
ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS
Course Objectives:
1. To understand semiconductor diodes, their characteristics and applications.
2. To explore the operation, configurations, and biasing of BJTs.
3. To study the operation, analysis, and coupling techniques of BJT amplifiers.
4. To learn the operation, applications and uses of feedback amplifiers and oscillators.
5. To analyze the characteristics, configurations, and applications of operational amplifiers.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to
1. Understand semiconductor diodes, their characteristics and applications.
2. Explore the operation, configurations, and biasing of BJTs.
3. Gain knowledge about the operation, analysis, and coupling techniques of BJT
amplifiers.
4. Learn the operation, applications and uses of feedback amplifiers and oscillators.
5. Analyze the characteristics, configurations, and applications of operational amplifiers.

UNIT-I
Semiconductor Diode and Applications: Introduction, PN junction diode – structure, operation
and VI characteristics, Half-wave, Full-wave and Bridge Rectifiers with and without Filters,
Positive and Negative Clipping and Clamping circuits (Qualitative treatment only).
Special Diodes: Zener and Avalanche Breakdowns, VI Characteristics of Zener diode, Zener
diode as voltage regulator, Construction, operation and VI characteristics of Tunnel Diode, LED,
Varactor Diode, Photo Diode .
UNIT-II
Bipolar Junction Transistor (BJT): Principle of Operation, Common Emitter, Common Base
and Common Collector Configurations, Transistor as a switch and Amplifier, Transistor Biasing
and Stabilization - Operating point, DC & AC load lines, Biasing - Fixed Bias, Self Bias, Bias
Stability, Bias Compensation using Diodes.
UNIT-III
Single stage amplifiers: Classification of Amplifiers - Distortion in amplifiers, Analysis of CE,
CC and CB configurations with simplified hybrid model.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Multistage amplifiers: Different Coupling Schemes used in Amplifiers - RC coupled amplifiers,

Transformer Coupled Amplifier, Direct Coupled Amplifier; Multistage RC coupled BJT
amplifier (Qualitative treatment only).
UNIT-IV
Feedback amplifiers: Concepts of feedback, Classification of feedback amplifiers, Effect of
feedback on amplifier characteristics, Voltage Series, Voltage Shunt, Current Series and Current
Shunt Feedback Configurations (Qualitative treatment only).
Oscillators: Classification of oscillators, Condition for oscillations, RC Phase shift Oscillators,
Generalized analysis of LC Oscillators-Hartley and Colpitts Oscillators, Wien Bridge Oscillator.
UNIT-V
Op-amp: Classification of IC‘S, basic information of Op-amp, ideal and practical Op-amp, 741
op-amp and its features, modes of operation-inverting, non-inverting, differential.
Applications of op-amp : Summing, scaling and averaging amplifiers, Integrator, Differentiator,
phase shift oscillator and comparator.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Electronics Devices and Circuits, J.Millman and Christos. C. Halkias, 3rd edition, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2006.
2. Electronics Devices and Circuits Theory, David A. Bell, 5th Edition, Oxford University
press. 2008.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Electronics Devices and Circuits Theory, R.L.Boylestad, LousisNashelsky and K.Lal
Kishore, 12th edition, 2006, Pearson, 2006.
2. Electronic Devices and Circuits, N.Salivahanan, and N.Suresh Kumar, 3rd Edition, TMH,
2012
3. Microelectronic Circuits, S.Sedra and K.C.Smith, 5th Edition, Oxford University Press.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS
Course Objectives:
1. To Learn Boolean algebra, logic simplification techniques, and combinational circuit
design.
2. To analyze combinational circuits like adders, subtractors, and code converters.
3. To explore combinational logic circuits and their applications in digital design.
4. To understand sequential logic circuits, including latches, flip-flops, counters, and shift
registers.
5. To gain knowledge about programmable logic devices and digital IC‘s.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to
1. Learn Boolean algebra, logic simplification techniques, and combinational circuit design.
2. Analyze combinational circuits like adders, subtractors, and code converters.
3. Explore combinational logic circuits and their applications in digital design.
4. Understand sequential logic circuits, including latches, flip-flops, counters, and shift
registers.
5. Gain knowledge about programmable logic devices and digital IC‘s.

UNIT-I
Logic Simplification and Combinational Logic Design: Review of Boolean Algebra and De
Morgan‘s Theorem, SOP & POS forms, Canonical forms, Introduction to Logic Gates, Ex-OR,
Ex-NOR operations, Minimization of Switching Functions: Karnaugh map method, Logic
function realization: AND-OR, OR-AND and NAND/NOR realizations.
UNIT-II
Introduction to Combinational Design 1: Binary Adders, Subtractors and BCD adder, Code
converters - Binary to Gray, Gray to Binary, BCD to excess3, BCD to Seven Segment display.
UNIT-III
Combinational Logic Design 2: Decoders, Encoders, Priority Encoder, Multiplexers,
Demultiplexers, Comparators, Implementations of Logic Functions using Decoders and
Multiplexers.
UNIT-IV
Sequential Logic Design: Latches, Flip-flops, S-R, D, T, JK and Master-Slave JK FF, Edge
triggered FF, set up and hold times, Ripple counters, Shift registers.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

UNIT-V
Programmable Logic Devices:ROM, Programmable Logic Devices (PLA and PAL).
Digital IC’s:Decoder (74x138), Priority Encoder (74x148), multiplexer (74x151) and de-
multiplexer (74x155), comparator (74x85).

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Digital Design, M.Morris Mano & Michel D. Ciletti, 5th Edition, Pearson Education,
1999.
2. Switching theory and Finite Automata Theory, ZviKohavi and NirahK.Jha, 2nd Edition,
Tata McGraw Hill, 2005.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Fundamentals of Logic Design, Charles H Roth,Jr., 5th Edition, Brooks/cole Cengage
Learning, 2004.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3
PRINCIPLES OF COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
Course Objectives:
1. To understand the fundamentals of communication systems and amplitude modulation
techniques.
2. To learnabout the angle modulation techniques and bandwidth considerationsin
communication systems.
3. To gain knowledge on pulse analog modulation and multiple access techniques used in
digital communication systems.
4. To examine pulse modulation and digital modulation techniques used in modern
communication systems.
5. To study wireless communication systems, cellular networks, and GSM technology.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to
1. Understand the fundamentals of communication systems and amplitude modulation
techniques.
2. Learnabout the angle modulation techniques and bandwidth considerationsin
communication systems.
3. Gain knowledge on pulse analog modulation and multiple access techniques used in
digital communication systems.
4. Get familiar with pulse modulation and digital modulation techniques used in modern
communication systems.
5. Know about wireless communication systems, cellular networks, and GSM technology.

UNIT I :
Analog communication-I: Elements of communication systems, need for Modulation,
Modulation Methods, Baseband and carrier communication Amplitude
Modulation(AM),Generation of AM signals, Rectifier detector, Envelope detector, sideband
and carrier power of AM, Double side band suppressed carrier(DSB-SC) modulation & its
demodulation, Switching modulators, Ring modulator, Balanced modulator, Single
sideband(SSB) transmission, VSB Modulation.

UNIT II :
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Analog communication-II : Angle Modulation & Demodulation: Concept of instantaneous

frequency Generalized concept of angle modulation, Bandwidth of angle modulated waves-
Narrow band frequency modulation (NBFM); and Wide band FM (WBFM),Phase modulation,
Pre-emphasis & De-emphasis, Illustrative Problems.

UNIT III :
Digital communications-I (Qualitative Approach only): Pulse Analog Modulation
Techniques :Pulse analog modulation techniques, Generation and detection of Pulse amplitude
modulation, Pulse width modulation, Pulse position modulation
Multiple Access Techniques: Introduction to multiple access techniques, FDMA,
TDMA, CDMA, SDMA: Advantages and applications

UNIT IV:
Digital communications-II (Qualitative Approach only): Pulse Code Modulation, DPCM,
Delta modulation, Adaptive delta modulation, Overview of ASK, PSK, QPSK, BPSK and M-
PSK techniques.

UNIT V
Wireless communications (Qualitative Approach only): Introduction to wireless
communication systems, Examples of wireless communication systems, comparison of 2G and
3G cellular networks, Introduction to wireless networks, Differences between wireless and fixed
telephone networks, Introduction to Global system for mobile(GSM),GSM services and
features.

TEXT BOOKS
1. H Taub, D. Schilling and Gautam Sahe, ―Principles of Communication Systems‖, TMH,
2007, 3rd Edition.
2. George Kennedy and Bernard Davis, ―Electronics & Communication System‖, 4th
Edition, TMH 2009.
3. Wayne Tomasi, ―Electronic Communication System: Fundamentals Through
Advanced‖,2nd edition,PHI,2001.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Simon Haykin, ―Principles of Communication Systems‖, John Wiley, 2nd Edition.
2. Sham Shanmugam, ―Digital and Analog communication Systems‖,Wiley-India
edition,2006.
3. Theodore. S.Rapport, ―Wireless Communications‖, Pearson Education,2nd Edition,2002.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3
ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENTATION
Course Objectives:
1. To study the working principle, operation, and applications of analog and digital
measuring instruments.
2. To explore the working principles, construction, and applications of oscilloscopes in
signal analysis.
3. To learn about the bridge circuits for measurement of resistance, inductance, and
capacitance.
4. To understand the principles and operation of various signal generators used in electronic
applications.
5. To gain knowledge about the operation and applications of transducers in measurement
systems.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to
1. Know the working principle, operation, and applications of analog and digital measuring
instruments.
2. Get familiar with the working principles, construction, and applications of oscilloscopes
in signal analysis.
3. Learn about the bridge circuits for measurement of resistance, inductance, and
capacitance.
4. Understand the principles and operation of various signal generators used in electronic
applications.
5. Gain knowledge about the operation and applications of transducers in measurement
systems.
UNIT I
Measuring Instruments: Introduction, Errors in Measurement, Accuracy, Precision, Resolution
and Significant figures. Basic PMMC Meter- construction and working, DC and AC Voltmeters-
Multirange, Range extension, DC Ammeter, Multimeter for Voltage, Current and resistance
measurements.
Digital Instruments: Digital Voltmeters – Introduction, DVM‘s based on V–T, V–F and
Successive approximation principles, Resolution and sensitivity, General specifications, Digital
Multimeters, Digital frequency meters, Digital measurement of time.

UNIT II
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

Oscilloscopes: Introduction, Block diagram of CRO, Basic principle of CRT, CRT Construction
and features, vertical amplifiers, horizontal deflection system- sweep, trigger pulse, delay line,
sync selector circuits. Dual beam and dual trace CROs, Sampling and Digital storage
oscilloscopes.

UNIT III
Bridges: DC Bridges for Measurement of resistance - Wheat stone bridge, Kelvin‘s Bridge, AC
Bridges for Measurement of inductance- Maxwell‘s bridge, Hay‘s Bridge, Anderson bridge,
Measurement of capacitance - Schearing Bridge, Wien Bridge, Errors and precautions in using
bridges.

UNIT IV
Signal Generators: Introduction, Fixed and variable AF oscillator, Standard signal generator,
Laboratory type signal generator, AF sine and Square wave generator, Function generator,
Square and Pulse generator, Sweep frequency generator.

UNIT V
Transducers: Introduction, Types of Transducers, Electrical transducers, Selecting a transducer,
Resistive transducer, Strain gauges, Piezoelectric transducer, Photoelectric transducer,
Photovoltaic transducer, Temperature transducers-RTD, LVDT.

TEXT BOOKS
1. H.S.Kalsi, ―Electronic Instrumentation‖, Third edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.
2. A.D. Helfrick and W.D. Cooper, ―Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement
Techniques‖, PHI, 6th Edition, 2010.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. A.K. Sawhney, Dhanpat Rai & Co., ―A course in Electrical and Electronic Measurements
and Instrumentation‖, 9th Edition, 2010.
2. David A. Bell, ―Electronic Instrumentation & Measurements‖, PHI, 2nd Edition, 2006.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

L–T–P–C 3–0–0–3
MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS

Course Objectives:
1. To comprehend the architecture, operation, and configurations of the 8086
microprocessors.
2. To get familiar with 8086 programming concepts, instruction set, and assembly language
development tools.
3. To study the interfacing of 8086 with memory, peripherals, and controllers for various
applications.
4. To learn the architecture, instruction set, and programming of the 8051 microcontrollers.
5. To understand microcontroller interfacing techniques, peripheral programming, and
processor comparisons.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to
1. Gain knowledge on the architecture, operation, and configurations of the 8086
microprocessors.
2. Get familiar with 8086 programming concepts, instruction set, and assembly language
development tools.
3. Know the interfacing of 8086 with memory, peripherals, and controllers for various
applications.
4. Learn the architecture, instruction set, and programming of the 8051 microcontrollers.
5. Understand microcontroller interfacing techniques, peripheral programming, and
processor comparisons.
UNIT I
8086 Architecture: Main features, pin diagram/description, 8086 microprocessor family,
internal architecture, bus interfacing unit, execution unit, interrupts and interrupt response, 8086
system timing, minimum mode and maximum mode configuration.

UNIT II
8086 Programming: Program development steps, instructions, addressing modes, assembler
directives, writing simple programs with an assembler, assembly language program development
tools.
B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

UNIT III
8086 Interfacing: Semiconductor memories interfacing (RAM, ROM), Intel 8255
programmable peripheral interface, Interfacing switches and LEDS, Interfacing seven segment
displays, software and hardware interrupt applications, Intel 8251 USART architecture and
interfacing, Intel 8237a DMA controller, stepper motor, A/D and D/A converters, Need for 8259
programmable interrupt controllers.

UNIT IV
Microcontroller - Architecture of 8051 – Special Function Registers(SFRs) - I/O Pins Ports and
Circuits - Instruction set - Addressing modes - Assembly language programming.

UNIT V
Interfacing Microcontroller - Programming 8051 Timers - Serial Port Programming - Interrupts
Programming – LCD & Keyboard Interfacing - ADC, DAC & Sensor Interfacing - External
Memory Interface- Stepper Motor and Waveform generation - Comparison of Microprocessor,
Microcontroller, PIC and ARM processors

Textbooks:
1. Microprocessors and Interfacing – Programming and Hardware by Douglas V Hall, SSSP
Rao, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited, 3rdEdition,1994.
2. K M Bhurchandi, A K Ray, Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals, 3rd edition,
McGraw Hill Education, 2017.
3. Raj Kamal, Microcontrollers: Architecture, Programming, Interfacing and System Design,
2nd edition, Pearson, 2012.
References:
1. Ramesh S Gaonkar, Microprocessor Architecture Programming and Applications with the
8085, 6th edition, Penram International Publishing, 2013.
2. Kenneth J. Ayala, The 8051 Microcontroller, 3rd edition, Cengage Learning, 2004.
 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

L–T–P–C 0 - 0 – 3–1.5

ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS AND DIGITAL ELECTRONICS LAB

Course Objectives:
1. To study the characteristics and applications of semiconductor diodes and transistors.
2. To design and analyze rectifiers, amplifiers, and oscillator circuits.
3. To implement basic Op-Amp applications.
4. To develop the ability to design and implement combinational and sequential logic
circuits.
5. To utilize universal gates for logic circuit realization and clock generation.
6. To design and implement essential digital components like adders, multiplexers, flip-
flops, encoders, and decoders.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to
1. Interpret the characteristics of diodes and transistors for circuit design.
2. Construct and evaluate rectifiers, amplifiers, and oscillator circuits.
3. Implement basic Op-Amp applications.
4. Construct and implement combinational and sequential circuits using logic gates.
5. Design digital systems using universal gates, multiplexers, and comparators.
6. Develop and realize fundamental digital components such as adders, converters, flip-
flops, encoders, and decoders.

ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS
List of Experiments: (Any 06 Experiments are to be conducted)
1. P-N Junction Diode Characteristics
2. Zener Diode as voltage regulator
3. Half Wave Rectifiers (without and with filter)
4. Full Wave Rectifiers (without and with filter)
5. CB Characteristics
6. CE Characteristics
7. CE Amplifier
 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

8. CC Amplifier
9. Clippers
10. Clampers
11. Hartley &Colpitt‘s Oscillators.
12. Op-Amp applications-Adder, subtractor, comparator
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS LAB
List of Experiments: (Any 6 Experiments are to be conducted)

1. Realization of Boolean Expressions using Gates

2. Design and realization of logic gates using universal gates
3. Generation of clock using NAND / NOR gates
4. Design a 4 – bit Adder / Subtractor
5. Design and realization of a 4 – bit Gray to Binary and Binary to Gray Converter
6. Design and realization of 8x1 MUX using 2x1 MUX
7. Design and realization of 4 bit comparator
8. Design and realization of Flip-Flops.
9. Design and realization of Encoders
10. Design and realization of Decoders
11. Design and realization of Comparator.

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

L–T–P–C 0 - 0 – 3 – 1.5
 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS LAB

Course Objectives:
1. To become skilled in 8086 Assembly Language programming.
2. To understand the detailed software and hardware structure of the microprocessor.
3. Train their practical knowledge through laboratory experiments.
4. To understand and learn 8051 Microcontroller.
5. To acquire knowledge on microprocessors and microcontrollers, interfacing various
peripherals, and configuring.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to
1. Formulate a program and implement algorithms using Assembly language.
2. Describe an Assembly language program for the 8086 Microprocessor.
3. Develop programs for different applications in the 8086 Microprocessor.
4. Interface peripheral devices with 8086 and 8051.
5. Use an Assembly/Embedded C programming approach for solving real-world problems.

List of Experiments: (Any TEN of the experiments are to be conducted)

1. Programs for 16 Bit Arithmetic Operations (Using various addressing modes)
a) Write an ALP to Perform Addition and Subtraction of Multi precision numbers.
b) Write an ALP to Perform Multiplication and division of signed and unsigned Hexadecimal
numbers.
c) Write an ALP to find square, cube and factorial of a given number.
2. Programs Involving Bit Manipulation Instructions
a) Write an ALP to find the given data is positive or negative.
b) Write an ALP to find the given data is odd or even.
c) Write an ALP to find Logical ones and zeros in a given data.
3. Programs on Arrays for 8086
a) Write an ALP to find Addition/subtraction of N no‗s.
b) Write an ALP for finding largest/smallest no.
c) Write an ALP to sort given array in Ascending/descending order.
4. Programs on String Manipulations for 8086
a) Write an ALP to find String length.
b) Write an ALP for Displaying the given String.
c) Write an ALP for Comparing two Strings.
d) Write an ALP to reverse String and Checking for palindrome.
5. Programs for Digital Clock Design Using 8086
a) Write an ALP for Designing clock using INT 21H Interrupt.
b) Write an ALP for Designing clock using DOS Interrupt Functions.
c) Write an ALP for Designing clock by reading system time.
6. Interfacing Stepper Motor with 8086
a) Write an ALP to 8086 processor to Interface a stepper motor and operate it in clockwise by
choosingvariable step-size.
b) Write an ALP to 8086 processor to Interface a stepper motor and operate it in Anti-
clockwise bychoosing variable step-size.
7. Interfacing ADC/DAC with 8086
 B.Tech. – Electronics & Communication Engineering JNTUA R23 Regulations

a) Write an ALP to 8086 processor to Interface ADC.

b) Write an ALP to 8086 processor to Interface DAC and generate Square Wave/Triangular
Wave/Stepsignal.
8. Communication between Two Microprocessors
a) Write an ALP to have Parallel communication between two microprocessors using 8255
b) Write an ALP to have Serial communication between two microprocessor kits using 8251.
9. Programs using Arithmetic and Logical Instructions for 8051
a) Write an ALP to 8051 Microcontroller to perform Arithmetic operations like addition,
subtraction,
b) Multiplication and Division.
c) Write an ALP to 8051 Microcontroller to perform Logical operations like AND, OR and
XOR.
d) Programs related to Register Banks.
10. Programs to Verify Timers/Counters of 8051
a) Write a program to create a delay of 25msec using Timer0 in mode 1 and blink all the Pins
of P0.
b) Write a program to create a delay of 50 µsec using Timer1 in mode 0 and blink all the Pins
of P2.
c) Write a program to create a delay of 75msec using counter0 in mode 2 and blink all the Pins
of P1.
d) Write a program to create a delay of 80 µsec using counter1 in mode 1 and blink all the Pins
of P3.
11. UART Operation in 8051
a) Write a program to transfer a character serially with a baud rate of 9600 using UART.
b) Write a program to transfer a character serially with a baud rate of 4800 using UART.
c) Write a program to transfer a character serially with a baud rate of 2400 using UART.
12. Interfacing LCD with 8051
a) Develop and execute the program to interface16*2 LCD to 8051.
b) Develop and execute the program to interface LCD to 8051 in 4-bit or 8-bit mode.

Reference Books:
1. Kenneth.J.Ayala. The 8051 microcontroller, 3rd edition, Cengage learning,2010.
2. Advanced microprocessors and peripherals-A.K ray and K.M.Bhurchandani, TMH, 2nd
edition2006.
3. The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems: Using Assembly and C by Muhammad
AliMazidi, Janice GillispieMazidi, Second Edition.